Investigation the effect of lattice angle on the band gap width in 3D phononic crystals with rhombohedral(I) lattice

Science.gov (United States)

Salehi, H.; Aryadoust, M.; Shoushtari, M. Zargar

2014-07-01

In this paper, the propagation of acoustic waves in the phononic crystal of 3D with rhombohedral(I) lattice is studied theoretically. The crystal composite constituted of nickel spheres embedded in epoxy. The calculations of the band structure and density of states are performed with the plane wave expansion method in the irreducible part of Brillouin zone. In the present work, we have investigated the effect of lattice angle on the band structure and width of the band gap rhombohedral(I) lattice in the irreducible part of the first Brillouin zone and its planes separately. The results show that more than one complete band gape are formed in the four planes of the irreducible part. The most complete band gaps are formed in the (111) plane and the widest complete band gap in (443) with an angle greater than 80. So, if the sound passes through the (111) and (443) planes for the lattice angle close to 90, the crystal phononic displays the excellent insulation behavior. Moreover, in the other planes, the lattice angle does not affect on the width and the number of band gaps. Also, for the filling fraction 5 %, the widest complete band gap is formed. These results are consistent with the effect of symmetry on the band gap width, because the (111) plane has the most symmetry.

Dynamical renormalization group resummation of finite temperature infrared divergences

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Boyanovsky, D.; Vega, H.J. de; Boyanovsky, D.; Simionato, M.; Holman, R.; Simionato, M.

1999-01-01

We introduce the method of dynamical renormalization group to study relaxation and damping out of equilibrium directly in real time and apply it to the study of infrared divergences in scalar QED. This method allows a consistent resummation of infrared effects associated with the exchange of quasistatic transverse photons and leads to anomalous logarithmic relaxation of the form e -αampersandhthinsp;Tampersandhthinsp;tampersandhthinsp;ln[t/t 0 ] for hard momentum charged excitations. This is in contrast with the usual quasiparticle interpretation of charged collective excitations at finite temperature in the sense of exponential relaxation of a narrow width resonance for which the width is the imaginary part of the self-energy on shell. In the case of narrow resonances away from thresholds, this approach leads to the usual exponential relaxation. The hard thermal loop resummation program is incorporated consistently into the dynamical renormalization group yielding a picture of relaxation and damping phenomena in a plasma in real time that transcends the conceptual limitations of the quasiparticle picture and other types of resummation schemes. copyright 1999 The American Physical Society

Functional-derivative study of the Hubbard model. III. Fully renormalized Green's function

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Arai, T.; Cohen, M.H.

1980-01-01

The functional-derivative method of calculating the Green's function developed earlier for the Hubbard model is generalized and used to obtain a fully renormalized solution. Higher-order functional derivatives operating on the basic Green's functions, G and GAMMA, are all evaluated explicitly, thus making the solution applicable to the narrow-band region as well as the wide-band region. Correction terms Phi generated from functional derivatives of equal-time Green's functions of the type delta/sup n/ /deltaepsilon/sup n/, etc., with n > or = 2. It is found that the Phi's are, in fact, renormalization factors involved in the self-energy Σ and that the structure of the Phi's resembles that of Σ and contains the same renormalization factors Phi. The renormalization factors Phi are shown to satisfy a set of equations and can be evaluated self-consistently. In the presence of the Phi's, all difficulties found in the previous results (papers I and II) are removed, and the energy spectrum ω can now be evaluated for all occupations n. The Schwinger relation is the only basic relation used in generating this fully self-consistent Green's function, and the Baym-Kadanoff continuity condition is automatically satisfied

Generalized Hubbard Hamiltonian: renormalization group approach

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Cannas, S.A.; Tamarit, F.A.; Tsallis, C.

1991-01-01

We study a generalized Hubbard Hamiltonian which is closed within the framework of a Quantum Real Space Renormalization Group, which replaces the d-dimensional hypercubic lattice by a diamond-like lattice. The phase diagram of the generalized Hubbard Hamiltonian is analyzed for the half-filled band case in d = 2 and d = 3. Some evidence for superconductivity is presented. (author). 44 refs., 12 figs., 2 tabs

Complex-mass shell renormalization of the higher-derivative electrodynamics

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Turcati, Rodrigo [SISSA, Trieste (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Trieste, Trieste (Italy); Universidade Federal do Espirito Santo, Departamento de Fisica e Quimica, Vitoria, ES (Brazil); Laboratorio de Fisica Experimental (LAFEX), Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas (CBPF), Rio de Janeiro (Brazil); Neves, Mario Junior [Universidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro, Departamento de Fisica, Rio de Janeiro (Brazil)

2016-08-15

We consider a higher-derivative extension of QED modified by the addition of a gauge-invariant dimension-6 kinetic operator in the U(1) gauge sector. The Feynman diagrams at one-loop level are then computed. The modification in the spin-1 sector leads the electron self-energy and vertex corrections diagrams finite in the ultraviolet regime. Indeed, no regularization prescription is used to calculate these diagrams because the modified propagator always occurs coupled to conserved currents. Moreover, besides the usual massless pole in the spin-1 sector, there is the emergence of a massive one, which becomes complex when computing the radiative corrections at one-loop order. This imaginary part defines the finite decay width of the massive mode. To check consistency, we also derive the decay length using the electron-positron elastic scattering and show that both results are equivalent. Because the presence of this unstable mode, the standard renormalization procedures cannot be used and is necessary adopt an appropriate framework to perform the perturbative renormalization. For this purpose, we apply the complex-mass shell scheme (CMS) to renormalize the aforementioned model. As an application of the formalism developed, we estimate a quantum bound on the massive parameter using the measurement of the electron anomalous magnetic moment and compute the Uehling potential. At the end, the renormalization group is analyzed. (orig.)

Point transformations and renormalization in the unitary gauge. III. Renormalization effects

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sherry, T.N.

1976-06-01

An analysis of two simple gauge theory models is continued using point transformations rather than gauge transformations. The renormalization constants are examined directly in two gauges, the renormalization (Landau) and unitary gauges. The result is that the individual coupling constant renormalizations are identical when calculated in each of the above two gauges, although the wave-function and proper vertex renormalizations differ

Renormalized action improvements

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zachos, C.

1984-01-01

Finite lattice spacing artifacts are suppressed on the renormalized actions. The renormalized action trajectories of SU(N) lattice gauge theories are considered from the standpoint of the Migdal-Kadanoff approximation. The minor renormalized trajectories which involve representations invariant under the center are discussed and quantified. 17 references

The O(N) model at nonzero temperature: renormalization of the gap equations in Hartree and large-N approximations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Lenaghan, J.T.; Rischke, D.H.

2000-01-01

The temperature dependence of the sigma meson and pion masses is studied in the framework of the O(N ) model. The Cornwall-Jackiw-Tomboulis formalism is applied to derive gap equations for the masses in the Hartree and large-N approximations. Renormalization of the gap equations is carried out within the cut-off and counter-term renormalization schemes. A consistent renormalization of the gap equations within the cut-off scheme is found to be possible only in the large-N approximation and for a finite value of the cut-off. On the other hand, the counter-term scheme allows for a consistent renormalization of both the large-N and Hartree approximations. In these approximations, the meson masses at a given nonzero temperature depend in general on the choice of the cut-off or renormalization scale. As an application, we also discuss the in-medium on-shell decay widths for sigma mesons and pions at rest. (author)

Collective phenomena in a quasi-two-dimensional system of fermionic polar molecules: Band renormalization and excitons

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Babadi, Mehrtash; Demler, Eugene

2011-01-01

We theoretically analyze a quasi-two-dimensional system of fermionic polar molecules trapped in a harmonic transverse confining potential. The renormalized energy bands are calculated by solving the Hartree-Fock equation numerically for various trap and dipolar interaction strengths. The intersubband excitations of the system are studied in the conserving time-dependent Hartree-Fock (TDHF) approximation from the perspective of lattice modulation spectroscopy experiments. We find that the excitation spectrum consists of both intersubband particle-hole excitation continua and antibound excitons whose antibinding behavior is associated to the anisotropic nature of dipolar interactions. The excitonic modes are shown to capture the majority of the spectral weight. We evaluate the intersubband transition rates in order to investigate the nature of the excitonic modes and find that they are antibound states formed from particle-hole excitations arising from several subbands. We discuss the sum rules in the context of lattice modulation spectroscopy experiments and utilize them to check the consistency of the obtained results. Our results indicate that the excitonic effects persist for interaction strengths and temperatures accessible in the current experiments with polar molecules.

Algebraic renormalization. Perturbative renormalization, symmetries and anomalies

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Piguet, O.

1995-01-01

This book is an introduction to the algebraic method in the perturbative renormalization of relativistic quantum field theory. After a general introduction to renormalized perturbation theory the quantum action principle and Ward identities are described. Then Yang-Mills gauge theories are considered. Thereafter the BRS cohomology and descent equations are described. Then nonrenormalization theorems and topological field theories are considered. Finally an application to the bosonic string is described. (HSI)

Analysis of optical band-gap shift in impurity doped ZnO thin films by using nonparabolic conduction band parameters

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kim, Won Mok; Kim, Jin Soo; Jeong, Jeung-hyun; Park, Jong-Keuk; Baik, Young-Jun; Seong, Tae-Yeon

2013-01-01

Polycrystalline ZnO thin films both undoped and doped with various types of impurities, which covered the wide carrier concentration range of 10 16 –10 21 cm −3 , were prepared by magnetron sputtering, and their optical-band gaps were investigated. The experimentally measured optical band-gap shifts were analyzed by taking into account the carrier density dependent effective mass determined by the first-order nonparabolicity approximation. It was shown that the measured shifts in optical band-gaps in ZnO films doped with cationic dopants, which mainly perturb the conduction band, could be well represented by theoretical estimation in which the band-gap widening due to the band-filling effect and the band-gap renormalization due to the many-body effect derived for a weakly interacting electron-gas model were combined and the carrier density dependent effective mass was incorporated. - Highlights: ► Optical band-gaps of polycrystalline ZnO thin films were analyzed. ► Experimental carrier concentration range covered from 10 16 to 10 21 cm −3 . ► Nonparabolic conduction band parameters were used in theoretical analysis. ► The band-filling and the band-gap renormalization effects were considered. ► The measured optical band-gap shifts corresponded well with the calculated ones

Dimensional renormalization and comparison of renormalization schemes in quantum electrodynamics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Coquereaux, R.

1979-02-01

The method of dimensional renormalization as applied to quantum electrodynamics is discussed. A general method is given which allows one to compare the various quantities like coupling constants and masses that appear in different renormalization schemes

Phase diagram of the Hubbard model with arbitrary band filling: renormalization group approach

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Cannas, Sergio A.; Cordoba Univ. Nacional; Tsallis, Constantino.

1991-01-01

The finite temperature phase diagram of the Hubbard model in d = 2 and d = 3 is calculated for arbitrary values of the parameter U/t and chemical potential μ using a quantum real space renormalization group. Evidence for a ferromagnetic phase at low temperatures is presented. (author). 15 refs., 5 figs

Non-Perturbative Renormalization

CERN Document Server

Mastropietro, Vieri

2008-01-01

The notion of renormalization is at the core of several spectacular achievements of contemporary physics, and in the last years powerful techniques have been developed allowing to put renormalization on a firm mathematical basis. This book provides a self-consistent and accessible introduction to the sophisticated tools used in the modern theory of non-perturbative renormalization, allowing an unified and rigorous treatment of Quantum Field Theory, Statistical Physics and Condensed Matter models. In particular the first part of this book is devoted to Constructive Quantum Field Theory, providi

Band Width of Acoustic Resonance Frequency Relatively Natural Frequency of Fuel Rod Vibration

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Proskuryakov, Konstantin Nicolaevich; Moukhine, V.S.; Novikov, K.S.; Galivets, E.Yu. [MPEI - TU, 14, Krasnokazarmennaya str., Moscow, 111250 (Russian Federation)

2009-06-15

In flow induced vibrations the fluid flow is the energy source that causes vibration. Acoustic resonance in piping may lead to severe problems due to over-stressing of components or significant losses of efficiency. Steady oscillatory flow in NPP primary loop can be induced by the pulsating flow introduced by reactor circulating pump or may be set up by self-excitation. Dynamic forces generated by the turbulent flow of coolant in reactor cores cause fuel rods (FR) and fuel assembly (FA) to vibrate. Flow-induced FR and FA vibrations can generally be broken into three groups: large amplitude 'resonance type' vibrations, which can cause immediate rod failure or severe damage to the rod and its support structure, middle amplitude 'within bandwidth of resonance frequency type' vibrations responsible for more gradual wear and fatigue at the contact surface between the fuel cladding and rod support and small amplitude vibrations, 'out of bandwidth of resonance frequency type' responsible for permissible wear and fatigue at the contact surface between the fuel cladding and rod support. Ultimately, these vibration types can result in a cladding breach, and therefore must be accounted for in the thermal hydraulic design of FR and FA and reactor internals. In paper the technique of definition of quality factor (Q) of acoustic contour of the coolant is presented. The value of Q defines a range of frequencies of acoustic fluctuations of the coolant within which the resonance of oscillations of the structure and the coolant is realized. Method of evaluation of so called band width (BW) of acoustic resonance frequency is worked out and presented in the paper. BW characterises the range of the frequency of coolant pressure oscillations within which the frequency of coolant pressure oscillations matches the fuel assembly's natural frequency of vibration (its resonance frequency). Paper show the way of detuning acoustic resonance from natural

Alternating chain with Hubbard-type interactions: renormalization group analysis

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Buzatu, F. D.; Jackeli, G.

1998-01-01

A large amount of work has been devoted to the study of alternating chains for a better understanding of the high-T c superconductivity mechanism. The same phenomenon renewed the interest in the Hubbard model and in its one-dimensional extensions. In this work we investigate, using the Renormalization Group (RG) method, the effect of the Hubbard-type interactions on the ground-state properties of a chain with alternating on-site atomic energies. The one-particle Hamiltonian in the tight binding approximation corresponding to an alternating chain with two nonequivalent sites per unit cell can be diagonalized by a canonical transformation; one gets a two band model. The Hubbard-type interactions give rise to both intra- and inter-band couplings; however, if the gap between the two bands is sufficiently large and the system is more than half-filled, as for the CuO 3 chain occurring in high-T c superconductors, the last ones can be neglected in describing the low energy physics. We restrict our considerations to the Hubbard-type interactions (upper band) in the particular case of alternating on-site energies and equal hopping amplitudes. The standard RG analysis (second order) is done in terms of the g-constants describing the elementary processes of forward, backward and Umklapp scatterings: their expressions are obtained by evaluating the Hubbard-type interactions (upper band) at the Fermi points. Using the scaling to the exact soluble models Tomonaga-Luttinger and Luther-Emery, we can predict the low energy physics of our system. The ground-state phase diagrams in terms of the model parameters and at arbitrary band filling are determined, where four types of instabilities have been considered: Charge Density Waves (CDW), Spin Density Waves (SDW), Singlet Superconductivity (SS) and Triplet Superconductivity (TS). The 3/4-filled case in terms of some renormalized Hubbard constants is presented. The relevance of our analysis to the case of the undistorted 3/4-filled Cu

Renormalization and effective lagrangians

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Polchinski, J.

1984-01-01

There is a strong intuitive understanding of renormalization, due to Wilson, in terms of the scaling of effective lagrangians. We show that this can be made the basis for a proof of perturbative renormalization. We first study renormalizability in the language of renormalization group flows for a toy renormalization group equation. We then derive an exact renormalization group equation for a four-dimensional lambda PHI 4 theory with a momentum cutoff. We organize the cutoff dependence of the effective lagrangian into relevant and irrelevant parts, and derive a linear equation for the irrelevant part. A lengthy but straightforward argument establishes that the piece identified as irrelevant actually is so in perturbation theory. This implies renormalizability. The method extends immediately to any system in which a momentum-space cutoff can be used, but the principle is more general and should apply for any physical cutoff. Neither Weinberg's theorem nor arguments based on the topology of graphs are needed. (orig.)

Introduction to the functional renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kopietz, Peter; Bartosch, Lorenz; Schuetz, Florian

2010-01-01

This book, based on a graduate course given by the authors, is a pedagogic and self-contained introduction to the renormalization group with special emphasis on the functional renormalization group. The functional renormalization group is a modern formulation of the Wilsonian renormalization group in terms of formally exact functional differential equations for generating functionals. In Part I the reader is introduced to the basic concepts of the renormalization group idea, requiring only basic knowledge of equilibrium statistical mechanics. More advanced methods, such as diagrammatic perturbation theory, are introduced step by step. Part II then gives a self-contained introduction to the functional renormalization group. After a careful definition of various types of generating functionals, the renormalization group flow equations for these functionals are derived. This procedure is shown to encompass the traditional method of the mode elimination steps of the Wilsonian renormalization group procedure. Then, approximate solutions of these flow equations using expansions in powers of irreducible vertices or in powers of derivatives are given. Finally, in Part III the exact hierarchy of functional renormalization group flow equations for the irreducible vertices is used to study various aspects of non-relativistic fermions, including the so-called BCS-BEC crossover, thereby making the link to contemporary research topics. (orig.)

Two-loop renormalization in the standard model, part II. Renormalization procedures and computational techniques

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Actis, S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Passarino, G. [Torino Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica Teorica; INFN, Sezione di Torino (Italy)

2006-12-15

In part I general aspects of the renormalization of a spontaneously broken gauge theory have been introduced. Here, in part II, two-loop renormalization is introduced and discussed within the context of the minimal Standard Model. Therefore, this paper deals with the transition between bare parameters and fields to renormalized ones. The full list of one- and two-loop counterterms is shown and it is proven that, by a suitable extension of the formalism already introduced at the one-loop level, two-point functions suffice in renormalizing the model. The problem of overlapping ultraviolet divergencies is analyzed and it is shown that all counterterms are local and of polynomial nature. The original program of 't Hooft and Veltman is at work. Finite parts are written in a way that allows for a fast and reliable numerical integration with all collinear logarithms extracted analytically. Finite renormalization, the transition between renormalized parameters and physical (pseudo-)observables, are discussed in part III where numerical results, e.g. for the complex poles of the unstable gauge bosons, are shown. An attempt is made to define the running of the electromagnetic coupling constant at the two-loop level. (orig.)

Renormalization group and asymptotic freedom

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Morris, J.R.

1978-01-01

Several field theoretic models are presented which allow exact expressions of the renormalization constants and renormalized coupling constants. These models are analyzed as to their content of asymptotic free field behavior through the use of the Callan-Symanzik renormalization group equation. It is found that none of these models possesses asymptotic freedom in four dimensions

Renormalization in few body nuclear physics

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Tomio, L.; Biswas, R. [Instituto de Fisica Teorica, UNESP, 01405-900 Sao Paulo (Brazil); Delfino, A. [Instituto de Fisica, Universidade Federal Fluminenese, Niteroi (Brazil); Frederico, T. [Instituto Tecnologico de Aeronautica, CTA 12228-900 Sao Jose dos Campos (Brazil)

2001-09-01

Full text: Renormalized fixed-point Hamiltonians are formulated for systems described by interactions that originally contain point-like singularities (as the Dirac delta and/or its derivatives). The approach was developed considering a renormalization scheme for a few-nucleon interaction, that relies on a subtracted T-matrix equation. The fixed-point Hamiltonian contains the renormalized coefficients/operators that carry the physical information of the quantum mechanical system, as well as all the necessary counterterms that make finite the scattering amplitude. It is also behind the renormalization group invariance of quantum mechanics. The renormalization procedure, via subtracted kernel, was first applied to the one-pion-exchange potential supplemented by contact interactions. The singlet and triplet scattering lengths are given to fix the renormalized strengths of the contact interactions. Considering only one scaling parameter, the results that were obtained show an overall very good agreement with neutron-proton data, particularly for the observables related to the triplet channel. In this example, we noticed that the mixing parameter of the {sup 3}S{sub l} -{sup 3} D{sub 1} states is the most sensible observable related to the renormalization scale. The above approach, where the nonrelativistic scattering equation with singular interaction is renormalized through a subtraction procedure at a given energy scale, lead us to propose a scheme to formulate renormalized (fixed- point) Hamiltonians in quantum mechanics. We illustrate the numerical diagonalization of the regularized form of the fixed-point Hamiltonian for a two-body system with a Yukawa plus a Dirac-delta interaction. The eigenvalues for the system are shown to be stable in the infinite momentum cutoff. In another example, we also derive the explicit form of the renormalized potential for an example of four-term singular bare interaction. Application of this renormalization scheme to three

Renormalization in few body nuclear physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tomio, L.; Biswas, R.; Delfino, A.; Frederico, T.

2001-01-01

Full text: Renormalized fixed-point Hamiltonians are formulated for systems described by interactions that originally contain point-like singularities (as the Dirac delta and/or its derivatives). The approach was developed considering a renormalization scheme for a few-nucleon interaction, that relies on a subtracted T-matrix equation. The fixed-point Hamiltonian contains the renormalized coefficients/operators that carry the physical information of the quantum mechanical system, as well as all the necessary counterterms that make finite the scattering amplitude. It is also behind the renormalization group invariance of quantum mechanics. The renormalization procedure, via subtracted kernel, was first applied to the one-pion-exchange potential supplemented by contact interactions. The singlet and triplet scattering lengths are given to fix the renormalized strengths of the contact interactions. Considering only one scaling parameter, the results that were obtained show an overall very good agreement with neutron-proton data, particularly for the observables related to the triplet channel. In this example, we noticed that the mixing parameter of the 3 S l - 3 D 1 states is the most sensible observable related to the renormalization scale. The above approach, where the nonrelativistic scattering equation with singular interaction is renormalized through a subtraction procedure at a given energy scale, lead us to propose a scheme to formulate renormalized (fixed- point) Hamiltonians in quantum mechanics. We illustrate the numerical diagonalization of the regularized form of the fixed-point Hamiltonian for a two-body system with a Yukawa plus a Dirac-delta interaction. The eigenvalues for the system are shown to be stable in the infinite momentum cutoff. In another example, we also derive the explicit form of the renormalized potential for an example of four-term singular bare interaction. Application of this renormalization scheme to three-body halo nuclei is also

Problems with the definition of renormalized Hamiltonians for momentum-space renormalization transformations

NARCIS (Netherlands)

Enter, Aernout C.D. van; Fernández, Roberto

For classical lattice systems with finite (Ising) spins, we show that the implementation of momentum-space renormalization at the level of Hamiltonians runs into the same type of difficulties as found for real-space transformations: Renormalized Hamiltonians are ill-defined in certain regions of the

Dirac Cones, Topological Edge States, and Nontrivial Flat Bands in Two-Dimensional Semiconductors with a Honeycomb Nanogeometry

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

E. Kalesaki

2014-01-01

Full Text Available We study theoretically two-dimensional single-crystalline sheets of semiconductors that form a honeycomb lattice with a period below 10 nm. These systems could combine the usual semiconductor properties with Dirac bands. Using atomistic tight-binding calculations, we show that both the atomic lattice and the overall geometry influence the band structure, revealing materials with unusual electronic properties. In rocksalt Pb chalcogenides, the expected Dirac-type features are clouded by a complex band structure. However, in the case of zinc-blende Cd-chalcogenide semiconductors, the honeycomb nanogeometry leads to rich band structures, including, in the conduction band, Dirac cones at two distinct energies and nontrivial flat bands and, in the valence band, topological edge states. These edge states are present in several electronic gaps opened in the valence band by the spin-orbit coupling and the quantum confinement in the honeycomb geometry. The lowest Dirac conduction band has S-orbital character and is equivalent to the π-π^{⋆} band of graphene but with renormalized couplings. The conduction bands higher in energy have no counterpart in graphene; they combine a Dirac cone and flat bands because of their P-orbital character. We show that the width of the Dirac bands varies between tens and hundreds of meV. These systems emerge as remarkable platforms for studying complex electronic phases starting from conventional semiconductors. Recent advancements in colloidal chemistry indicate that these materials can be synthesized from semiconductor nanocrystals.

Unambiguity of renormalization group calculations in QCD

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Vladimirov, A.A.

1979-01-01

A detailed analysis of the reduction of ambiguities determined by an arbitrary renormalization scheme is presented for the renormalization group calculations of physical quantities in quantum chromodynamics (QCD). Some basic formulas concerning the renormalization-scheme dependence of Green's and renormalization group functions are given. A massless asymptotically free theory with one coupling constant g is considered. In conclusion, several rules for renormalization group calculations in QCD are formulated

Renormalization of Hamiltonians

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Glazek, S.D.; Wilson, K.G.

1993-01-01

This paper presents a new renormalization procedure for Hamiltonians such as those of light-front field theory. The bare Hamiltonian with an arbitrarily large, but finite cutoff, is transformed by a specially chosen similarity transformation. The similarity transformation has two desirable features. First, the transformed Hamiltonian is band diagonal: in particular, all matrix elements vanish which would otherwise have caused transitions with big energy jumps, such as from a state of bounded energy to a state with an energy of the order of the cutoff. At the same time, neither the similarity transformation nor the transformed Hamiltonian, computed in perturbation theory, contain vanishing or near-vanishing energy denominators. Instead, energy differences in denominators can be replaced by energy sums for purposes of order of magnitude estimates needed to determine cutoff dependences. These two properties make it possible to determine relatively easily the list of counterterms needed to obtain finite low energy results (such as for eigenvalues). A simple model Hamiltonian is discussed to illustrate the method

Hadamard and minimal renormalizations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Castagnino, M.A.; Gunzig, E.; Nardone, P.; Paz, J.P.

1986-01-01

A common language is introduced to study two, well-known, different methods for the renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor of a scalar neutral quantum field in curved space-time. Different features of the two renormalizations are established and compared

Mass renormalization and unconventional pairing in multi-band Fe-based superconductors- a phenomenological approach

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Drechsler, S.L.; Efremov, D.; Grinenko, V. [IFW-Dresden (Germany); Johnston, S. [Inst. of Quantum Matter, University of British Coulumbia, Vancouver (Canada); Rosner, H. [MPI-cPfS, Dresden, (Germany); Kikoin, K. [Tel Aviv University (Israel)

2015-07-01

Combining DFT calculations of the density of states and plasma frequencies with experimental thermodynamic, optical, ARPES, and dHvA data taken from the literature, we estimate both the high-energy (Coulomb, Hund's rule coupling) and the low-energy (el-boson coupling) electronic mass renormalization [H(L)EMR] for typical Fe-pnictides with T{sub c}<40 K, focusing on (K,Rb,Cs)Fe{sub 2}As{sub 2}, (Ca,Na)122, (Ba,K)122, LiFeAs, and LaFeO{sub 1-x}F{sub x}As with and without As-vacancies. Using Eliashberg theory we show that these systems can NOT be described by a very strong el-boson coupling constant λ ≥ ∝ 2, being in conflict with the HEMR as seen by DMFT, ARPES and optics. Instead, an intermediate s{sub ±} coupling regime is realized, mainly based on interband spin fluctuations from one predominant pair of bands. For (Ca,Na)122, there is also a non-negligible intraband el-phonon/orbital fluctuation intraband contribution. The coexistence of magnetic As-vacancies and high-T{sub c}=28 K for LaFeO{sub 1-x}F{sub x}As{sub 1-δ} excludes an orbital fluctuation dominated s{sub ++} scenario at least for that system. In contrast, the line nodal BaFe{sub 2}(As,P){sub 2} near the quantum critical point is found as a superstrongly coupled system. The role of a pseudo-gap is briefly discussed for some of these systems.

Constructive renormalization theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Rivasseau, Vincent

2000-01-01

These notes are the second part of a common course on Renormalization Theory given with Professor P. da Veiga. I emphasize here the rigorous non-perturbative or constructive aspects of the theory. The usual formalism for the renormalization group in field theory or statistical mechanics is reviewed, together with its limits. The constructive formalism is introduced step by step. Taylor forest formulas allow to perform easily the cluster and Mayer expansions which are needed for a single step of the renormalization group in the case of Bosonic theories. The iteration of this single step leads to further difficulties whose solution is briefly sketched. The second part of the course is devoted to Fermionic models. These models are easier to treat on the constructive level so they are very well suited to beginners in constructive theory. It is shown how the Taylor forest formulas allow to reorganize perturbation theory nicely in order to construct the Gross-Neveu 2 model without any need for cluster or Mayer expansions. Finally applications of this technique to condensed matter and renormalization group around Fermi surface are briefly reviewed. (author)

Self-energies, renormalization factor, Luttinger sum rule and quasiparticle structure of the Hubbard systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Lopez-Aguilar, F.; Costa-Quintana, J.

1992-01-01

In this paper, the authors give a method for obtaining the renormalized electronic structure of the Hubbard systems. The first step is the determination of the self-energy beyond the Hartree-Fock approximation. This self-energy is constructed from several dielectric response functions. The second step is the determination of the quasiparticle band structure calculation which is performed from an appropriate modification of the augmented plane wave method. The third step consists in the determination of the renormalized density of states deduced from the spectral functions. The analysis of the renormalized density of states of the strongly correlated systems leads to the conclusion that there exist three types of resonances in their electronic structures, the lower energy resonances (LER), the middle energy resonances (MER) and the upper energy resonances (UER). In addition, the authors analyze the conditions for which the Luttinger theorem is satisfied. All of these questions are determined in a characteristic example which allows to test the theoretical method

Elimination of threshold singularities in the relation between on-shell and pole widths

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kniehl, Bernd A.; Palisoc, Caesar P.; Sirlin, Alberto

2002-01-01

In a previous communication by two of us [B. A. Kniehl and A. Sirlin, Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 1373 (1998)], the gauge-dependent deviations of the on-shell mass and total decay width from their gauge-independent pole counterparts were investigated at leading order for the Higgs boson of the standard model. In the case of the widths, the deviation was found to diverge at unphysical thresholds, m H =2√(ξ V )m V (V=W,Z), in the R ξ gauge. In this Brief Report, we demonstrate that these unphysical threshold singularities are properly eliminated if a recently proposed definition of wave-function renormalization for unstable particles is invoked

Elimination of threshold singularities in the relation between on-shell and pole widths

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kniehl, B.A.; Palisoc, C.P.; Sirlin, A.

2002-05-01

In a previous communication by two of us, Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 1373 (1998), the gauge-dependent deviations of the on-shell mass and total decay width from their gauge-independent pole counterparts were investigated at leading order for the Higgs boson of the Standard Model. In the case of the widths, the deviation was found to diverge at unphysical thresholds, m H =2√(ξ V )m V (V=W,Z), in the R ξ gauge. In this Brief Report, we demonstrate that these unphysical threshold singularities are properly eliminated if a recently proposed definition of wave-function renormalization for unstable particles is invoked. (orig.)

Elimination of Threshold Singularities in the Relation Between On-Shell and Pole Widths

CERN Document Server

Kniehl, Bernd A; Sirlin, A; Kniehl, Bernd A.; Palisoc, Caesar P.; Sirlin, Alberto

2002-01-01

In a previous communication by two of us, Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 1373 (1998), the gauge-dependent deviations of the on-shell mass and total decay width from their gauge-independent pole counterparts were investigated at leading order for the Higgs boson of the Standard Model. In the case of the widths, the deviation was found to diverge at unphysical thresholds, m_H = 2 root{xi_V} m_V (V = W,Z), in the R_xi gauge. In this Brief Report, we demonstrate that these unphysical threshold singularities are properly eliminated if a recently proposed definition of wave-function renormalization for unstable particles is invoked.

Renormalization Group Theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Stephens, C. R.

2006-01-01

In this article I give a brief account of the development of research in the Renormalization Group in Mexico, paying particular attention to novel conceptual and technical developments associated with the tool itself, rather than applications of standard Renormalization Group techniques. Some highlights include the development of new methods for understanding and analysing two extreme regimes of great interest in quantum field theory -- the ''high temperature'' regime and the Regge regime

Similarity renormalization group evolution of N N interactions within a subtractive renormalization scheme

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Durães F.O.

2010-04-01

Full Text Available We apply the similarity renormalization group (SRG approach to evolve a nucleon-nucleon (N N interaction in leading-order (LO chiral effective field theory (ChEFT, renormalized within the framework of the subtracted kernel method (SKM. We derive a fixed-point interaction and show the renormalization group (RG invariance in the SKM approach. We also compare the evolution of N N potentials with the subtraction scale through a SKM RG equation in the form of a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik (NRCS equation and the evolution with the similarity cutoff through the SRG transformation.

Compositeness condition in the renormalization group equation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bando, Masako; Kugo, Taichiro; Maekawa, Nobuhiro; Sasakura, Naoki; Watabiki, Yoshiyuki; Suehiro, Kazuhiko

1990-01-01

The problems in imposing compositeness conditions as boundary conditions in renormalization group equations are discussed. It is pointed out that one has to use the renormalization group equation directly in cutoff theory. In some cases, however, it can be approximated by the renormalization group equation in continuum theory if the mass dependent renormalization scheme is adopted. (orig.)

Finite cluster renormalization and new two step renormalization group for Ising model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Benyoussef, A.; El Kenz, A.

1989-09-01

New types of renormalization group theory using the generalized Callen identities are exploited in the study of the Ising model. Another type of two-step renormalization is proposed. Critical couplings and critical exponents y T and y H are calculated by these methods for square and simple cubic lattices, using different size clusters. (author). 17 refs, 2 tabs

Degeneracy relations in QCD and the equivalence of two systematic all-orders methods for setting the renormalization scale

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Huan-Yu Bi

2015-09-01

Full Text Available The Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC eliminates QCD renormalization scale-setting uncertainties using fundamental renormalization group methods. The resulting scale-fixed pQCD predictions are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme and show rapid convergence. The coefficients of the scale-fixed couplings are identical to the corresponding conformal series with zero β-function. Two all-orders methods for systematically implementing the PMC-scale setting procedure for existing high order calculations are discussed in this article. One implementation is based on the PMC-BLM correspondence (PMC-I; the other, more recent, method (PMC-II uses the Rδ-scheme, a systematic generalization of the minimal subtraction renormalization scheme. Both approaches satisfy all of the principles of the renormalization group and lead to scale-fixed and scheme-independent predictions at each finite order. In this work, we show that PMC-I and PMC-II scale-setting methods are in practice equivalent to each other. We illustrate this equivalence for the four-loop calculations of the annihilation ratio Re+e− and the Higgs partial width Γ(H→bb¯. Both methods lead to the same resummed (‘conformal’ series up to all orders. The small scale differences between the two approaches are reduced as additional renormalization group {βi}-terms in the pQCD expansion are taken into account. We also show that special degeneracy relations, which underly the equivalence of the two PMC approaches and the resulting conformal features of the pQCD series, are in fact general properties of non-Abelian gauge theory.

Two-loop renormalization in the standard model, part III. Renormalization equations and their solutions

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Actis, S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Passarino, G. [Torino Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica Teorica; INFN, Sezione di Torino (Italy)

2006-12-15

In part I and II of this series of papers all elements have been introduced to extend, to two loops, the set of renormalization procedures which are needed in describing the properties of a spontaneously broken gauge theory. In this paper, the final step is undertaken and finite renormalization is discussed. Two-loop renormalization equations are introduced and their solutions discussed within the context of the minimal standard model of fundamental interactions. These equations relate renormalized Lagrangian parameters (couplings and masses) to some input parameter set containing physical (pseudo-)observables. Complex poles for unstable gauge and Higgs bosons are used and a consistent setup is constructed for extending the predictivity of the theory from the Lep1 Z-boson scale (or the Lep2 WW scale) to regions of interest for LHC and ILC physics. (orig.)

Two-loop renormalization in the standard model, part III. Renormalization equations and their solutions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Actis, S.; Passarino, G.

2006-12-01

In part I and II of this series of papers all elements have been introduced to extend, to two loops, the set of renormalization procedures which are needed in describing the properties of a spontaneously broken gauge theory. In this paper, the final step is undertaken and finite renormalization is discussed. Two-loop renormalization equations are introduced and their solutions discussed within the context of the minimal standard model of fundamental interactions. These equations relate renormalized Lagrangian parameters (couplings and masses) to some input parameter set containing physical (pseudo-)observables. Complex poles for unstable gauge and Higgs bosons are used and a consistent setup is constructed for extending the predictivity of the theory from the Lep1 Z-boson scale (or the Lep2 WW scale) to regions of interest for LHC and ILC physics. (orig.)

Fixed point of the parabolic renormalization operator

CERN Document Server

Lanford III, Oscar E

2014-01-01

This monograph grew out of the authors' efforts to provide a natural geometric description for the class of maps invariant under parabolic renormalization and for the Inou-Shishikura fixed point itself as well as to carry out a computer-assisted study of the parabolic renormalization operator. It introduces a renormalization-invariant class of analytic maps with a maximal domain of analyticity and rigid covering properties and presents a numerical scheme for computing parabolic renormalization of a germ, which is used to compute the Inou-Shishikura renormalization fixed point.   Inside, readers will find a detailed introduction into the theory of parabolic bifurcation,  Fatou coordinates, Écalle-Voronin conjugacy invariants of parabolic germs, and the definition and basic properties of parabolic renormalization.   The systematic view of parabolic renormalization developed in the book and the numerical approach to its study will be interesting to both experts in the field as well as graduate students wishi...

SUPRATHERMAL ELECTRON STRAHL WIDTHS IN THE PRESENCE OF NARROW-BAND WHISTLER WAVES IN THE SOLAR WIND

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Kajdič, P. [Instituto de Geofísica, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Mexico City (Mexico); Alexandrova, O.; Maksimovic, M.; Lacombe, C. [LESIA, Observatoire de Paris, PSL Research University, CNRS, UPMC UniversitéParis 06, Université Paris-Diderot, 5 Place Jules Janssen, F-92190 Meudon (France); Fazakerley, A. N., E-mail: primoz@geofisica.unam.mx [Mullard Space Science Laboratory, University College London (United Kingdom)

2016-12-20

We perform the first statistical study of the effects of the interaction of suprathermal electrons with narrow-band whistler mode waves in the solar wind (SW). We show that this interaction does occur and that it is associated with enhanced widths of the so-called strahl component. The latter is directed along the interplanetary magnetic field away from the Sun. We do the study by comparing the strahl pitch angle widths in the SW at 1 AU in the absence of large scale discontinuities and transient structures, such as interplanetary shocks, interplanetary coronal mass ejections, stream interaction regions, etc. during times when the whistler mode waves were present and when they were absent. This is done by using the data from two Cluster instruments: Spatio Temporal Analysis of Field Fluctuations experiment (STAFF) data in the frequency range between ∼0.1 and ∼200 Hz were used for determining the wave properties and Plasma Electron And Current Experiment (PEACE) data sets at 12 central energies between ∼57 eV (equivalent to ∼10 typical electron thermal energies in the SW, E{sub T}) and ∼676 eV (∼113 E{sub T}) for pitch angle measurements. Statistical analysis shows that, during the intervals with the whistler waves, the strahl component on average exhibits pitch angle widths between 2° and 12° larger than during the intervals when these waves are not present. The largest difference is obtained for the electron central energy of ∼344 eV (∼57 ET).

SUPRATHERMAL ELECTRON STRAHL WIDTHS IN THE PRESENCE OF NARROW-BAND WHISTLER WAVES IN THE SOLAR WIND

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kajdič, P.; Alexandrova, O.; Maksimovic, M.; Lacombe, C.; Fazakerley, A. N.

2016-01-01

We perform the first statistical study of the effects of the interaction of suprathermal electrons with narrow-band whistler mode waves in the solar wind (SW). We show that this interaction does occur and that it is associated with enhanced widths of the so-called strahl component. The latter is directed along the interplanetary magnetic field away from the Sun. We do the study by comparing the strahl pitch angle widths in the SW at 1 AU in the absence of large scale discontinuities and transient structures, such as interplanetary shocks, interplanetary coronal mass ejections, stream interaction regions, etc. during times when the whistler mode waves were present and when they were absent. This is done by using the data from two Cluster instruments: Spatio Temporal Analysis of Field Fluctuations experiment (STAFF) data in the frequency range between ∼0.1 and ∼200 Hz were used for determining the wave properties and Plasma Electron And Current Experiment (PEACE) data sets at 12 central energies between ∼57 eV (equivalent to ∼10 typical electron thermal energies in the SW, E T ) and ∼676 eV (∼113 E T ) for pitch angle measurements. Statistical analysis shows that, during the intervals with the whistler waves, the strahl component on average exhibits pitch angle widths between 2° and 12° larger than during the intervals when these waves are not present. The largest difference is obtained for the electron central energy of ∼344 eV (∼57 ET).

VizieR Online Data Catalog: Catalog of Eq.Widths of Interstellar 217nm Band (Friedemann 1992)

Science.gov (United States)

Friedemann, C.

2005-03-01

(from CDS Inf. Bull. 40, 31) The main task of the catalogue consists in a comprehensive collection of equivalent widths of the 217nm band derived from both spectrophotometric and filterphotometric measurements obtained with TD-1, OAO-2 and ANS satellites. These data concern reddened O, B stars with color excesses E(B-V) >= 0.02 mag. The extinction curve is approximated by the empirical formula introduced by Guertler et al. (1982AN....303..105G) e({lambda}) = A(i/{lambda} - 1/{lambda}o)n + B + C {kappa}({lambda}) The relative errors amount to about {delta}A/A = +/- 0.10, {delta}B/B = +/- 0.02 and {delta}C/C = +/- 0.03. (1 data file).

Renormalization scheme-dependence of perturbative quantum chromodynamics corrections to quarkonia

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dentamaro, A.V.

1985-05-01

QCD radiative corrections to physical quantities are studied using Stevenson's principle of minimal sensitivity (PMS) to define the renormalization. We examine several naive potentials (Cornell group, power law and logarithmic), as well as the more sophisticated Richardson model in order to determine the spectra for the non-relativistic heavy charmonium and bottomonium systems. Predictions are made for the values of hyperfine splittings, leptonic and hadronic decay widths and E1 transition rates for these families of mesons. It is shown that good agreement with experimental data may be achieved by using a constant value of Λ/sub QCD/, which is determined by the PMS scheme and the potential model

On renormalization of axial anomaly

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Efremov, A.V.; Teryaev, O.V.

1989-01-01

It is shown that multiplicative renormalization of the axial singlet current results in renormalization of the axial anomaly in all orders of perturbation theory. It is a necessary condition for the Adler - Bardeen theorem being valid. 10 refs.; 2 figs

Exciton broadening and band renormalization due to Dexter-like intervalley coupling

Science.gov (United States)

Bernal-Villamil, Ivan; Berghäuser, Gunnar; Selig, Malte; Niehues, Iris; Schmidt, Robert; Schneider, Robert; Tonndorf, Philipp; Erhart, Paul; Michaelis de Vasconcellos, Steffen; Bratschitsch, Rudolf; Knorr, Andreas; Malic, Ermin

2018-04-01

A remarkable property of atomically thin transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDs) is the possibility to selectively address single valleys by circularly polarized light. In the context of technological applications, it is very important to understand possible intervalley coupling mechanisms. Here, we show how the Dexter-like intervalley coupling mixes A and B states from opposite valleys leading to a significant broadening γB_{1s} of the B1s exciton. The effect is much more pronounced in tungsten-based TMDs, where the coupling excitonic states are quasi-resonant. We calculate a ratio γB_{1s}/γA_{1s}≈ 4.0 , which is in good agreement with the experimentally measured value of 3.9+/-0.7 . In addition to the broadening effect, the Dexter-like intervalley coupling also leads to a considerable energy renormalization resulting in an increased energetic distance between A1s and B1s states.

Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Csaki, Csaba; Erlich, Joshua; Hollowood, Timothy J.; Terning, John

2001-01-01

We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowski space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations

Renormalization group study of the melting of a two-dimensional system of collapsing hard disks

Science.gov (United States)

Ryzhov, V. N.; Tareyeva, E. E.; Fomin, Yu. D.; Tsiok, E. N.; Chumakov, E. S.

2017-06-01

We consider the melting of a two-dimensional system of collapsing hard disks (a system with a hard-disk potential to which a repulsive step is added) for different values of the repulsive-step width. We calculate the system phase diagram by the method of the density functional in crystallization theory using equations of the Berezinskii-Kosterlitz-Thouless-Halperin-Nelson-Young theory to determine the lines of stability with respect to the dissociation of dislocation pairs, which corresponds to the continuous transition from the solid to the hexatic phase. We show that the crystal phase can melt via a continuous transition at low densities (the transition to the hexatic phase) with a subsequent transition from the hexatic phase to the isotropic liquid and via a first-order transition. Using the solution of renormalization group equations with the presence of singular defects (dislocations) in the system taken into account, we consider the influence of the renormalization of the elastic moduli on the form of the phase diagram.

Renormalization of supersymmetric theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Pierce, D.M.

1998-06-01

The author reviews the renormalization of the electroweak sector of the standard model. The derivation also applies to the minimal supersymmetric standard model. He discusses regularization, and the relation between the threshold corrections and the renormalization group equations. He considers the corrections to many precision observables, including M W and sin 2 θ eff . He shows that global fits to the data exclude regions of supersymmetric model parameter space and lead to lower bounds on superpartner masses

The renormalization of the electroweak standard model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Boehm, M.; Spiesberger, H.; Hollik, W.

1984-03-01

A renormalization scheme for the electroweak standard model is presented in which the electric charge and the masses of the gauge bosons, Higgs particle and fermions are used as physical parameters. The photon is treated such that quantum electrodynamics is contained in the usual form. Field renormalization respecting the gauge symmetry gives finite Green functions. The Ward identities between the Green functions of the unphysical sector allow a renormalization that maintains the simple pole structure of the propagators. Explicit results for the renormalization self energies and vertex functions are given. They can be directly used as building blocks for the evaluation of l-loop radiative corrections. (orig.)

Renormalization of the inflationary perturbations revisited

Science.gov (United States)

Markkanen, Tommi

2018-05-01

In this work we clarify aspects of renormalization on curved backgrounds focussing on the potential ramifications on the amplitude of inflationary perturbations. We provide an alternate view of the often used adiabatic prescription by deriving a correspondence between the adiabatic subtraction terms and traditional renormalization. Specifically, we show how adiabatic subtraction can be expressed as a set of counter terms that are introduced by redefining the bare parameters of the action. Our representation of adiabatic subtraction then allows us to easily find other renormalization prescriptions differing only in the finite parts of the counter terms. As our main result, we present for quadratic inflation how one may consistently express the renormalization of the spectrum of perturbations from inflation as a redefinition of the bare cosmological constant and Planck mass such that the observable predictions coincide with the unrenormalized result.

The renormalization group and lattice QCD

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Gupta, R.

1989-01-01

This report discusses the following topics: scaling of thermodynamic quantities and critical exponents; scaling relations; block spin idea of Kadanoff; exact RG solution of the 1-d Ising model; Wilson's formulation of the renormalization group; linearized transformation matrix and classification of exponents; derivation of exponents from the eigenvalues of Τ αβ ; simple field theory: the gaussian model; linear renormalization group transformations; numerical methods: MCRG; block transformations for 4-d SU(N) LGT; asymptotic freedom makes QCD simple; non-perturbative β-function and scaling; and the holy grail: the renormalized trajectory

Renormalization methods in solid state physics

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Nozieres, P [Institut Max von Laue - Paul Langevin, 38 - Grenoble (France)

1976-01-01

Renormalization methods in various solid state problems (e.g., the Kondo effect) are analyzed from a qualitative vantage point. Our goal is to show how the renormalization procedure works, and to uncover a few simple general ideas (universality, phenomenological descriptions, etc...).

Aspects of renormalization in finite-density field theory

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Fitzpatrick, A. Liam; Torroba, Gonzalo; Wang, Huajia

2015-05-26

We study the renormalization of the Fermi surface coupled to a massless boson near three spatial dimensions. For this, we set up a Wilsonian RG with independent decimation procedures for bosons and fermions, where the four-fermion interaction “Landau parameters” run already at tree level. Our explicit one-loop analysis resolves previously found obstacles in the renormalization of finite-density field theory, including logarithmic divergences in nonlocal interactions and the appearance of multilogarithms. The key aspects of the RG are the above tree-level running, and a UV-IR mixing between virtual bosons and fermions at the quantum level, which is responsible for the renormalization of the Fermi velocity. We apply this approach to the renormalization of 2 k F singularities, and to Fermi surface instabilities in a companion paper, showing how multilogarithms are properly renormalized. We end with some comments on the renormalization of finite-density field theory with the inclusion of Landau damping of the boson.

Low-bias flat band-stop filter based on velocity modulated gaussian graphene superlattice

Science.gov (United States)

Sattari-Esfahlan, S. M.; Shojaei, S.

2018-05-01

Transport properties of biased planar Gaussian graphene superlattice (PGGSL) with Fermi velocity barrier is investigated by transfer matrix method (TMM). It is observed that enlargement of bias voltage over miniband width breaks the miniband to WSLs leads to suppressing resonant tunneling. Transmission spectrum shows flat wide stop-band property controllable by external bias voltage with stop-band width of near 200 meV. The simulations demonstrate that strong velocity barriers prevent tunneling of Dirac electrons leading to controllable enhancement of stop-band width. By increasing ratio of Fermi velocity in barriers to wells υc stop-band width increase. As wide transmission stop-band width (BWT) of filter is tunable from 40 meV to 340 meV is obtained by enhancing ratio of υc from 0.2 to 1.5, respectively. Proposed structure suggests easy tunable wide band-stop electronic filter with a modulated flat stop-band characteristic by height of electrostatic barrier and structural parameters. Robust sensitivity of band width to velocity barrier intensity in certain bias voltages and flat band feature of proposed filter may be opens novel venue in GSL based flat band low noise filters and velocity modulation devices.

Perturbative and constructive renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Veiga, P.A. Faria da

2000-01-01

These notes are a survey of the material treated in a series of lectures delivered at the X Summer School Jorge Andre Swieca. They are concerned with renormalization in Quantum Field Theories. At the level of perturbation series, we review classical results as Feynman graphs, ultraviolet and infrared divergences of Feynman integrals. Weinberg's theorem and Hepp's theorem, the renormalization group and the Callan-Symanzik equation, the large order behavior and the divergence of most perturbation series. Out of the perturbative regime, as an example of a constructive method, we review Borel summability and point out how it is possible to circumvent the perturbation diseases. These lectures are a preparation for the joint course given by professor V. Rivasseau at the same school, where more sophisticated non-perturbative analytical methods based on rigorous renormalization group techniques are presented, aiming at furthering our understanding about the subject and bringing field theoretical models to a satisfactory mathematical level. (author)

Critical phenomena and renormalization group transformations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Castellani, C.; Castro, C. di

1980-01-01

Our main goal is to guide the reader to find out the common rational behind the various renormalization procedures which have been proposed in the last ten years. In the first part of these lectures old arguments on universality and scaling will be briefly recalled. To our opinion these introductory remarks allow one to stress the physical origin of the two majore renormalization procedures, which have been used in the theory of critical phenomena: the Wilson and the field theoretic approach. All the general properties of a ''good'' renormalization transformation will also come out quite naturally. (author)

Non-perturbative quark mass renormalization

CERN Document Server

Capitani, S.; Luescher, M.; Sint, S.; Sommer, R.; Weisz, P.; Wittig, H.

1998-01-01

We show that the renormalization factor relating the renormalization group invariant quark masses to the bare quark masses computed in lattice QCD can be determined non-perturbatively. The calculation is based on an extension of a finite-size technique previously employed to compute the running coupling in quenched QCD. As a by-product we obtain the $\\Lambda$--parameter in this theory with completely controlled errors.

Nonperturbative Renormalization of Composite Operators with Overlap Fermions

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

J.B. Zhang; N. Mathur; S.J. Dong; T. Draper; I. Horvath; F. X. Lee; D.B. Leinweber; K.F. Liu; A.G. Williams

2005-12-01

We compute non-perturbatively the renormalization constants of composite operators on a quenched 16{sup 3} x 28 lattice with lattice spacing a = 0.20 fm for the overlap fermion by using the regularization independent (RI) scheme. The quenched gauge configurations were generated with the Iwasaki action. We test the relations Z{sub A} = Z{sub V} and Z{sub S} = Z{sub P} and find that they agree well (less than 1%) above {mu} = 1.6 GeV. We also perform a Renormalization Group (RG) analysis at the next-to-next-to-leading order and match the renormalization constants to the {ovr MS} scheme. The wave-function renormalization Z{sub {psi}} is determined from the vertex function of the axial current and Z{sub A} from the chiral Ward identity. Finally, we examine the finite quark mass behavior for the renormalization factors of the quark bilinear operators. We find that the (pa){sup 2} errors of the vertex functions are small and the quark mass dependence of the renormalization factors to be quite weak.

The Background-Field Method and Noninvariant Renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Avdeev, L.V.; Kazakov, D.I.; Kalmykov, M.Yu.

1994-01-01

We investigate the consistency of the background-field formalism when applying various regularizations and renormalization schemes. By an example of a two-dimensional σ model it is demonstrated that the background-field method gives incorrect results when the regularization (and/or renormalization) is noninvariant. In particular, it is found that the cut-off regularization and the differential renormalization belong to this class and are incompatible with the background-field method in theories with nonlinear symmetries. 17 refs

Dynamical renormalization group approach to relaxation in quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Boyanovsky, D.; Vega, H.J. de

2003-01-01

The real time evolution and relaxation of expectation values of quantum fields and of quantum states are computed as initial value problems by implementing the dynamical renormalization group (DRG). Linear response is invoked to set up the renormalized initial value problem to study the dynamics of the expectation value of quantum fields. The perturbative solution of the equations of motion for the field expectation values of quantum fields as well as the evolution of quantum states features secular terms, namely terms that grow in time and invalidate the perturbative expansion for late times. The DRG provides a consistent framework to resum these secular terms and yields a uniform asymptotic expansion at long times. Several relevant cases are studied in detail, including those of threshold infrared divergences which appear in gauge theories at finite temperature and lead to anomalous relaxation. In these cases the DRG is shown to provide a resummation akin to Bloch-Nordsieck but directly in real time and that goes beyond the scope of Bloch-Nordsieck and Dyson resummations. The nature of the resummation program is discussed in several examples. The DRG provides a framework that is consistent, systematic, and easy to implement to study the non-equilibrium relaxational dynamics directly in real time that does not rely on the concept of quasiparticle widths

The functional renormalization group for interacting quantum systems with spin-orbit interaction

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grap, Stephan Michael

2013-01-01

We studied the influence of spin-orbit interaction (SOI) in interacting low dimensional quantum systems at zero temperature within the framework of the functional renormalization group (fRG). Among the several types of spin-orbit interaction the so-called Rashba spin-orbit interaction is especially intriguing for future spintronic applications as it may be tuned via external electric fields. We investigated its effect on the low energy physics of an interacting quantum wire in an applied Zeeman field which is modeled as a generalization of the extended Hubbard model. To this end we performed a renormalization group study of the two particle interaction, including the SOI and the Zeeman field exactly on the single particle level. Considering the resulting two band model, we formulated the RG equations for the two particle vertex keeping the full band structure as well as the non trivial momentum dependence of the low energy two particle scattering processes. In order to solve these equations numerically we defined criteria that allowed us to classify whether a given set of initial conditions flows towards the strongly coupled regime. We found regions in the models parameter space where a weak coupling method as the fRG is applicable and it is possible to calculate additional quantities of interest. Furthermore we analyzed the effect of the Rashba SOI on the properties of an interacting multi level quantum dot coupled to two semi in nite leads. Of special interest was the interplay with a Zeeman field and its orientation with respect to the SOI term. We found a renormalization of the spin-orbit energy which is an experimental quantity used to asses SOI effects in transport measurements, as well as renormalized effective g factors used to describe the Zeeman field dependence. In particular in asymmetrically coupled systems the large parameter space allows for rich physics which we studied by means of the linear conductance obtained via the generalized Landauer

Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

2013-03-15

The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.

Golden mean Siegel disk universality and renormalization

OpenAIRE

Gaidashev, Denis; Yampolsky, Michael

2016-01-01

We provide a computer-assisted proof of one of the central open questions in one-dimensional renormalization theory -- universality of the golden-mean Siegel disks. We further show that for every function in the stable manifold of the golden-mean renormalization fixed point the boundary of the Siegel disk is a quasicircle which coincides with the closure of the critical orbit, and that the dynamics on the boundary of the Siegel disk is rigid. Furthermore, we extend the renormalization from on...

Charged plate in asymmetric electrolytes: One-loop renormalization of surface charge density and Debye length due to ionic correlations.

Science.gov (United States)

Ding, Mingnan; Lu, Bing-Sui; Xing, Xiangjun

2016-10-01

Self-consistent field theory (SCFT) is used to study the mean potential near a charged plate inside a m:-n electrolyte. A perturbation series is developed in terms of g=4πκb, where band1/κ are Bjerrum length and bare Debye length, respectively. To the zeroth order, we obtain the nonlinear Poisson-Boltzmann theory. For asymmetric electrolytes (m≠n), the first order (one-loop) correction to mean potential contains a secular term, which indicates the breakdown of the regular perturbation method. Using a renormalizaton group transformation, we remove the secular term and obtain a globally well-behaved one-loop approximation with a renormalized Debye length and a renormalized surface charge density. Furthermore, we find that if the counterions are multivalent, the surface charge density is renormalized substantially downwards and may undergo a change of sign, if the bare surface charge density is sufficiently large. Our results agrees with large MC simulation even when the density of electrolytes is relatively high.

Stability of the split-band solution and energy gap in the narrow-band region of the Hubbard model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Arai, T.; Cohen, M.H.

1980-01-01

By inserting quasielectron energies ω calculated from the fully renormalized Green's function of the Hubbard model obtained in the preceding paper into the exact expression of Galitskii and Migdal, the ground-state energy, the chemical potential, and the dynamic- and thermodynamic-stability conditions are calculated in the narrow-band region. The results show that as long as the interaction energy I is finite, electrons in the narrow-band region do not obey the Landau theory of Fermi liquids, and a gap appears between the lowest quasielectron energy ω and the chemical potential μ for any occupation n, regardless of whether the lower band is exactly filled or not. This unusual behavior is possible because, when an electron is added to the system of N electrons, the whole system relaxes due to the strong interaction, introducing a relaxation energy difference between the two quantities. We also show that all previous solutions which exhibit the split-band structure, including Hubbard's work, yield the same conclusion that electrons do not behave like Landau quasiparticles. However, the energy gap is calculated to be negative at least for some occupations n, demonstrating the dynamic instability of those solutions. They also exhibit thermodynamic instability for certain occupations, while the fully renormalized solution, having sufficient electron correlations built in, satisfies the dynamic and thermodynamic stability conditions for all occupations. When the lower band is nearly filled, the nature of the solution is shown to change, making the coherent motion of electrons with fixed k values more difficult. In the pathological limit where I=infinity, however, the gap vanishes, yielding a metallic state

Finite-width effects in unstable-particle production at hadron colliders

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Falgari, P. [Utrecht Univ. (Netherlands). Inst. for Theoretical Physics; Utrecht Univ. (Netherlands). Spinoza Inst.; Papanastasiou, A.S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron DESY, Hamburg (Germany); Signer, A. [Paul Scherrer Institut, Villigen (Switzerland); Zuerich Univ. (Switzerland). Inst. for Theoretical Physics

2013-03-15

We present a general formalism for the calculation of finite-width contributions to the differential production cross sections of unstable particles at hadron colliders. In this formalism, which employs an effective-theory description of unstable-particle production and decay, the matrix element computation is organized as a gauge-invariant expansion in powers of {Gamma}{sub X}/m{sub X}, with {Gamma}{sub X} and m{sub X} the width and mass of the unstable particle. This framework allows for a systematic inclusion of off-shell and non-factorizable effects whilst at the same time keeping the computational effort minimal compared to a full calculation in the complex-mass scheme. As a proof-of-concept example, we give results for an NLO calculation of top-antitop production in the q anti q partonic channel. As already found in a similar calculation of single-top production, the finite-width effects are small for the total cross section, as expected from the naive counting {proportional_to}{Gamma}{sub t}/m{sub t}{proportional_to}1%. However, they can be sizeable, in excess of 10%, close to edges of certain kinematical distributions. The dependence of the results on the mass renormalization scheme, and its implication for a precise extraction of the top-quark mass, is also discussed.

Finite-width effects in unstable-particle production at hadron colliders

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Falgari, P.; Signer, A.; Zuerich Univ.

2013-03-01

We present a general formalism for the calculation of finite-width contributions to the differential production cross sections of unstable particles at hadron colliders. In this formalism, which employs an effective-theory description of unstable-particle production and decay, the matrix element computation is organized as a gauge-invariant expansion in powers of Γ X /m X , with Γ X and m X the width and mass of the unstable particle. This framework allows for a systematic inclusion of off-shell and non-factorizable effects whilst at the same time keeping the computational effort minimal compared to a full calculation in the complex-mass scheme. As a proof-of-concept example, we give results for an NLO calculation of top-antitop production in the q anti q partonic channel. As already found in a similar calculation of single-top production, the finite-width effects are small for the total cross section, as expected from the naive counting ∝Γ t /m t ∝1%. However, they can be sizeable, in excess of 10%, close to edges of certain kinematical distributions. The dependence of the results on the mass renormalization scheme, and its implication for a precise extraction of the top-quark mass, is also discussed.

Holographic renormalization and supersymmetry

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Genolini, Pietro Benetti [Mathematical Institute, University of Oxford,Woodstock Road, Oxford OX2 6GG (United Kingdom); Cassani, Davide [LPTHE, Sorbonne Universités UPMC Paris 6 and CNRS, UMR 7589,F-75005, Paris (France); Martelli, Dario [Department of Mathematics, King’s College London,The Strand, London, WC2R 2LS (United Kingdom); Sparks, James [Mathematical Institute, University of Oxford,Woodstock Road, Oxford OX2 6GG (United Kingdom)

2017-02-27

Holographic renormalization is a systematic procedure for regulating divergences in observables in asymptotically locally AdS spacetimes. For dual boundary field theories which are supersymmetric it is natural to ask whether this defines a supersymmetric renormalization scheme. Recent results in localization have brought this question into sharp focus: rigid supersymmetry on a curved boundary requires specific geometric structures, and general arguments imply that BPS observables, such as the partition function, are invariant under certain deformations of these structures. One can then ask if the dual holographic observables are similarly invariant. We study this question in minimal N=2 gauged supergravity in four and five dimensions. In four dimensions we show that holographic renormalization precisely reproduces the expected field theory results. In five dimensions we find that no choice of standard holographic counterterms is compatible with supersymmetry, which leads us to introduce novel finite boundary terms. For a class of solutions satisfying certain topological assumptions we provide some independent tests of these new boundary terms, in particular showing that they reproduce the expected VEVs of conserved charges.

Renormalization techniques applied to the study of density of states in disordered systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ramirez Ibanez, J.

1985-01-01

A general scheme for real space renormalization of formal scattering theory is presented and applied to the calculation of density of states (DOS) in some finite width systems. This technique is extended in a self-consistent way, to the treatment of disordered and partially ordered chains. Numerical results of moments and DOS are presented in comparison with previous calculations. In addition, a self-consistent theory for the magnetic order problem in a Hubbard chain is derived and a parametric transition is observed. Properties of localization of the electronic states in disordered chains are studied through various decimation averaging techniques and using numerical simulations. (author) [pt

Differential renormalization of gauge theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Aguila, F. del; Perez-Victoria, M.

1998-01-01

The scope of constrained differential renormalization is to provide renormalized expressions for Feynman graphs, preserving at the same time the Ward identities of the theory. It has been shown recently that this can be done consistently at least to one loop for Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories. We briefly review these results, evaluate as an example the gluon self energy in both coordinate and momentum space, and comment on anomalies. (author)

Renormalization Group and Phase Transitions in Spin, Gauge, and QCD Like Theories

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Liu, Yuzhi [Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, IA (United States)

2013-08-01

In this thesis, we study several different renormalization group (RG) methods, including the conventional Wilson renormalization group, Monte Carlo renormalization group (MCRG), exact renormalization group (ERG, or sometimes called functional RG), and tensor renormalization group (TRG).

Renormalization and plasma physics

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Krommes, J.A.

1980-02-01

A review is given of modern theories of statistical dynamics as applied to problems in plasma physics. The derivation of consistent renormalized kinetic equations is discussed, first heuristically, later in terms of powerful functional techniques. The equations are illustrated with models of various degrees of idealization, including the exactly soluble stochastic oscillator, a prototype for several important applications. The direct-interaction approximation is described in detail. Applications discussed include test particle diffusion and the justification of quasilinear theory, convective cells, E vector x B vector turbulence, the renormalized dielectric function, phase space granulation, and stochastic magnetic fields.

Renormalization and plasma physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Krommes, J.A.

1980-02-01

A review is given of modern theories of statistical dynamics as applied to problems in plasma physics. The derivation of consistent renormalized kinetic equations is discussed, first heuristically, later in terms of powerful functional techniques. The equations are illustrated with models of various degrees of idealization, including the exactly soluble stochastic oscillator, a prototype for several important applications. The direct-interaction approximation is described in detail. Applications discussed include test particle diffusion and the justification of quasilinear theory, convective cells, E vector x B vector turbulence, the renormalized dielectric function, phase space granulation, and stochastic magnetic fields

Dimensional regularization and renormalization of Coulomb gauge quantum electrodynamics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Heckathorn, D.

1979-01-01

Quantum electrodynamics is renormalized in the Coulomb gauge with covariant counter terms and without momentum-dependent wave-function renormalization constants. It is shown how to dimensionally regularize non-covariant integrals occurring in this guage, and prove that the 'minimal' subtraction prescription excludes non-covariant counter terms. Motivated by the need for a renormalized Coulomb gauge formalism in certain practical calculations, the author introduces a convenient prescription with physical parameters. The renormalization group equations for the Coulomb gauge are derived. (Auth.)

G-Boson renormalizations and mixed symmetry states

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Scholten, O.

1986-01-01

In the IBA model the low-lying collective states are described in terms of a system of interacting s- and d-bosons. A boson can be interpreted as corresponding to collective J=0 or J=2 fermion pair states. As such the IBA model space can be seen as only a small subsector of the full shell model space. For medium heavy nuclei such a truncation of the model space is necessary to make calculations feasible. As is well known truncations of a model space make it necessary to renormalize the model parameters. In this work some renormalizations of the Hamiltonian and the E2 transition operator will be discussed. Special attention will be given to the implication of these renormalizations for the properties of mixed symmetry states. The effects of renormalization are obtained by considering the influence of fermion pair states that have been omitted from the model basis. Here the authors focus attention on the effect of the low-lying two particle J=4 state, referred to as g-boson or G-pair state. Renormalizations of the d-boson energy, the E2 effective charges, and symmetry force are discussed

Sigma models and renormalization of string loops

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tseytlin, A.A.

1989-05-01

An extension of the ''σ-model β-functions - string equations of motion'' correspondence to the string loop level is discussed. Special emphasis is made on how the renormalization group acts in string loops and, in particular, on the renormalizability property of the generating functional Z-circumflex for string amplitudes (related to the σ model partition function integrated over moduli). Renormalization of Z-circumflex at one and two loop order is analyzed in some detail. We also discuss an approach to renormalization based on operators of insertion of topological fixtures. (author). 70 refs

A functional renormalization group application to the scanning tunneling microscopy experiment

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

José Juan Ramos Cárdenas

2015-12-01

Full Text Available We present a study of a system composed of a scanning tunneling microscope (STM tip coupled to an absorbed impurity on a host surface using the functional renormalization group (FRG. We include the effect of the STM tip as a correction to the self-energy in addition to the usual contribution of the host surface in the wide band limit. We calculate the differential conductance curves at two different lateral distances from the quantum impurity and find good qualitative agreement with STM experiments where the differential conductance curves evolve from an antiresonance to a Lorentzian shape.

Effective AdS/renormalized CFT

OpenAIRE

Fan, JiJi

2011-01-01

For an effective AdS theory, we present a simple prescription to compute the renormalization of its dual boundary field theory. In particular, we define anomalous dimension holographically as the dependence of the wave-function renormalization factor on the radial cutoff in the Poincare patch of AdS. With this definition, the anomalous dimensions of both single- and double- trace operators are calculated. Three different dualities are considered with the field theory being CFT, CFT with a dou...

Differential renormalization of gauge theories

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Aguila, F. del; Perez-Victoria, M. [Dept. de Fisica Teorica y del Cosmos, Universidad de Granada, Granada (Spain)

1998-10-01

The scope of constrained differential renormalization is to provide renormalized expressions for Feynman graphs, preserving at the same time the Ward identities of the theory. It has been shown recently that this can be done consistently at least to one loop for Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories. We briefly review these results, evaluate as an example the gluon self energy in both coordinate and momentum space, and comment on anomalies. (author) 9 refs, 1 fig., 1 tab

The two-loop renormalization of general quantum field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Damme, R.M.J. van.

1984-01-01

This thesis provides a general method to compute all first order corrections to the renormalization group equations. This requires the computation of the first perturbative corrections to the renormalization group β-functions. These corrections are described by Feynman diagrams with two loops. The two-loop renormalization is treated for an arbitrary renormalization field theory. Two cases are considered: 1. the Yukawa sector; 2. the gauge coupling and the scalar potential. In a final section, the breakdown of unitarity in the dimensional reduction scheme is discussed. (Auth.)

Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Foda, O.E.

1983-01-01

The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes

Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Foda, O.E.

1983-01-01

The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

Higher derivatives and renormalization in quantum cosmology

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mazzitelli, F.D.

1991-10-01

In the framework of the canonical quantization of general relativity, quantum field theory on a fixed background formally arises in an expansion in powers of the Planck length. In order to renormalize the theory, quadratic terms in the curvature must be included in the gravitational action from the beginning. These terms contain higher derivatives which change the Hamiltonian structure of the theory completely, making the relation between the renormalized-theory and the original one not clear. We show that it is possible to avoid this problem. We replace the higher derivative theory by a second order one. The classical solutions of the latter are also solutions of the former. We quantize the theory, renormalize the infinities and show that there is a smooth limit between the classical and the renormalized theories. We work in a Robertson Walker minisuperspace with a quantum scalar field. (author). 32 refs

Renormalization group in statistical physics - momentum and real spaces

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Yukalov, V.I.

1988-01-01

Two variants of the renormalization group approach in statistical physics are considered, the renormalization group in the momentum and the renormalization group in the real spaces. Common properties of these methods and their differences are cleared up. A simple model for investigating the crossover between different universality classes is suggested. 27 refs

Renormalization in general theories with inter-generation mixing

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

2011-11-01

We derive general and explicit expressions for the unrenormalized and renormalized dressed propagators of fermions in parity-nonconserving theories with inter-generation mixing. The mass eigenvalues, the corresponding mass counterterms, and the effect of inter-generation mixing on their determination are discussed. Invoking the Aoki-Hioki-Kawabe-Konuma-Muta renormalization conditions and employing a number of very useful relations from Matrix Algebra, we show explicitly that the renormalized dressed propagators satisfy important physical properties. (orig.)

On the renormalization group equations of quantum electrodynamics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hirayama, Minoru

1980-01-01

The renormalization group equations of quantum electrodynamics are discussed. The solution of the Gell-Mann-Low equation is presented in a convenient form. The interrelation between the Nishijima-Tomozawa equation and the Gell-Mann-Low equation is clarified. The reciprocal effective charge, so to speak, turns out to play an important role to discuss renormalization group equations. Arguments are given that the reciprocal effective charge vanishes as the renormalization momentum tends to infinity. (author)

Renormalization: infinity in today microscopic physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zinn-Justin, J.

2000-01-01

The expectations put in quantum electrodynamics were deceived when first calculations showed that divergencies, due to the pinpoint aspect of the electron, continued to exist. Later, as a consequence of new experimental data and theoretical progress, an empirical method called renormalization was proposed to allow the evaluation of expressions involving infinite terms. The development of this method opened the way to the theory of re-normalizing fields and gave so successful results that it was applied to all fundamental interactions except gravity. This theory allowed the standard model in weak, electromagnetic and strong interactions to be confronted successfully with experimental data during more than 25 years. This article presents the progressive evolution of ideas in the concept of renormalization. (A.C.)

Renormalized modes in cuprate superconductors

Science.gov (United States)

Gupta, Anushri; Kumari, Anita; Verma, Sanjeev K.; Indu, B. D.

2018-04-01

The renormalized mode frequencies are obtained with the help of quantum dynamical approach of many body phonon Green's function technique via a general Hamiltonian (excluding BCS Hamiltonian) including the effects of phonons and electrons, anharmonicities and electron-phonon interactions. The numerical estimates have been carried out to study the renormalized mode frequency of high temperature cuprate superconductor (HTS) YBa2Cu3O7-δ using modified Born-Mayer-Huggins interaction potential (MBMHP) best applicable to study the dynamical properties of all HTS.

A complete non-perturbative renormalization prescription for quasi-PDFs

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Alexandrou, Constantia [Cyprus Univ., Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; The Cyprus Institute, Nicosia (Cyprus); Cichy, Krzysztof [Frankfurt Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Adam Mickiewicz Univ., Poznan (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Constantinou, Martha [Temple Univ., Philadelphia, PA (United States). Dept. of Physics; Hadjiyiannakou, Kyriakos [The Cyprus Institute, Nicosia (Cyprus); Jansen, Karl; Steffens, Fernanda [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Panagopoulos, Haralambos [Cyprus Univ., Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Collaboration: European Twisted Mass Collaboration

2017-06-15

In this work we present, for the first time, the non-perturbative renormalization for the unpolarized, helicity and transversity quasi-PDFs, in an RI{sup '} scheme. The proposed prescription addresses simultaneously all aspects of renormalization: logarithmic divergences, finite renormalization as well as the linear divergence which is present in the matrix elements of fermion operators with Wilson lines. Furthermore, for the case of the unpolarized quasi-PDF, we describe how to eliminate the unwanted mixing with the twist-3 scalar operator. We utilize perturbation theory for the one-loop conversion factor that brings the renormalization functions to the MS-scheme at a scale of 2 GeV. We also explain how to improve the estimates on the renormalization functions by eliminating lattice artifacts. The latter can be computed in one-loop perturbation theory and to all orders in the lattice spacing. We apply the methodology for the renormalization to an ensemble of twisted mass fermions with N{sub f}=2+1+1 dynamical quarks, and a pion mass of around 375 MeV.

Holographic Renormalization in Dense Medium

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Park, Chanyong

2014-01-01

The holographic renormalization of a charged black brane with or without a dilaton field, whose dual field theory describes a dense medium at finite temperature, is investigated in this paper. In a dense medium, two different thermodynamic descriptions are possible due to an additional conserved charge. These two different thermodynamic ensembles are classified by the asymptotic boundary condition of the bulk gauge field. It is also shown that in the holographic renormalization regularity of all bulk fields can reproduce consistent thermodynamic quantities and that the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy is nothing but the renormalized thermal entropy of the dual field theory. Furthermore, we find that the Reissner-Nordström AdS black brane is dual to a theory with conformal matter as expected, whereas a charged black brane with a nontrivial dilaton profile is mapped to a theory with nonconformal matter although its leading asymptotic geometry still remains as AdS space

Renormalization group invariance and optimal QCD renormalization scale-setting: a key issues review

Science.gov (United States)

Wu, Xing-Gang; Ma, Yang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J.; Mojaza, Matin

2015-12-01

A valid prediction for a physical observable from quantum field theory should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme—this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since a truncated perturbation series does not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. In a previous review, we provided a general introduction to the various scale setting approaches suggested in the literature. As a step forward, in the present review, we present a discussion in depth of two well-established scale-setting methods based on RGI. One is the ‘principle of maximum conformality’ (PMC) in which the terms associated with the β-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the ‘principle of minimum sensitivity’ (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a detailed comparison of the PMC and PMS procedures by analyzing two physical observables R e+e- and Γ(H\\to b\\bar{b}) up to four-loop order in pQCD. At the four-loop level, the PMC and PMS predictions for both observables agree within small errors with those of conventional scale setting assuming a physically-motivated scale, and each prediction shows small scale dependences. However, the convergence of the pQCD series at high orders, behaves quite differently: the PMC displays the best pQCD convergence since it eliminates divergent renormalon terms; in contrast, the convergence of the PMS prediction is questionable, often even worse than the conventional prediction based on an arbitrary guess for the renormalization scale. PMC predictions also have the property that any residual dependence on

Renormalization group in modern physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Shirkov, D.V.

1988-01-01

Renormalization groups used in diverse fields of theoretical physics are considered. The discussion is based upon functional formulation of group transformations. This attitude enables development of a general method by using the notion of functional self-similarity which generalizes the usual self-similarity connected with power similarity laws. From this point of view the authors present a simple derivation of the renorm-group (RG) in QFT liberated from ultra-violet divergences philosophy, discuss the RG approach in other fields of physics and compare different RG's

Graphene-induced band gap renormalization in polythiophene: a many-body perturbation study

Science.gov (United States)

Marsusi, F.; Fedorov, I. A.; Gerivani, S.

2018-01-01

Density functional theory and many-body perturbation theory at the G0W0 level are employed to study the electronic properties of polythiophene (PT) adsorbed on the graphene surface. Analysis of the charge density difference shows that substrate-adsorbate interaction leads to a strong physisorption and interfacial electric dipole moment formation. The electrostatic potential displays a  -0.19 eV shift in the graphene work function from its initial value of 4.53 eV, as the result of the interaction. The LDA band gap of the polymer does not show any change. However, the band structure exhibits weak orbital hybridizations resulting from slight overlapping between the polymer and graphene states wave functions. The interfacial polarization effects on the band gap and levels alignment are investigated at the G0W0 level and show a notable reduction of PT band gap compared to that of the isolated chain.

Optimization of renormalization group transformations in lattice gauge theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Lang, C.B.; Salmhofer, M.

1988-01-01

We discuss the dependence of the renormalization group flow on the choice of the renormalization group transformation (RGT). An optimal choice of the transformation's parameters should lead to a renormalized trajectory close to a few-parameter action. We apply a recently developed method to determine an optimal RGT to SU(2) lattice gauge theory and discuss the achieved improvement. (orig.)

The dynamics of a photonic band gap in 2D Si-based photonic crystals

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Glushko, O.Je.; Karachevtseva, L.A.

2006-01-01

The theoretical investigations of the photonic band structure of two-dimensional photonic crystals for the off-plane propagation of electromagnetic waves and the influence of a surface layer on the position and width of photonic band gaps are carried out. The experimentally measured width of a photonic band gap and the dispersion for two-dimensional silicon structures at the off-plane propagation of an electromagnetic wave correlate with the theoretical band gap position and width

Two-loop renormalization in the standard model, part I. Prolegomena

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Actis, S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Ferroglia, A. [Albert-Ludwigs-Univ., Freiburg (Germany). Fakultat fur Phys.]|[Zuerich Univ. (Switzerland). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Passera, M. [Padua Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica]|[INFN, Sezione di Padova (Italy); Passarino, G. [Torino Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica Teorica]|[INFN, Sezione di Torino (Italy)

2006-12-15

In this paper the building blocks for the two-loop renormalization of the Standard Model are introduced with a comprehensive discussion of the special vertices induced in the Lagrangian by a particular diagonalization of the neutral sector and by two alternative treatments of the Higgs tadpoles. Dyson resummed propagators for the gauge bosons are derived, and two-loop Ward-Slavnov-Taylor identities are discussed. In part II, the complete set of counterterms needed for the two-loop renormalization will be derived. In part III, a renormalization scheme will be introduced, connecting the renormalized quantities to an input parameter set of (pseudo-)experimental data, critically discussing renormalization of a gauge theory with unstable particles. (orig.)

Single-Band and Dual-Band Infrared Detectors

Science.gov (United States)

Ting, David Z. (Inventor); Gunapala, Sarath D. (Inventor); Soibel, Alexander (Inventor); Nguyen, Jean (Inventor); Khoshakhlagh, Arezou (Inventor)

2017-01-01

Bias-switchable dual-band infrared detectors and methods of manufacturing such detectors are provided. The infrared detectors are based on a back-to-back heterojunction diode design, where the detector structure consists of, sequentially, a top contact layer, a unipolar hole barrier layer, an absorber layer, a unipolar electron barrier, a second absorber, a second unipolar hole barrier, and a bottom contact layer. In addition, by substantially reducing the width of one of the absorber layers, a single-band infrared detector can also be formed.

Functional renormalization group approach to electronic structure calculations for systems without translational symmetry

Science.gov (United States)

Seiler, Christian; Evers, Ferdinand

2016-10-01

A formalism for electronic-structure calculations is presented that is based on the functional renormalization group (FRG). The traditional FRG has been formulated for systems that exhibit a translational symmetry with an associated Fermi surface, which can provide the organization principle for the renormalization group (RG) procedure. We here advance an alternative formulation, where the RG flow is organized in the energy-domain rather than in k space. This has the advantage that it can also be applied to inhomogeneous matter lacking a band structure, such as disordered metals or molecules. The energy-domain FRG (ɛ FRG) presented here accounts for Fermi-liquid corrections to quasiparticle energies and particle-hole excitations. It goes beyond the state of the art G W -BSE , because in ɛ FRG the Bethe-Salpeter equation (BSE) is solved in a self-consistent manner. An efficient implementation of the approach that has been tested against exact diagonalization calculations and calculations based on the density matrix renormalization group is presented. Similar to the conventional FRG, also the ɛ FRG is able to signalize the vicinity of an instability of the Fermi-liquid fixed point via runaway flow of the corresponding interaction vertex. Embarking upon this fact, in an application of ɛ FRG to the spinless disordered Hubbard model we calculate its phase boundary in the plane spanned by the interaction and disorder strength. Finally, an extension of the approach to finite temperatures and spin S =1 /2 is also given.

Renormalization group analysis of a simple hierarchical fermion model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dorlas, T.C.

1991-01-01

A simple hierarchical fermion model is constructed which gives rise to an exact renormalization transformation in a 2-dimensional parameter space. The behaviour of this transformation is studied. It has two hyperbolic fixed points for which the existence of a global critical line is proven. The asymptotic behaviour of the transformation is used to prove the existence of the thermodynamic limit in a certain domain in parameter space. Also the existence of a continuum limit for these theories is investigated using information about the asymptotic renormalization behaviour. It turns out that the 'trivial' fixed point gives rise to a two-parameter family of continuum limits corresponding to that part of parameter space where the renormalization trajectories originate at this fixed point. Although the model is not very realistic it serves as a simple example of the appliclation of the renormalization group to proving the existence of the thermodynamic limit and the continuum limit of lattice models. Moreover, it illustrates possible complications that can arise in global renormalization group behaviour, and that might also be present in other models where no global analysis of the renormalization transformation has yet been achieved. (orig.)

Mixed Non-Uniform Width / Evanescent Mode Ceramic Resonator Waveguide Filter With Wide Spurious Free Bandwidth

OpenAIRE

Afridi, S; Sandhu, M; Hunter, I

2016-01-01

This paper presents a method to improve the spurious performance of integrated ceramic waveguide filters. Nonuniform width ceramic waveguide resonator and evanescent mode ceramic resonators are employed together to the resonant frequencies of higher order modes. The proposed designs give 75% improvement in stop band response when compared to uniform width ceramic waveguide filter. Simulated results of two six pole chebyshev filters are presented here with improved stop band performance.

Renormalization of g-boson effects under weak coupling condition

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zhang Zhanjun; Yang Jie; Liu Yong; Sang Jianping

1998-01-01

An approach based on perturbation theory is proposed to renormalized g-boson effects for sdgIBM system, which modifies that presented earlier by Druce et al. The weak coupling condition as the usage premise of the two approaches is proved to be satisfied. Two renormalization spectra are calculated for comparison and analyses. Results show that the g-boson effects are renormalized more completely by the approach proposed

Unusual near-band-edge photoluminescence at room temperature in heavily-doped ZnO:Al thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mohanty, Bhaskar Chandra; Yeon, Deuk Ho; Das, Sachindra Nath; Kwak, Ji Hye; Yoon, Kyung Hoon; Cho, Yong Soo

2013-01-01

Room temperature photoluminescence (PL) properties of heavily-doped ZnO:Al thin films (with carrier concentration n in the range of 5–20 × 10 20 cm −3 ) prepared by pulsed laser deposition have been investigated. Despite their high carrier concentration, the films exhibited strong room temperature near-band-edge bound excitons at ∼3.34 eV and an unusual peak at ∼3.16 eV, and negligible deep-level emission even for the films deposited at a temperature as low as 25 °C. The radiative efficiency of the films increased with growth temperature as a result of increased n and improved crystallinity. A large blue shift of optical band gap was observed, which is consistent with the n-dependent Burstein–Moss and band gap-renormalization effects. Comparison of the results of the PL and optical measurements revealed a large Stokes shift that increased with increase in n. It has been explained by a model based on local potential fluctuations caused by randomly-distributed doping impurities. - Highlights: • Studied PL properties of heavily-doped ZnO:Al films grown by PLD. • Unusual strong near-band-edge emissions and negligible deep-level emission at RT. • Increased optical band gap with growth temperature and thus carrier concentration. • Stokes shift and PL peak width increased with carrier concentration. • Results explained by a model based on local potential fluctuations

Renormalization group theory of critical phenomena

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Menon, S.V.G.

1995-01-01

Renormalization group theory is a framework for describing those phenomena that involve a multitude of scales of variations of microscopic quantities. Systems in the vicinity of continuous phase transitions have spatial correlations at all length scales. The renormalization group theory and the pertinent background material are introduced and applied to some important problems in this monograph. The monograph begins with a historical survey of thermal phase transitions. The background material leading to the renormalization group theory is covered in the first three chapters. Then, the basic techniques of the theory are introduced and applied to magnetic critical phenomena in the next four chapters. The momentum space approach as well as the real space techniques are, thus, discussed in detail. Finally, brief outlines of applications of the theory to some of the related areas are presented in the last chapter. (author)

Zeta Functions, Renormalization Group Equations, and the Effective Action

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hochberg, D.; Perez-Mercader, J.; Molina-Paris, C.; Visser, M.

1998-01-01

We demonstrate how to extract all the one-loop renormalization group equations for arbitrary quantum field theories from knowledge of an appropriate Seeley-DeWitt coefficient. By formally solving the renormalization group equations to one loop, we renormalization group improve the classical action and use this to derive the leading logarithms in the one-loop effective action for arbitrary quantum field theories. copyright 1998 The American Physical Society

Renormalization group approach in the turbulence theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Adzhemyan, L.Ts.; Vasil'ev, A.N.; Pis'mak, Yu.M.

1983-01-01

In the framework of the renormalization groUp approach in the turbulence theory sUggested in another paper, the problem of renormalization and evaluation of critical dimensions of composite operators is discussed. Renormalization of a system of operators of canonical dimension equal to 4, including the operator F=phiΔphi (where phi is the velocity field), is considered. It is shown that the critical dimension Δsub(F)=0. The appendice includes the brief proofs of two theorems: 1) the theorem on the equivalence between the arbitrary stochastic problem and quantum field theory; 2) the theorem which determines the reduction of Green functions of the stochastic problem to the hypersurface of coinciding times

Non-perturbative renormalization of three-quark operators

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Goeckeler, Meinulf [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, Roger [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Kaltenbrunner, Thomas [Regensburg Univ. (DE). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)

2008-10-15

High luminosity accelerators have greatly increased the interest in semi-exclusive and exclusive reactions involving nucleons. The relevant theoretical information is contained in the nucleon wavefunction and can be parametrized by moments of the nucleon distribution amplitudes, which in turn are linked to matrix elements of local three-quark operators. These can be calculated from first principles in lattice QCD. Defining an RI-MOM renormalization scheme, we renormalize three-quark operators corresponding to low moments non-perturbatively and take special care of the operator mixing. After performing a scheme matching and a conversion of the renormalization scale we quote our final results in the MS scheme at {mu}=2 GeV. (orig.)

Effects of renormalizing the chiral SU(2) quark-meson model

Science.gov (United States)

Zacchi, Andreas; Schaffner-Bielich, Jürgen

2018-04-01

We investigate the restoration of chiral symmetry at finite temperature in the SU(2) quark-meson model, where the mean field approximation is compared to the renormalized version for quarks and mesons. In a combined approach at finite temperature, all the renormalized versions show a crossover transition. The inclusion of different renormalization scales leave the order parameter and the mass spectra nearly untouched but strongly influence the thermodynamics at low temperatures and around the phase transition. We find unphysical results for the renormalized version of mesons and the combined one.

The renormalization scale-setting problem in QCD

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Wu, Xing-Gang [Chongqing Univ. (China); Brodsky, Stanley J. [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Mojaza, Matin [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Univ. of Southern Denmark, Odense (Denmark)

2013-09-01

A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is to set the proper renormalization scale of the running coupling. The conventional scale-setting procedure assigns an arbitrary range and an arbitrary systematic error to fixed-order pQCD predictions. In fact, this ad hoc procedure gives results which depend on the choice of the renormalization scheme, and it is in conflict with the standard scale-setting procedure used in QED. Predictions for physical results should be independent of the choice of the scheme or other theoretical conventions. We review current ideas and points of view on how to deal with the renormalization scale ambiguity and show how to obtain renormalization scheme- and scale-independent estimates. We begin by introducing the renormalization group (RG) equation and an extended version, which expresses the invariance of physical observables under both the renormalization scheme and scale-parameter transformations. The RG equation provides a convenient way for estimating the scheme- and scale-dependence of a physical process. We then discuss self-consistency requirements of the RG equations, such as reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity, which must be satisfied by a scale-setting method. Four typical scale setting methods suggested in the literature, i.e., the Fastest Apparent Convergence (FAC) criterion, the Principle of Minimum Sensitivity (PMS), the Brodsky–Lepage–Mackenzie method (BLM), and the Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC), are introduced. Basic properties and their applications are discussed. We pay particular attention to the PMC, which satisfies all of the requirements of RG invariance. Using the PMC, all non-conformal terms associated with the β-function in the perturbative series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC provides the principle underlying the BLM method, since it gives the general rule for extending

Renormalization group and fixed points in quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hollowood, Timothy J.

2013-01-01

This Brief presents an introduction to the theory of the renormalization group in the context of quantum field theories of relevance to particle physics. Emphasis is placed on gaining a physical understanding of the running of the couplings. The Wilsonian version of the renormalization group is related to conventional perturbative calculations with dimensional regularization and minimal subtraction. An introduction is given to some of the remarkable renormalization group properties of supersymmetric theories.

Renormalizing Entanglement Distillation

Science.gov (United States)

Waeldchen, Stephan; Gertis, Janina; Campbell, Earl T.; Eisert, Jens

2016-01-01

Entanglement distillation refers to the task of transforming a collection of weakly entangled pairs into fewer highly entangled ones. It is a core ingredient in quantum repeater protocols, which are needed to transmit entanglement over arbitrary distances in order to realize quantum key distribution schemes. Usually, it is assumed that the initial entangled pairs are identically and independently distributed and are uncorrelated with each other, an assumption that might not be reasonable at all in any entanglement generation process involving memory channels. Here, we introduce a framework that captures entanglement distillation in the presence of natural correlations arising from memory channels. Conceptually, we bring together ideas from condensed-matter physics—ideas from renormalization and matrix-product states and operators—with those of local entanglement manipulation, Markov chain mixing, and quantum error correction. We identify meaningful parameter regions for which we prove convergence to maximally entangled states, arising as the fixed points of a matrix-product operator renormalization flow.

Phases of renormalized lattice gauge theories with fermions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Caracciolo, S.; Menotti, P.; and INFN Sezione di Pisa, Italy)

1979-01-01

Starting from the formulation of gauge theories on a lattice we derive renormalization group transformation of the Migdal-Kadanoff type in the presence of fermions. We consider the effect of the fermion vacuum polarization on the gauge Lagrangian but we neglect fermion mass renormalization. We work out the weak coupling and strong coupling expansion in the same framework. Asymptotic freedom is recovered for the non-Abelian case provided the number of fermion multiplets is lower than a critical number. Fixed points are determined both for the U (1) and SU (2) case. We determine the renormalized trajectories and the phases of the theory

Renormalization of QED with planar binary trees

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brouder, C.

2001-01-01

The Dyson relations between renormalized and bare photon and electron propagators Z 3 anti D(q)=D(q) and Z 2 anti S(q)=S(q) are expanded over planar binary trees. This yields explicit recursive relations for the terms of the expansions. When all the trees corresponding to a given power of the electron charge are summed, recursive relations are obtained for the finite coefficients of the renormalized photon and electron propagators. These relations significantly decrease the number of integrals to carry out, as compared to the standard Feynman diagram technique. In the case of massless quantum electrodynamics (QED), the relation between renormalized and bare coefficients of the perturbative expansion is given in terms of a Hopf algebra structure. (orig.)

Band structure and Fermi surface of UPd2Al3 studied by angle-resolved photoemission spectroscopy

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fujimori, Shin-ichi; Saitoh, Yuji; Okane, Tetsuo; Yamagami, Hiroshi; Fujimori, Atsushi; Haga, Yoshinori; Yamamoto, Etsuji; Onuki, Yoshichika

2007-01-01

We have observed the band structure and Fermi surfaces of the heavy Fermion superconductor UPd 2 Al 3 by angle-resolved photoemission experiments in the soft X-ray region. We observed renormalized quasi-particle bands in the vicinity of the Fermi level and strongly dispersive bands on the higher binding energy side. Our observation suggests that the structure previously assigned to contributions from localized states in the U 5f spectrum has strong energy dispersions

Unique determination of the effective potential in terms of renormalization group functions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chishtie, F. A.; Hanif, T.; McKeon, D. G. C.; Steele, T. G.

2008-01-01

The perturbative effective potential V in the massless λφ 4 model with a global O(N) symmetry is uniquely determined to all orders by the renormalization group functions alone when the Coleman-Weinberg renormalization condition (d 4 V/dφ 4 )| φ=μ =λ is used, where μ represents the renormalization scale. Systematic methods are developed to express the n-loop effective potential in the Coleman-Weinberg scheme in terms of the known n-loop minimal-subtraction (MS) renormalization group functions. Moreover, it also proves possible to sum the leading- and subsequent-to-leading-logarithm contributions to V. An essential element of this analysis is a conversion of the renormalization group functions in the Coleman-Weinberg scheme to the renormalization group functions in the MS scheme. As an example, the explicit five-loop effective potential is obtained from the known five-loop MS renormalization group functions and we explicitly sum the leading-logarithm, next-to-leading-logarithm, and further subleading-logarithm contributions to V. Extensions of these results to massless scalar QED are also presented. Because massless scalar QED has two couplings, conversion of the renormalization group functions from the MS scheme to the Coleman-Weinberg scheme requires the use of multiscale renormalization group methods.

Investigation of renormalization effects in high temperature cuprate superconductors

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zabolotnyy, Volodymyr B.

2008-01-01

It has been found that the self-energy of high-T C cuprates indeed exhibits a well pronounced structure, which is currently attributed to coupling of the electrons either to lattice vibrations or to collective magnetic excitations in the system. To clarify this issue, the renormalization effects and the electronic structure of two cuprate families Bi 2 Sr 2 CaCu 2 O 8+δ and YBa 2 Cu 3 O 7-δ were chosen as the main subject for this thesis. With a simple example of an electronic system coupled to a collective mode unusual renormalization features observed in the photoemission spectra are introduced. It is shown that impurity substitution in general leads to suppression of the unusual renormalization. Finally an alternative possibility to obtain a purely superconducting surface of Y-123 via partial substitution of Y atoms with Ca is introduced. It is shown that renormalization in the superconducting Y-123 has similar strong momentum dependence as in the Bi-2212 family. It is also shown that in analogy to Bi-2212 the renormalization appears to have strong dependence on the doping level (no kinks for the overdoped component) and practically vanishes above T C suggesting that coupling to magnetic excitations fits much better than competing scenarios, according to which the unusual renormalization in ARPES spectra is caused by the coupling to single or multiple phononic modes. (orig.)

NLO renormalization in the Hamiltonian truncation

Science.gov (United States)

Elias-Miró, Joan; Rychkov, Slava; Vitale, Lorenzo G.

2017-09-01

Hamiltonian truncation (also known as "truncated spectrum approach") is a numerical technique for solving strongly coupled quantum field theories, in which the full Hilbert space is truncated to a finite-dimensional low-energy subspace. The accuracy of the method is limited only by the available computational resources. The renormalization program improves the accuracy by carefully integrating out the high-energy states, instead of truncating them away. In this paper, we develop the most accurate ever variant of Hamiltonian Truncation, which implements renormalization at the cubic order in the interaction strength. The novel idea is to interpret the renormalization procedure as a result of integrating out exactly a certain class of high-energy "tail states." We demonstrate the power of the method with high-accuracy computations in the strongly coupled two-dimensional quartic scalar theory and benchmark it against other existing approaches. Our work will also be useful for the future goal of extending Hamiltonian truncation to higher spacetime dimensions.

Renormalization and effective actions for general relativity

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Neugebohrn, F.

2007-05-01

Quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the renormalization group. The analysis is based on methods introduced by J. Polchinski concerning the perturbative renormalization with flow equations. In the first part of this work, the program of renormalization with flow equations is reviewed and then extended to effective field theories that have a finite UV cutoff. This is done for a scalar field theory by imposing additional renormalization conditions for some of the nonrenormalizable couplings. It turns out that one so obtains a statement on the predictivity of the effective theory at scales far below the UV cutoff. In particular, nonrenormalizable theories can be treated without problems in the proposed framework. In the second part, the standard covariant BRS quantization program for Euclidean Einstein gravity is applied. A momentum cutoff regularization is imposed and the resulting violation of the Slavnov-Taylor identities is discussed. Deriving Polchinski's renormalization group equation for Euclidean quantum gravity, the predictivity of effective quantum gravity at scales far below the Planck scale is investigated with flow equations. A fine-tuning procedure for restoring the violated Slavnov-Taylor identities is proposed and it is argued that in the effective quantum gravity context, the restoration will only be accomplished with finite accuracy. Finally, the no-cutoff limit of Euclidean quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the Polchinski method. It is speculated whether a limit with nonvanishing gravitational constant might exist where the latter would ultimatively be determined by the cosmological constant and the masses of the elementary particles. (orig.)

Renormalization and effective actions for general relativity

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Neugebohrn, F.

2007-05-15

Quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the renormalization group. The analysis is based on methods introduced by J. Polchinski concerning the perturbative renormalization with flow equations. In the first part of this work, the program of renormalization with flow equations is reviewed and then extended to effective field theories that have a finite UV cutoff. This is done for a scalar field theory by imposing additional renormalization conditions for some of the nonrenormalizable couplings. It turns out that one so obtains a statement on the predictivity of the effective theory at scales far below the UV cutoff. In particular, nonrenormalizable theories can be treated without problems in the proposed framework. In the second part, the standard covariant BRS quantization program for Euclidean Einstein gravity is applied. A momentum cutoff regularization is imposed and the resulting violation of the Slavnov-Taylor identities is discussed. Deriving Polchinski's renormalization group equation for Euclidean quantum gravity, the predictivity of effective quantum gravity at scales far below the Planck scale is investigated with flow equations. A fine-tuning procedure for restoring the violated Slavnov-Taylor identities is proposed and it is argued that in the effective quantum gravity context, the restoration will only be accomplished with finite accuracy. Finally, the no-cutoff limit of Euclidean quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the Polchinski method. It is speculated whether a limit with nonvanishing gravitational constant might exist where the latter would ultimatively be determined by the cosmological constant and the masses of the elementary particles. (orig.)

Renormalization in the complete Mellin representation of Feynman amplitudes

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Calan, C. de; David, F.; Rivasseau, V.

1981-01-01

The Feynmann amplitudes are renormalized in the formalism of the CM representation. This Mellin-Barnes type integral representation, previously introduced for the study of asymptotic behaviours, is shown to have the following interesting property: in contrast with the usual subtraction procedures, the renormalization leaves the CM intergrand unchanged, and only results into translations of the integration path. The explicit CM representation of the renormalized amplitudes is given. In addition, the dimensional regularization and the extension to spinor amplitudes are sketched. (orig.)

Renormalization in p-adic quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Smirnov, V.A.

1990-01-01

A version of p-adic perturbative Euclidean quantum field theory is presented. It is based on the new type of propagator which happens to be rather natural for p-adic space-time. Low-order Feynamn diagrams are explicity calculated and typical renormalization schemes are introduced: analytic, dimensional and BPHZ renormalizations. The calculations show that in p-adic Feynman integrals only logarithmic divergences appear. 14 refs.; 1 fig

Quantum field theory and phase transitions: universality and renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zinn-Justin, J.

2003-08-01

In the quantum field theory the problem of infinite values has been solved empirically through a method called renormalization, this method is satisfying only in the framework of renormalization group. It is in the domain of statistical physics and continuous phase transitions that these issues are the easiest to discuss. Within the framework of a course in theoretical physics the author introduces the notions of continuous limits and universality in stochastic systems operating with a high number of freedom degrees. It is shown that quasi-Gaussian and mean field approximation are unable to describe phase transitions in a satisfying manner. A new concept is required: it is the notion of renormalization group whose fixed points allow us to understand universality beyond mean field. The renormalization group implies the idea that long distance correlations near the transition temperature might be described by a statistical field theory that is a quantum field in imaginary time. Various forms of renormalization group equations are presented and solved in particular boundary limits, namely for fields with high numbers of components near the dimensions 4 and 2. The particular case of exact renormalization group is also introduced. (A.C.)

Formation of heavy d-electron quasiparticles in Sr3Ru2O7

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Allan, M P; Tamai, A; Rozbicki, E; King, P D C; Meevasana, W; Perry, R S; Mercure, J F; Mackenzie, A P; Fischer, M H; Wang, M A; Lee, Jinho; Kim, E-A; Lawler, M J; Shen, K M; Voss, J; Fennie, C J; Thirupathaiah, S; Rienks, E; Fink, J; Tennant, D A

2013-01-01

The phase diagram of Sr 3 Ru 2 O 7 shows hallmarks of strong electron correlations despite the modest Coulomb interaction in the Ru 4d shell. We use angle-resolved photoelectron spectroscopy measurements to provide microscopic insight into the formation of the strongly renormalized heavy d-electron liquid that controls the physics of Sr 3 Ru 2 O 7 . Our data reveal itinerant Ru 4d-states confined over large parts of the Brillouin zone to an energy range of <6 meV, nearly three orders of magnitude lower than the bare band width. We show that this energy scale agrees quantitatively with a characteristic thermodynamic energy scale associated with quantum criticality and illustrate how it arises from a combination of back-folding due to a structural distortion and the hybridization of light and strongly renormalized, heavy quasiparticle bands. The resulting heavy Fermi liquid has a marked k-dependence of the renormalization which we relate to orbital mixing along individual Fermi surface sheets. (paper)

A comprehensive coordinate space renormalization of quantum electrodynamics to two-loop order

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Haagensen, P.E.; Latorre, J.I.

1993-01-01

We develop a coordinate space renormalization of massless quantum electrodynamics using the powerful method of differential renormalization. Bare one-loop amplitudes are finite at non-coincident external points, but do not accept a Fourier transform into momentum space. The method provides a systematic procedure to obtain one-loop renormalized amplitudes with finite Fourier transforms in strictly four dimensions without the appearance of integrals or the use of a regulator. Higher loops are solved similarly by renormalizing from the inner singularities outwards to the global one. We compute all one- and two-loop 1PI diagrams, run renormalization group equations on them. and check Ward identities. The method furthermore allows us to discern a particular pattern of renormalization under which certain amplitudes are seen not to contain higher-loop leading logarithms. We finally present the computation of the chiral triangle showing that differential renormalization emerges as a natural scheme to tackle γ 5 problems

Wetting transitions: A functional renormalization-group approach

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fisher, D.S.; Huse, D.A.

1985-01-01

A linear functional renormalization group is introduced as a framework in which to treat various wetting transitions of films on substrates. A unified treatment of the wetting transition in three dimensions with short-range interactions is given. The results of Brezin, Halperin, and Leibler in their three different regimes are reproduced along with new results on the multicritical behavior connecting the various regimes. In addition, the critical behavior as the coexistence curve is approached at complete wetting is analyzed. Wetting in the presence of long-range substrate-film interactions that fall off as power laws is also studied. The possible effects of the nonlinear terms in the renormalization group are examined briefly and it appears that they do not alter the critical behavior found using the truncated linear renormalization group

Investigation of renormalization effects in high temperature cuprate superconductors

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Zabolotnyy, Volodymyr B.

2008-04-16

It has been found that the self-energy of high-T{sub C} cuprates indeed exhibits a well pronounced structure, which is currently attributed to coupling of the electrons either to lattice vibrations or to collective magnetic excitations in the system. To clarify this issue, the renormalization effects and the electronic structure of two cuprate families Bi{sub 2}Sr{sub 2}CaCu{sub 2}O{sub 8+{delta}} and YBa{sub 2}Cu{sub 3}O{sub 7-{delta}} were chosen as the main subject for this thesis. With a simple example of an electronic system coupled to a collective mode unusual renormalization features observed in the photoemission spectra are introduced. It is shown that impurity substitution in general leads to suppression of the unusual renormalization. Finally an alternative possibility to obtain a purely superconducting surface of Y-123 via partial substitution of Y atoms with Ca is introduced. It is shown that renormalization in the superconducting Y-123 has similar strong momentum dependence as in the Bi-2212 family. It is also shown that in analogy to Bi-2212 the renormalization appears to have strong dependence on the doping level (no kinks for the overdoped component) and practically vanishes above T{sub C} suggesting that coupling to magnetic excitations fits much better than competing scenarios, according to which the unusual renormalization in ARPES spectra is caused by the coupling to single or multiple phononic modes. (orig.)

Renormalization using the background-field method

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ichinose, S.; Omote, M.

1982-01-01

Renormalization using the background-field method is examined in detail. The subtraction mechanism of subdivergences is described with reference to multi-loop diagrams and one- and two-loop counter-term formulae are explicitly given. The original one-loop counter-term formula of 't Hooft is thereby improved. The present method of renormalization is far easier to manage than the usual one owing to the fact only gauge-invariant quantities are to be considered when worked in an appropriate gauge. Gravity and Yang-Mills theories are studied as examples. (orig.)

Field renormalization in photonic crystal waveguides

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Colman, Pierre

2015-01-01

A novel strategy is introduced in order to include variations of the nonlinearity in the nonlinear Schro¨dinger equation. This technique, which relies on renormalization, is in particular well adapted to nanostructured optical systems where the nonlinearity exhibits large variations up to two...... orders of magnitude larger than in bulk material. We show that it takes into account in a simple and efficient way the specificity of the nonlinearity in nanostructures that is determined by geometrical parameters like the effective mode area and the group index. The renormalization of the nonlinear...

Renormalization of the new trajectory in the unitarized conventional dual model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Quiros, M.

1978-08-01

The contribution of one-loop planar diagrams to the two-reggeon two-particle amplitude is derived. Its regge limit splits into two separate contributions which must be interpreted as renormalization effects, to order g 2 , of the α and β trajectories. It is shown that the Neveu-Scherk renormalization prescription is able to render finite both contributions. The intercept of the β trajectory is shifted from its bare value by the renormalization procedure, whereas that of the α trajectrory is not renormalized as it was required by the gauge invariance of dual theories

Non-perturbative renormalization of left-left four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD

CERN Document Server

Guagnelli, M; Peña, C; Sint, S; Vladikas, A

2006-01-01

We define a family of Schroedinger Functional renormalization schemes for the four-quark multiplicatively renormalizable operators of the $\\Delta F = 1$ and $\\Delta F = 2$ effective weak Hamiltonians. Using the lattice regularization with quenched Wilson quarks, we compute non-perturbatively the renormalization group running of these operators in the continuum limit in a large range of renormalization scales. Continuum limit extrapolations are well controlled thanks to the implementation of two fermionic actions (Wilson and Clover). The ratio of the renormalization group invariant operator to its renormalized counterpart at a low energy scale, as well as the renormalization constant at this scale, is obtained for all schemes.

Renormalization Methods - A Guide For Beginners

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Cardy, J

2004-01-01

The stated goal of this book is to fill a perceived gap between undergraduate texts on critical phenomena and advanced texts on quantum field theory, in the general area of renormalization methods. It is debatable whether this gap really exists nowadays, as a number of books have appeared in which it is made clear that field-theoretic renormalization group methods are not the preserve of particle theory, and indeed are far more easily appreciated in the contexts of statistical and condensed matter physics. Nevertheless, this volume does have a fresh aspect to it, perhaps because of the author's background in fluid dynamics and turbulence theory, rather than through the more traditional migration from particle physics. The book begins at a very elementary level, in an effort to motivate the use of renormalization methods. This is a worthy effort, but it is likely that most of this section will be thought too elementary by readers wanting to get their teeth into the subject, while those for whom this section is apparently written are likely to find the later chapters rather challenging. The author's particular approach then leads him to emphasise the role of renormalized perturbation theory (rather than the renormalization group) in a number of problems, including non-linear systems and turbulence. Some of these ideas will be novel and perhaps even surprising to traditionally trained field theorists. Most of the rest of the book is on far more familiar territory: the momentum-space renormalization group, epsilon-expansion, and so on. This is standard stuff, and, like many other textbooks, it takes a considerable chunk of the book to explain all the formalism. As a result, there is only space to discuss the standard φ 4 field theory as applied to the Ising model (even the N-vector model is not covered) so that no impression is conveyed of the power and extent of all the applications and generalizations of the techniques. It is regrettable that so much space is spent

On renormalization-invariant masses

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fleming, H.; Furuya, K.

1978-02-01

It is shown that spontaneous generation of renormalization invariant mass is possible in infra-red stable theories with more than one coupling constant. If relations among the coupling constants are permitted the effect can be made compatible with pertubation theory

Gauge-independent renormalization of the N2HDM

Science.gov (United States)

Krause, Marcel; López-Val, David; Mühlleitner, Margarete; Santos, Rui

2017-12-01

The Next-to-Minimal 2-Higgs-Doublet Model (N2HDM) is an interesting benchmark model for a Higgs sector consisting of two complex doublet and one real singlet fields. Like the Next-to-Minimal Supersymmetric extension (NMSSM) it features light Higgs bosons that could have escaped discovery due to their singlet admixture. Thereby, the model allows for various different Higgs-to-Higgs decay modes. Contrary to the NMSSM, however, the model is not subject to supersymmetric relations restraining its allowed parameter space and its phenomenology. For the correct determination of the allowed parameter space, the correct interpretation of the LHC Higgs data and the possible distinction of beyond-the-Standard Model Higgs sectors higher order corrections to the Higgs boson observables are crucial. This requires not only their computation but also the development of a suitable renormalization scheme. In this paper we have worked out the renormalization of the complete N2HDM and provide a scheme for the gauge-independent renormalization of the mixing angles. We discuss the renormalization of the Z_2 soft breaking parameter m 12 2 and the singlet vacuum expectation value v S . Both enter the Higgs self-couplings relevant for Higgs-to-Higgs decays. We apply our renormalization scheme to different sample processes such as Higgs decays into Z bosons and decays into a lighter Higgs pair. Our results show that the corrections may be sizable and have to be taken into account for reliable predictions.

Fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

1983-04-28

We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

Transformation of renormalization groups in 2N-component fermion hierarchical model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Stepanov, R.G.

2006-01-01

The 2N-component fermion model on the hierarchical lattice is studied. The explicit formulae for renormalization groups transformation in the space of coefficients setting the Grassmannian-significant density of the free measure are presented. The inverse transformation of the renormalization group is calculated. The definition of immovable points of renormalization groups is reduced to solving the set of algebraic equations. The interesting connection between renormalization group transformations in boson and fermion hierarchical models is found out. It is shown that one transformation is obtained from other one by the substitution of N on -N [ru

Renormalization in self-consistent approximation schemes at finite temperature I: theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hees, H. van; Knoll, J.

2001-07-01

Within finite temperature field theory, we show that truncated non-perturbative self-consistent Dyson resummation schemes can be renormalized with local counter-terms defined at the vacuum level. The requirements are that the underlying theory is renormalizable and that the self-consistent scheme follows Baym's Φ-derivable concept. The scheme generates both, the renormalized self-consistent equations of motion and the closed equations for the infinite set of counter terms. At the same time the corresponding 2PI-generating functional and the thermodynamic potential can be renormalized, in consistency with the equations of motion. This guarantees the standard Φ-derivable properties like thermodynamic consistency and exact conservation laws also for the renormalized approximation scheme to hold. The proof uses the techniques of BPHZ-renormalization to cope with the explicit and the hidden overlapping vacuum divergences. (orig.)

Renormalization of Hamiltonian QCD

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Andrasi, A.; Taylor, John C.

2009-01-01

We study to one-loop order the renormalization of QCD in the Coulomb gauge using the Hamiltonian formalism. Divergences occur which might require counter-terms outside the Hamiltonian formalism, but they can be cancelled by a redefinition of the Yang-Mills electric field.

Cohomology and renormalization of BFYM theory in three dimensions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Accardi, A.; Belli, A.; Zeni, M.

1997-01-01

The first-order formalism for the 3D Yang-Mills theory is considered and two different formulations are introduced, in which the gauge theory appears to be a deformation of the topological BF theory. We perform the quantization and the algebraic analysis of the renormalization of both the models, which are found to be anomaly free. We discuss also their stability against radiative corrections, giving the full structure of possible counterterms, requiring an involved matricial renormalization of fields and sources. Both models are then proved to be equivalent to the Yang-Mills theory at the renormalized level. (orig.)

Non-perturbative renormalization of HQET and QCD

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sommer, Rainer

2003-01-01

We discuss the necessity of non-perturbative renormalization in QCD and HQET and explain the general strategy for solving this problem. A few selected topics are discussed in some detail, namely the importance of off shell improvement in the MOM-scheme on the lattice, recent progress in the implementation of finite volume schemes and then particular emphasis is put on the recent idea to carry out a non-perturbative renormalization of the Heavy Quark Effective Theory (HQET)

Renormalization transformation of periodic and aperiodic lattices

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Macia, Enrique; Rodriguez-Oliveros, Rogelio

2006-01-01

In this work we introduce a similarity transformation acting on transfer matrices describing the propagation of elementary excitations through either periodic or Fibonacci lattices. The proposed transformation can act at two different scale lengths. At the atomic scale the transformation allows one to express the systems' global transfer matrix in terms of an equivalent on-site model one. Correlation effects among different hopping terms are described by a series of local phase factors in that case. When acting on larger scale lengths, corresponding to short segments of the original lattice, the similarity transformation can be properly regarded as describing an effective renormalization of the chain. The nature of the resulting renormalized lattice significantly depends on the kind of order (i.e., periodic or quasiperiodic) of the original lattice, expressing a delicate balance between chemical complexity and topological order as a consequence of the renormalization process

Design of nanostrip magnonic crystal waveguides with a single magnonic band gap

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Wang, Qi; Zhong, Zhiyong; Jin, Lichuan; Tang, Xiaoli; Bai, Feiming; Zhang, Huaiwu; Beach, Geoffrey S.D.

2013-01-01

A novel planar structure of magnonic-crystal waveguide (MCW) with periodic rectangular-shaped holes embedded in a magnetic nanostrip film was designed. The effects of the distance between rectangular-shaped holes in the width direction of MCW on magnonic band structures were studied by micromagnetic simulations. The results show that a MCW with a single magnonic band gap can be obtained by adjusting the distance to meet the condition of Bragg reflection of spin waves in the width direction of MCW. Moreover, the center frequency and width of magnonic gap can be regulated by changing the period and length of rectangular-shaped holes. - Highlights: • Design a novel planar structure of magnonic-crystal waveguide. • The physical origin of a single magnonic band gap. • Study of the center frequency and width of magnonic gap

Anisotropic square lattice Potts ferromagnet: renormalization group treatment

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Oliveira, P.M.C. de; Tsallis, C.

1981-01-01

The choice of a convenient self-dual cell within a real space renormalization group framework enables a satisfactory treatment of the anisotropic square lattice q-state Potts ferromagnet criticality. The exact critical frontier and dimensionality crossover exponent PHI as well as the expected universality behaviour (renormalization flow sense) are recovered for any linear scaling factor b and all values of q(q - [pt

Renormalization of Supersymmetric QCD on the Lattice

Science.gov (United States)

Costa, Marios; Panagopoulos, Haralambos

2018-03-01

We perform a pilot study of the perturbative renormalization of a Supersymmetric gauge theory with matter fields on the lattice. As a specific example, we consider Supersymmetric N=1 QCD (SQCD). We study the self-energies of all particles which appear in this theory, as well as the renormalization of the coupling constant. To this end we compute, perturbatively to one-loop, the relevant two-point and three-point Green's functions using both dimensional and lattice regularizations. Our lattice formulation involves theWilson discretization for the gluino and quark fields; for gluons we employ the Wilson gauge action; for scalar fields (squarks) we use naive discretization. The gauge group that we consider is SU(Nc), while the number of colors, Nc, the number of flavors, Nf, and the gauge parameter, α, are left unspecified. We obtain analytic expressions for the renormalization factors of the coupling constant (Zg) and of the quark (ZΨ), gluon (Zu), gluino (Zλ), squark (ZA±), and ghost (Zc) fields on the lattice. We also compute the critical values of the gluino, quark and squark masses. Finally, we address the mixing which occurs among squark degrees of freedom beyond tree level: we calculate the corresponding mixing matrix which is necessary in order to disentangle the components of the squark field via an additional finite renormalization.

All-order renormalization of propagator matrix for fermionic system with flavor mixing

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Kniehl, Bernd A. [California Univ., Santa Barbara, CA (United States). Kavli Inst. for Theoretical Physics

2013-08-15

We consider a mixed system of Dirac fermions in a general parity-nonconserving theory and renormalize the propagator matrix to all orders in the pole scheme, in which the squares of the renormalized masses are identified with the complex pole positions and the wave-function renormalization (WFR) matrices are adjusted in compliance with the Lehmann-Symanzik-Zimmermann reduction formalism. We present closed analytic all-order expressions for the renormalization constants in terms of the scalar, pseudoscalar, vector, and pseudovector parts of the unrenormalized self-energy matrix, which is computable from the one-particle-irreducible Feynman diagrams of the flavor transitions. We identify residual degrees of freedom in the WFR matrices and propose an additional renormalization condition to exhaust them. We then explain how our results may be generalized to the case of unstable fermions, in which we encounter the phenomenon of WFR bifurcation. In the special case of a solitary unstable fermion, the all-order-renormalized propagator is presented in a particularly compact form.

Setting the renormalization scale in QCD: The principle of maximum conformality

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Brodsky, S. J.; Di Giustino, L.

2012-01-01

A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is the uncertainty in determining the renormalization scale mu of the running coupling alpha(s)(mu(2)). The purpose of the running coupling in any gauge theory is to sum all terms involving the beta function; in fact, when the renormali......A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is the uncertainty in determining the renormalization scale mu of the running coupling alpha(s)(mu(2)). The purpose of the running coupling in any gauge theory is to sum all terms involving the beta function; in fact, when...... the renormalization scale is set properly, all nonconformal beta not equal 0 terms in a perturbative expansion arising from renormalization are summed into the running coupling. The remaining terms in the perturbative series are then identical to that of a conformal theory; i.e., the corresponding theory with beta...... = 0. The resulting scale-fixed predictions using the principle of maximum conformality (PMC) are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme-a key requirement of renormalization group invariance. The results avoid renormalon resummation and agree with QED scale setting in the Abelian limit...

Band gaps in periodically magnetized homogeneous anisotropic media

Science.gov (United States)

Merzlikin, A. M.; Levy, M.; Vinogradov, A. P.; Wu, Z.; Jalali, A. A.

2010-11-01

In [A. M. Merzlikin, A. P. Vinogradov, A. V. Dorofeenko, M. Inoue, M. Levy, A. B. Granovsky, Physica B 394 (2007) 277] it is shown that in anisotropic magnetophotonic crystal made of anisotropic dielectric layers and isotropic magneto-optical layers the magnetization leads to formation of additional band gaps (BG) inside the Brillouin zones. Due to the weakness of the magneto-optical effects the width of these BG is much smaller than that of usual BG forming on the boundaries of Brillouin zones. In the present communication we show that though the anisotropy suppresses magneto-optical effects. An anisotropic magnetophotonic crystal made of anisotropic dielectric layers and anisotropic magneto-optical; the width of additional BG may be much greater than the width of the usual Brillouin BG. Anisotropy tends to suppress Brillouin zone boundary band gap formation because the anisotropy suppresses magneto-optical properties, while degenerate band gap formation occurs around points of effective isotropy and is not suppressed.

Surface correlation effects in two-band strongly correlated slabs.

Science.gov (United States)

Esfahani, D Nasr; Covaci, L; Peeters, F M

2014-02-19

Using an extension of the Gutzwiller approximation for an inhomogeneous system, we study the two-band Hubbard model with unequal band widths for a slab geometry. The aim is to investigate the mutual effect of individual bands on the spatial distribution of quasi-particle weight and charge density, especially near the surface of the slab. The main effect of the difference in band width is the presence of two different length scales corresponding to the quasi-particle profile of each band. This is enhanced in the vicinity of the critical interaction of the narrow band where an orbitally selective Mott transition occurs and a surface dead layer forms for the narrow band. For the doped case, two different regimes of charge transfer between the surface and the bulk of the slab are revealed. The charge transfer from surface/center to center/surface depends on both the doping level and the average relative charge accumulated in each band. Such effects could also be of importance when describing the accumulation of charges at the interface between structures made of multi-band strongly correlated materials.

Multiscale unfolding of real networks by geometric renormalization

Science.gov (United States)

García-Pérez, Guillermo; Boguñá, Marián; Serrano, M. Ángeles

2018-06-01

Symmetries in physical theories denote invariance under some transformation, such as self-similarity under a change of scale. The renormalization group provides a powerful framework to study these symmetries, leading to a better understanding of the universal properties of phase transitions. However, the small-world property of complex networks complicates application of the renormalization group by introducing correlations between coexisting scales. Here, we provide a framework for the investigation of complex networks at different resolutions. The approach is based on geometric representations, which have been shown to sustain network navigability and to reveal the mechanisms that govern network structure and evolution. We define a geometric renormalization group for networks by embedding them into an underlying hidden metric space. We find that real scale-free networks show geometric scaling under this renormalization group transformation. We unfold the networks in a self-similar multilayer shell that distinguishes the coexisting scales and their interactions. This in turn offers a basis for exploring critical phenomena and universality in complex networks. It also affords us immediate practical applications, including high-fidelity smaller-scale replicas of large networks and a multiscale navigation protocol in hyperbolic space, which betters those on single layers.

Utility Interfaced Pulse-Width Modulation of Solar Fed Voltage ...

African Journals Online (AJOL)

Utility Interfaced Pulse-Width Modulation of Solar Fed Voltage Source Inverter Using Fixed-Band Hysteresis Current Controller Method. ... with the conversion of solar energy into electrical energy; boosting the dc power; inversion of the dc to ac and then synchronization of the inverter output with the utility, and consequently, ...

Renormalization-scheme-invariant QCD and QED: The method of effective charges

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grunberg, G.

1984-01-01

We review, extend, and give some further applications of a method recently suggested to solve the renormalization-scheme-dependence problem in perturbative field theories. The use of a coupling constant as a universal expansion parameter is abandoned. Instead, to each physical quantity depending on a single scale variable is associated an effective charge, whose corresponding Stueckelberg--Peterman--Gell-Mann--Low function is identified as the proper object on which perturbation theory applies. Integration of the corresponding renormalization-group equations yields renormalization-scheme-invariant results free of any ambiguity related to the definition of the kinematical variable, or that of the scale parameter Λ, even though the theory is not solved to all orders. As a by-product, a renormalization-group improvement of the usual series is achieved. Extension of these methods to operators leads to the introduction of renormalization-group-invariant Green's function and Wilson coefficients, directly related to effective charges. The case of nonzero fermion masses is discussed, both for fixed masses and running masses in mass-independent renormalization schemes. The importance of the scale-invariant mass m is emphasized. Applications are given to deep-inelastic phenomena, where the use of renormalization-group-invariant coefficient functions allows to perform the factorization without having to introduce a factorization scale. The Sudakov form factor of the electron in QED is discussed as an example of an extension of the method to problems involving several momentum scales

Introduction to the nonequilibrium functional renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Berges, J.; Mesterházy, D.

2012-01-01

In these lectures we introduce the functional renormalization group out of equilibrium. While in thermal equilibrium typically a Euclidean formulation is adequate, nonequilibrium properties require real-time descriptions. For quantum systems specified by a given density matrix at initial time, a generating functional for real-time correlation functions can be written down using the Schwinger-Keldysh closed time path. This can be used to construct a nonequilibrium functional renormalization group along similar lines as for Euclidean field theories in thermal equilibrium. Important differences include the absence of a fluctuation-dissipation relation for general out-of-equilibrium situations. The nonequilibrium renormalization group takes on a particularly simple form at a fixed point, where the corresponding scale-invariant system becomes independent of the details of the initial density matrix. We discuss some basic examples, for which we derive a hierarchy of fixed point solutions with increasing complexity from vacuum and thermal equilibrium to nonequilibrium. The latter solutions are then associated to the phenomenon of turbulence in quantum field theory.

Renormalization of the nonlinear O(3) model with θ-term

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Flore, Raphael, E-mail: raphael.flore@uni-jena.de [Theoretisch-Physikalisches Institut, Friedrich-Schiller-Universität Jena, Max-Wien-Platz 1, D-07743 Jena (Germany)

2013-05-11

The renormalization of the topological term in the two-dimensional nonlinear O(3) model is studied by means of the Functional Renormalization Group. By considering the topological charge as a limit of a more general operator, it is shown that a finite multiplicative renormalization occurs in the extreme infrared. In order to compute the effects of the zero modes, a specific representation of the Clifford algebra is developed which allows to reformulate the bosonic problem in terms of Dirac operators and to employ the index theorem.

Renormalization Group in different fields of theoretical physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Shirkov, D.V.

1992-02-01

A very simple and general approach to the symmetry that is widely known as a Renormalization Group symmetry is presented. It essentially uses a functional formulation of group transformations that can be considered as a generalization of self-similarity transformations well known in mathematical physics since last century. This generalized Functional Self-Similarity symmetry and corresponding group transformations are discussed first for a number of simple physical problems taken from diverse fields of classical physics as well as for QED. Then we formulate the Renorm-Group Method as a regular procedure that essentially improves the approximate solutions near the singularity. After that we discuss relations between different formulations of Renormalization Group as they appear in various parts of a modern theoretical physics. Finally we present several topics of RGM application in modern QFT. (author)

Hypercuboidal renormalization in spin foam quantum gravity

Science.gov (United States)

Bahr, Benjamin; Steinhaus, Sebastian

2017-06-01

In this article, we apply background-independent renormalization group methods to spin foam quantum gravity. It is aimed at extending and elucidating the analysis of a companion paper, in which the existence of a fixed point in the truncated renormalization group flow for the model was reported. Here, we repeat the analysis with various modifications and find that both qualitative and quantitative features of the fixed point are robust in this setting. We also go into details about the various approximation schemes employed in the analysis.

Renormalization of a distorted gauge: invariant theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hsu, J.P.; Underwood, J.A.

1976-02-01

A new type of renormalizable theory involving massive Yang-Mills fields whose mass is generated by an intrinsic breakdown of the usual local gauge symmetry is considered. However, the Lagrangian has a distorted gauge symmetry which leads to the Ward-Takahashi (W-T) identities. Also, the theory is independent of the gauge parameter xi. An explicit renormalization at the oneloop level is completely carried out by exhibiting counter terms, defining the physical parameters and computing all renormalization constants to check the W-T identities

Band resolution of optical spectra of solvated electrons in water, alcohols, and tetrahydrofuran

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Jou, F.-Y.; Freeman, G.R.

1979-01-01

The optical absorption spectra of solvated electrons in water, alcohols, and tetrahydrofuran are empirically resolved into two Gaussian bands and a continuum tail. The first Gaussian band covers most of the low energy side of the spectrum. The second Gaussian band lies at an energy slightly above that of the absorption maximum of the total spectrum. With the exception of tert-butyl alcohol, in water and alcohols the following were observed: (a) the first Gaussian bands have the same half-width, but the oscillator strength in water is about double that in an alcohol; (b) the second Gaussian bands have similar half-widths and oscillator strengths; (c) the continuum tails have similar half-widths, yet that in water possesses only about one third as much oscillator strength as the one in alcohol. In tert-butyl alcohol and tetrahydrofuran the first Gaussian band and the continuum tail each carry nearly half of the total oscillator strength. (author)

Renormalization theory of stationary homogeneous strong turbulence in a collisionless plasma

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zhang, Y.Z.

1984-01-01

A renormalization procedure for the perturbation expansion of the Vlasov-Poisson equation is presented to describe stationary homogeneous turbulence. By using the diagramatic scheme the theory is shown to be renormalizable to any order. The expressions for the renormalized propagator, the renormalized dielectric function, and the intrinsically incoherent source are given. The renormalization leads to a complete separation of the fluctuating distribution function f/sub k/ into two parts, the coherent part, which is proved to represent the dielectric effect of the medium, and the intrinsically incoherent part, which represents the effect of nonlinear source. The turbulent collisional operator in the transport equation is proved equal to GAMMA 0 , the frequency broadening when k = 0

Renormalization-group improved fully differential cross sections for top pair production

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Broggio, A.; Papanastasiou, A.S.; Signer, A.; Zuerich Univ.

2014-07-01

We extend approximate next-to-next-to-leading order results for top-pair production to include the semi-leptonic decays of top quarks in the narrow-width approximation. The new hard-scattering kernels are implemented in a fully differential parton-level Monte Carlo that allows for the study of any IR-safe observable constructed from the momenta of the decay products of the top. Our best predictions are given by approximate NNLO corrections in the production matched to a fixed order calculation with NLO corrections in both the production and decay subprocesses. Being fully differential enables us to make comparisons between approximate results derived via different (PIM and 1PI) kinematics for arbitrary distributions. These comparisons reveal that the renormalization-group framework, from which the approximate results are derived, is rather robust in the sense that applying a realistic error estimate allows us to obtain a reliable prediction with a reduced theoretical error for generic observables and analysis cuts.

Renormalization method and singularities in the theory of Langmuir turbulence

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Pelletier, G.

1977-01-01

The method of renormalization, using propagators and diagrams, is recalled with enough mathematical details to be read and used by a non-specialist. The Markovian models are discussed and applied to plasma turbulence. The physical meaning of the diagrams is exhibited. In addition to the usual resonance broadening, an improved renormalization is set out, including broadening of the nonlinear resonance with a beat wave by induced scattering. This improved renormalization is emphasized. In the case of Langmuir turbulence, it removes difficulties arising at the group velocity, and enhances large-scale induced-scattering diffusion. (author)

Renormalized trajectory for non-linear sigma model and improved scaling behaviour

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Guha, A.; Okawa, M.; Zuber, J.B.

1984-01-01

We apply the block-spin renormalization group method to the O(N) Heisenberg spin model. Extending a previous work of Hirsch and Shenker, we find the renormalized trajectory for O(infinite) in two dimensions. Four finite N models, we choose a four-parameter action near the large-N renormalized trajectory and demonstrate a remarkable improvement in the approach to continuum limit by performing Monte Carlo simulation of O(3) and O(4) models. (orig.)

The fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Foda, O.E.

1983-01-01

We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes. (orig.)

Simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

1983-06-30

We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of ((p+q)/..delta..)/sup -/delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, ..lambda.. is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously.

Off-shell renormalization in Higgs effective field theories

Science.gov (United States)

Binosi, Daniele; Quadri, Andrea

2018-04-01

The off-shell one-loop renormalization of a Higgs effective field theory possessing a scalar potential ˜ {({Φ}^{\\dagger}Φ -υ^2/2)}^N with N arbitrary is presented. This is achieved by renormalizing the theory once reformulated in terms of two auxiliary fields X 1,2, which, due to the invariance under an extended Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry, are tightly constrained by functional identities. The latter allow in turn the explicit derivation of the mapping onto the original theory, through which the (divergent) multi-Higgs amplitude are generated in a purely algebraic fashion. We show that, contrary to naive expectations based on the loss of power counting renormalizability, the Higgs field undergoes a linear Standard Model like redefinition, and evaluate the renormalization of the complete set of Higgs self-coupling in the N → ∞ case.

Some applications of renormalized RPA in bosonic field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hansen, H.; Chanfray, G.

2003-01-01

We present some applications of the renormalized RPA in bosonic field theories. We first present some developments for the explicit calculation of the total energy in Φ 4 theory and discuss its phase structure in 1 + 1 dimensions. We also demonstrate that the Goldstone theorem is satisfied in the O(N) model within the renormalized RPA. (authors)

The Physical Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Binger, Michael William.; Stanford U., Phys. Dept.; SLAC

2007-01-01

The profound revolutions in particle physics likely to emerge from current and future experiments motivates an improved understanding of the precise predictions of the Standard Model and new physics models. Higher order predictions in quantum field theories inevitably requires the renormalization procedure, which makes sensible predictions out of the naively divergent results of perturbation theory. Thus, a robust understanding of renormalization is crucial for identifying and interpreting the possible discovery of new physics. The results of this thesis represent a broad set of investigations in to the nature of renormalization. The author begins by motivating a more physical approach to renormalization based on gauge-invariant Green's functions. The resulting effective charges are first applied to gauge coupling unification. This approach provides an elegant formalism for understanding all threshold corrections, and the gauge couplings unify in a more physical manner compared to the usual methods. Next, the gauge-invariant three-gluon vertex is studied in detail, revealing an interesting and rich structure. The effective coupling for the three-gluon vertex, α(k 1 2 , k 2 2 , k 3 2 ), depends on three momentum scales and gives rise to an effective scale Q eff 2 (k 1 2 , k 2 2 , k 3 2 ) which governs the (sometimes surprising) behavior of the vertex. The effects of nonzero internal masses are important and have a complicated threshold and pseudo-threshold structure. The pinch-technique effective charge is also calculated to two-loops and several applications are discussed. The Higgs boson mass in Split Supersymmetry is calculated to two-loops, including all one-loop threshold effects, leading to a downward shift in the Higgs mass of a few GeV. Finally, the author discusses some ideas regarding the overall structure of perturbation theory. This thesis lays the foundation for a comprehensive multi-scale analytic renormalization scheme based on gauge-invariant Green

Renormalization of the QEMD of a dyon field

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Panagiotakopoulos, C.

1983-01-01

A renormalized quantum electromagnetodynamics (QEMD) of a dyon field is defined. Finite and n-independent answers can be obtained in each order of the loop expansion for all processes. The electric and magnetic charges are not constrained with the Dirac condition and therefore perturbation theory can be made reliable. The renormalized theory is found to possess exact dual invariance. Comparisons with the general QEMD of electric and magnetic charges are made. (orig.)

Renormalization of the QEMD of a dyon field

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Panagiotakopoulos, C.

1982-05-01

A renormalized quantum electromagnetodynamics (QEMD) of a dyon field is defined. Finite and n independent answers can be obtained in each order of the loop expansion for all processes. The electric and magnetic charges are not constrained with the Dirac condition and therefore perturbation theory can be made reliable. The renormalized theory is found to possess exact dual invariance. Comparisons with the general QEMD of electric and magnetic charges are made. (author)

Non-perturbative versus perturbative renormalization of lattice operators

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Goeckeler, M.; Technische Hochschule Aachen; Horsley, R.; Ilgenfritz, E.M.; Oelrich, H.; Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH; Schierholz, G.; Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A.; Rakow, P.

1995-09-01

Our objective is to compute the moments of the deep-inelastic structure functions of the nucleon on the lattice. A major source of uncertainty is the renormalization of the lattice operators that enter the calculation. In this talk we compare the renormalization constants of the most relevant twist-two bilinear quark operators which we have computed non-perturbatively and perturbatively to one loop order. Furthermore, we discuss the use of tadpole improved perturbation theory. (orig.)

Space-time versus world-sheet renormalization group equation in string theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brustein, R.; Roland, K.

1991-05-01

We discuss the relation between space-time renormalization group equation for closed string field theory and world-sheet renormalization group equation for first-quantized strings. Restricting our attention to massless states we argue that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the fixed point solutions of the two renormalization group equations. In particular, we show how to extract the Fischler-Susskind mechanism from the string field theory equation in the case of the bosonic string. (orig.)

Renormalization group structure for sums of variables generated by incipiently chaotic maps

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fuentes, Miguel Angel; Robledo, Alberto

2010-01-01

We look at the limit distributions of sums of deterministic chaotic variables in unimodal maps and find a remarkable renormalization group (RG) structure associated with the operation of increment of summands and rescaling. In this structure—where the only relevant variable is the difference in control parameter from its value at the transition to chaos—the trivial fixed point is the Gaussian distribution and a novel nontrivial fixed point is a multifractal distribution that emulates the Feigenbaum attractor, and is universal in the sense of the latter. The crossover between the two fixed points is explained and the flow toward the trivial fixed point is seen to be comparable to the chaotic band merging sequence. We discuss the nature of the central limit theorem for deterministic variables

Renormalization scheme-invariant perturbation theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dhar, A.

1983-01-01

A complete solution to the problem of the renormalization scheme dependence of perturbative approximants to physical quantities is presented. An equation is derived which determines any physical quantity implicitly as a function of only scheme independent variables. (orig.)

Renormalization-group theory for the eddy viscosity in subgrid modeling

Science.gov (United States)

Zhou, YE; Vahala, George; Hossain, Murshed

1988-01-01

Renormalization-group theory is applied to incompressible three-dimensional Navier-Stokes turbulence so as to eliminate unresolvable small scales. The renormalized Navier-Stokes equation now includes a triple nonlinearity with the eddy viscosity exhibiting a mild cusp behavior, in qualitative agreement with the test-field model results of Kraichnan. For the cusp behavior to arise, not only is the triple nonlinearity necessary but the effects of pressure must be incorporated in the triple term. The renormalized eddy viscosity will not exhibit a cusp behavior if it is assumed that a spectral gap exists between the large and small scales.

Renormalization of gauge theories without cohomology

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Anselmi, Damiano

2013-01-01

We investigate the renormalization of gauge theories without assuming cohomological properties. We define a renormalization algorithm that preserves the Batalin-Vilkovisky master equation at each step and automatically extends the classical action till it contains sufficiently many independent parameters to reabsorb all divergences into parameter-redefinitions and canonical transformations. The construction is then generalized to the master functional and the field-covariant proper formalism for gauge theories. Our results hold in all manifestly anomaly-free gauge theories, power-counting renormalizable or not. The extension algorithm allows us to solve a quadratic problem, such as finding a sufficiently general solution of the master equation, even when it is not possible to reduce it to a linear (cohomological) problem. (orig.)

Quantum Einstein gravity. Advancements of heat kernel-based renormalization group studies

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Groh, Kai

2012-10-15

The asymptotic safety scenario allows to define a consistent theory of quantized gravity within the framework of quantum field theory. The central conjecture of this scenario is the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point of the theory's renormalization group flow, that allows to formulate renormalization conditions that render the theory fully predictive. Investigations of this possibility use an exact functional renormalization group equation as a primary non-perturbative tool. This equation implements Wilsonian renormalization group transformations, and is demonstrated to represent a reformulation of the functional integral approach to quantum field theory. As its main result, this thesis develops an algebraic algorithm which allows to systematically construct the renormalization group flow of gauge theories as well as gravity in arbitrary expansion schemes. In particular, it uses off-diagonal heat kernel techniques to efficiently handle the non-minimal differential operators which appear due to gauge symmetries. The central virtue of the algorithm is that no additional simplifications need to be employed, opening the possibility for more systematic investigations of the emergence of non-perturbative phenomena. As a by-product several novel results on the heat kernel expansion of the Laplace operator acting on general gauge bundles are obtained. The constructed algorithm is used to re-derive the renormalization group flow of gravity in the Einstein-Hilbert truncation, showing the manifest background independence of the results. The well-studied Einstein-Hilbert case is further advanced by taking the effect of a running ghost field renormalization on the gravitational coupling constants into account. A detailed numerical analysis reveals a further stabilization of the found non-Gaussian fixed point. Finally, the proposed algorithm is applied to the case of higher derivative gravity including all curvature squared interactions. This establishes an improvement

Quantum Einstein gravity. Advancements of heat kernel-based renormalization group studies

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Groh, Kai

2012-10-01

The asymptotic safety scenario allows to define a consistent theory of quantized gravity within the framework of quantum field theory. The central conjecture of this scenario is the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point of the theory's renormalization group flow, that allows to formulate renormalization conditions that render the theory fully predictive. Investigations of this possibility use an exact functional renormalization group equation as a primary non-perturbative tool. This equation implements Wilsonian renormalization group transformations, and is demonstrated to represent a reformulation of the functional integral approach to quantum field theory. As its main result, this thesis develops an algebraic algorithm which allows to systematically construct the renormalization group flow of gauge theories as well as gravity in arbitrary expansion schemes. In particular, it uses off-diagonal heat kernel techniques to efficiently handle the non-minimal differential operators which appear due to gauge symmetries. The central virtue of the algorithm is that no additional simplifications need to be employed, opening the possibility for more systematic investigations of the emergence of non-perturbative phenomena. As a by-product several novel results on the heat kernel expansion of the Laplace operator acting on general gauge bundles are obtained. The constructed algorithm is used to re-derive the renormalization group flow of gravity in the Einstein-Hilbert truncation, showing the manifest background independence of the results. The well-studied Einstein-Hilbert case is further advanced by taking the effect of a running ghost field renormalization on the gravitational coupling constants into account. A detailed numerical analysis reveals a further stabilization of the found non-Gaussian fixed point. Finally, the proposed algorithm is applied to the case of higher derivative gravity including all curvature squared interactions. This establishes an improvement of

Nonperturbative renormalization group study of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation.

Science.gov (United States)

Mejía-Monasterio, Carlos; Muratore-Ginanneschi, Paolo

2012-07-01

We study the renormalization group flow of the average action of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation with power-law forcing. Using Galilean invariance, we introduce a nonperturbative approximation adapted to the zero-frequency sector of the theory in the parametric range of the Hölder exponent 4-2ε of the forcing where real-space local interactions are relevant. In any spatial dimension d, we observe the convergence of the resulting renormalization group flow to a unique fixed point which yields a kinetic energy spectrum scaling in agreement with canonical dimension analysis. Kolmogorov's -5/3 law is, thus, recovered for ε = 2 as also predicted by perturbative renormalization. At variance with the perturbative prediction, the -5/3 law emerges in the presence of a saturation in the ε dependence of the scaling dimension of the eddy diffusivity at ε = 3/2 when, according to perturbative renormalization, the velocity field becomes infrared relevant.

Extended BPH renormalization of cutoff scalar field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chalmers, G.

1996-01-01

We show through the use of diagrammatic techniques and a newly adapted BPH renormalization method that general momentum cutoff scalar field theories in four dimensions are perturbatively renormalizable. Weinberg close-quote s convergence theorem is used to show that operators in the Lagrangian with dimension greater than four, which are divided by powers of the cutoff, produce perturbatively only local divergences in the two-, three-, and four-point correlation functions. The naive use of the convergence theorem together with the BPH method is not appropriate for understanding the local divergences and renormalizability of these theories. We also show that the renormalized Green close-quote s functions are the same as in ordinary Φ 4 theory up to corrections suppressed by inverse powers of the cutoff. These conclusions are consistent with those of existing proofs based on the renormalization group. copyright 1996 The American Physical Society

Renormalization Scale-Fixing for Complex Scattering Amplitudes

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Brodsky, Stanley J.; /SLAC; Llanes-Estrada, Felipe J.; /Madrid U.

2005-12-21

We show how to fix the renormalization scale for hard-scattering exclusive processes such as deeply virtual meson electroproduction by applying the BLM prescription to the imaginary part of the scattering amplitude and employing a fixed-t dispersion relation to obtain the scale-fixed real part. In this way we resolve the ambiguity in BLM renormalization scale-setting for complex scattering amplitudes. We illustrate this by computing the H generalized parton distribution at leading twist in an analytic quark-diquark model for the parton-proton scattering amplitude which can incorporate Regge exchange contributions characteristic of the deep inelastic structure functions.

Cylinder renormalization for Siegel disks and a constructive Measurable Riemann Mapping Theorem

CERN Document Server

Gaydashev, D G

2006-01-01

The boundary of the Siegel disk of a quadratic polynomial with an irrationally indifferent fixed point with the golden mean rotation number has been observed to be self-similar. The geometry of this self-similarity is universal for a large class of holomorphic maps. A renormalization explanation of this universality has been proposed in the literature. However, one of the ingredients of this explanation, the hyperbolicity of renormalization, has not been proved yet. The present work considers a cylinder renormalization - a novel type of renormalization for holomorphic maps with a Siegel disk which is better suited for a hyperbolicity proof. A key element of a cylinder renormalization of a holomorphic map is a conformal isomorphism of a dynamical quotient of a subset of $\\field{C}$ to a bi-infinite cylinder $\\field{C} / \\field{Z}$. A construction of this conformal isomorphism is an implicit procedure which can be performed using the Measurable Riemann Mapping Theorem. We present a constructive proof of the Mea...

Theoretical study of relative width of photonic band gap for the 3-D ...

Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

... of refractive index and relative radius of the photonic band gap for the fcc closed packed 3-D dielectric microstructure are reported and comparison of experimental observations and theoretical predictions are given. This work is useful for the understanding of photonic crystals and occurrence of the photonic band gap.

Estimation of photonic band gap in the hollow core cylindrical multilayer structure

Science.gov (United States)

Chourasia, Ritesh Kumar; Singh, Vivek

2018-04-01

The propagation characteristic of two hollow core cylindrical multilayer structures having high and low refractive index contrast of cladding regions have been studied and compared at two design wavelengths i.e. 1550 nm and 632.8 nm. With the help of transfer matrix method a relation between the incoming light wave and outgoing light wave has been developed using the boundary matching technique. In high refractive index contrast, small numbers of layers are sufficient to provide perfect band gap in both design wavelengths. The spectral position and width of band gap is highly depending on the optical path of incident light in all considered cases. For sensing application, the sensitivity of waveguide can be obtained either by monitoring the width of photonic band gap or by monitoring the spectral shift of photonic band gap. Change in the width of photonic band gap with the core refractive index is larger in high refractive index contrast of cladding materials. However, in the case of monitoring the spectral shift of band gap, the obtained sensitivity is large for low refractive index contrast of cladding materials and further it increases with increase of design wavelength.

Renormalization group theory of phase transitions in square Ising systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Nienhuis, B.

1978-01-01

Some renormalization group calculations are presented on a number of phase transitions in a square Ising model, both second and first order. Of these transitions critical exponents are calculated, the amplitudes of the power law divergences and the locus of the transition. In some cases attention is paid to the thermodynamic functions also far from the critical point. Universality and scaling are discussed and the renormalization group theory is reviewed. It is shown how a renormalization transformation, which relates two similar systems with different macroscopic dimensions, can be constructed, and how some critical properties of the system follow from this transformation. Several numerical and analytical applications are presented. (Auth.)

Renormalization of the g-boson effects for Os isotopes

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zhang Zhanjun; Liu Yong; Sang Jianping

1996-01-01

A modified renormalization approach based on that proposed by Druce et al. is presented. The overall agreement between the spectra calculated here and the accurate spectra is significantly improved. We also use Druce's approach to generate the renormalized spectra. It is shown that in our microscopic study, both of the approaches are very useful to the determination of several free parameters of fermion residual interactions

Renormalization Group Reduction of Non Integrable Hamiltonian Systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tzenov, Stephan I.

2002-01-01

Based on Renormalization Group method, a reduction of non integratable multi-dimensional Hamiltonian systems has been performed. The evolution equations for the slowly varying part of the angle-averaged phase space density and for the amplitudes of the angular modes have been derived. It has been shown that these equations are precisely the Renormalization Group equations. As an application of the approach developed, the modulational diffusion in one-and-a-half degrees of freedom dynamical system has been studied in detail

Poissonian renormalizations, exponentials, and power laws.

Science.gov (United States)

Eliazar, Iddo

2013-05-01

This paper presents a comprehensive "renormalization study" of Poisson processes governed by exponential and power-law intensities. These Poisson processes are of fundamental importance, as they constitute the very bedrock of the universal extreme-value laws of Gumbel, Fréchet, and Weibull. Applying the method of Poissonian renormalization we analyze the emergence of these Poisson processes, unveil their intrinsic dynamical structures, determine their domains of attraction, and characterize their structural phase transitions. These structural phase transitions are shown to be governed by uniform and harmonic intensities, to have universal domains of attraction, to uniquely display intrinsic invariance, and to be intimately connected to "white noise" and to "1/f noise." Thus, we establish a Poissonian explanation to the omnipresence of white and 1/f noises.

Loop optimization for tensor network renormalization

Science.gov (United States)

Yang, Shuo; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang

We introduce a tensor renormalization group scheme for coarse-graining a two-dimensional tensor network, which can be successfully applied to both classical and quantum systems on and off criticality. The key idea of our scheme is to deform a 2D tensor network into small loops and then optimize tensors on each loop. In this way we remove short-range entanglement at each iteration step, and significantly improve the accuracy and stability of the renormalization flow. We demonstrate our algorithm in the classical Ising model and a frustrated 2D quantum model. NSF Grant No. DMR-1005541 and NSFC 11274192, BMO Financial Group, John Templeton Foundation, Government of Canada through Industry Canada, Province of Ontario through the Ministry of Economic Development & Innovation.

Decay-out from low-lying superdeformed bands in Pb isotopes: Tunneling widths in a two-level mixing model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Wilson, A.N.; Davidson, P.M.

2004-01-01

A recently developed two-level mixing model of superdeformed decay is applied to evaluate the tunneling width between the superdeformed and normally deformed potential wells in 192 Pb and 194 Pb. Estimates are made of level densities and γ decay widths for levels in the normally deformed well, which are required for evaluation of the model. Experimental quasicontinuum results are used to suggest a spin-dependent reduction of the energy gap in the level spectrum, resulting in approximately constant level densities and decay widths in the normal well over the decay-out region for each isotope. However, it transpires that the model's prediction of the tunneling width is nearly independent of the normally deformed state widths for both isotopes. This observation is used to extract potential barrier heights for the two nuclei that depend mainly on experimentally determined values

Temperature dependent quasiparticle renormalization in nickel and iron

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Ovsyannikov, Ruslan; Thirupathaiah, Setti; Sanchez-Barriga, Jaime; Fink, Joerg; Duerr, Hermann [Helmholtz Zentrum Berlin, BESSY II, Albert-Einstein-Strasse 15, D-12489 Berlin (Germany)

2010-07-01

One of the fundamental consequences of electron correlation effects is that the bare particles in solids become 'dressed' with an excitation cloud resulting in quasiparticles. Such a quasiparticle will carry the same spin and charge as the original particle, but will have a renormalized mass and a finite lifetime. The properties of many-body interactions are described with a complex function called self energy which is directly accessible to modern high-resolution angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy (ARPES). Ferromagnetic metals like nickel or iron offers the exciting possibility to study the spin dependence of quasiparticle coupling to bosonic modes. Utilizing the exchange split band structure as an intrinsic 'spin detector' it is possible to distinguish between electron-phonon and electron-magnon coupling phenomena. In this contribution we will report a systematic investigation of the k- and temperature dependence of the electron-boson coupling in nickel and iron metals as well as discuss origin of earlier observed anomalous lifetime broadening of majority spin states of nickel at Fermi level.

One-loop renormalization of a gravity-scalar system

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Park, I.Y. [Philander Smith College, Department of Applied Mathematics, Little Rock, AR (United States)

2017-05-15

Extending the renormalizability proposal of the physical sector of 4D Einstein gravity, we have recently proposed renormalizability of the 3D physical sector of gravity-matter systems. The main goal of the present work is to conduct systematic one-loop renormalization of a gravity-matter system by applying our foliation-based quantization scheme. In this work we explicitly carry out renormalization of a gravity-scalar system with a Higgs-type potential. With the fluctuation part of the scalar field gauged away, the system becomes renormalizable through a metric field redefinition. We use dimensional regularization throughout. One of the salient aspects of our analysis is how the graviton propagator acquires the ''mass'' term. One-loop calculations lead to renormalization of the cosmological and Newton constants. We discuss other implications of our results as well: time-varying vacuum energy density and masses of the elementary particles as well as the potential relevance of Neumann boundary condition for black hole information. (orig.)

One-loop renormalization of a gravity-scalar system

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Park, I.Y.

2017-01-01

Extending the renormalizability proposal of the physical sector of 4D Einstein gravity, we have recently proposed renormalizability of the 3D physical sector of gravity-matter systems. The main goal of the present work is to conduct systematic one-loop renormalization of a gravity-matter system by applying our foliation-based quantization scheme. In this work we explicitly carry out renormalization of a gravity-scalar system with a Higgs-type potential. With the fluctuation part of the scalar field gauged away, the system becomes renormalizable through a metric field redefinition. We use dimensional regularization throughout. One of the salient aspects of our analysis is how the graviton propagator acquires the ''mass'' term. One-loop calculations lead to renormalization of the cosmological and Newton constants. We discuss other implications of our results as well: time-varying vacuum energy density and masses of the elementary particles as well as the potential relevance of Neumann boundary condition for black hole information. (orig.)

One-loop renormalization of a gravity-scalar system

Science.gov (United States)

Park, I. Y.

2017-05-01

Extending the renormalizability proposal of the physical sector of 4D Einstein gravity, we have recently proposed renormalizability of the 3D physical sector of gravity-matter systems. The main goal of the present work is to conduct systematic one-loop renormalization of a gravity-matter system by applying our foliation-based quantization scheme. In this work we explicitly carry out renormalization of a gravity-scalar system with a Higgs-type potential. With the fluctuation part of the scalar field gauged away, the system becomes renormalizable through a metric field redefinition. We use dimensional regularization throughout. One of the salient aspects of our analysis is how the graviton propagator acquires the "mass" term. One-loop calculations lead to renormalization of the cosmological and Newton constants. We discuss other implications of our results as well: time-varying vacuum energy density and masses of the elementary particles as well as the potential relevance of Neumann boundary condition for black hole information.

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group in practice

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Olivares-Amaya, Roberto; Hu, Weifeng; Sharma, Sandeep; Yang, Jun; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic [Department of Chemistry, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544 (United States); Nakatani, Naoki [Department of Chemistry, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544 (United States); Catalysis Research Center, Hokkaido University, Kita 21 Nishi 10, Sapporo, Hokkaido 001-0021 (Japan)

2015-01-21

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is a tool that can be applied to a wide variety of interesting problems in quantum chemistry. Here, we examine the density matrix renormalization group from the vantage point of the quantum chemistry user. What kinds of problems is the DMRG well-suited to? What are the largest systems that can be treated at practical cost? What sort of accuracies can be obtained, and how do we reason about the computational difficulty in different molecules? By examining a diverse benchmark set of molecules: π-electron systems, benchmark main-group and transition metal dimers, and the Mn-oxo-salen and Fe-porphine organometallic compounds, we provide some answers to these questions, and show how the density matrix renormalization group is used in practice.

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group in practice.

Science.gov (United States)

Olivares-Amaya, Roberto; Hu, Weifeng; Nakatani, Naoki; Sharma, Sandeep; Yang, Jun; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2015-01-21

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is a tool that can be applied to a wide variety of interesting problems in quantum chemistry. Here, we examine the density matrix renormalization group from the vantage point of the quantum chemistry user. What kinds of problems is the DMRG well-suited to? What are the largest systems that can be treated at practical cost? What sort of accuracies can be obtained, and how do we reason about the computational difficulty in different molecules? By examining a diverse benchmark set of molecules: π-electron systems, benchmark main-group and transition metal dimers, and the Mn-oxo-salen and Fe-porphine organometallic compounds, we provide some answers to these questions, and show how the density matrix renormalization group is used in practice.

Strong renormalization scheme dependence in τ-lepton decay: Fact or fiction?

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chyla, J.

1995-01-01

The question of the renormalization scheme dependence of the τ semileptonic decay rate is examined in response to a recent criticism. Particular attention is payed to a distinction between a consistent quantitative description of this dependence and the actual selection of a subset of ''acceptable'' renormalization schemes. It is pointed out that this criticism is valid only within a particular definition of the ''strength'' of the renormalization scheme dependence and should not discourage further attempts to use the semileptonic τ decay rate for quantitative tests of perturbative QCD

Plasmon band gap generated by intense ion acoustic waves

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Son, S.; Ku, S.

2010-01-01

In the presence of an intense ion acoustic wave, the energy-momentum dispersion relation of plasmons is strongly modified to exhibit a band gap structure. The intensity of an ion acoustic wave might be measured from the band gap width. The plasmon band gap can be used to block the nonlinear cascading channel of the Langmuir wave decay.

A note on nonperturbative renormalization of effective field theory

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Yang Jifeng [Department of Physics, East China Normal University, Shanghai 200062 (China)

2009-08-28

Within the realm of contact potentials, the key structures intrinsic of nonperturbative renormalization of T-matrices are unraveled using rigorous solutions and an inverse form of the algebraic Lippmann-Schwinger equation. The intrinsic mismatches between effective field theory power counting and nonperturbative divergence structures are shown for the first time to preclude the conventional counterterm algorithm from working in the renormalization of EFT for NN scattering in nonperturbative regimes.

A note on nonperturbative renormalization of effective field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Yang Jifeng

2009-01-01

Within the realm of contact potentials, the key structures intrinsic of nonperturbative renormalization of T-matrices are unraveled using rigorous solutions and an inverse form of the algebraic Lippmann-Schwinger equation. The intrinsic mismatches between effective field theory power counting and nonperturbative divergence structures are shown for the first time to preclude the conventional counterterm algorithm from working in the renormalization of EFT for NN scattering in nonperturbative regimes.

Exact renormalization group for gauge theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Balaban, T.; Imbrie, J.; Jaffe, A.

1984-01-01

Renormalization group ideas have been extremely important to progress in our understanding of gauge field theory. Particularly the idea of asymptotic freedom leads us to hope that nonabelian gauge theories exist in four dimensions and yet are capable of producing the physics we observe-quarks confined in meson and baryon states. For a thorough understanding of the ultraviolet behavior of gauge theories, we need to go beyond the approximation of the theory at some momentum scale by theories with one or a small number of coupling constants. In other words, we need a method of performing exact renormalization group transformations, keeping control of higher order effects, nonlocal effects, and large field effects that are usually ignored. Rigorous renormalization group methods have been described or proposed in the lectures of Gawedzki, Kupiainen, Mack, and Mitter. Earlier work of Glimm and Jaffe and Gallavotti et al. on the /phi/ model in three dimensions were quite important to later developments in this area. We present here a block spin procedure which works for gauge theories, at least in the superrenormalizable case. It should be enlightening for the reader to compare the various methods described in these proceedings-especially from the point of view of how each method is suited to the physics of the problem it is used to study

Complete one-loop renormalization of the Higgs-electroweak chiral Lagrangian

Science.gov (United States)

Buchalla, G.; Catà, O.; Celis, A.; Knecht, M.; Krause, C.

2018-03-01

Employing background-field method and super-heat-kernel expansion, we compute the complete one-loop renormalization of the electroweak chiral Lagrangian with a light Higgs boson. Earlier results from purely scalar fluctuations are confirmed as a special case. We also recover the one-loop renormalization of the conventional Standard Model in the appropriate limit.

Application of 't Hooft's renormalization scheme to two-loop calculations 230

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Vladimirov, A.A.

1975-01-01

The advantages of the Hooft scheme for asymptotic calculations in the renormalization group have been demonstrated. Two-loop calculations have been carried out in three renormalized models: in scalar electrodynamics, in a pseudoscalar Yukawa theory and in the Weiss-Zumino supersymmetrical model [ru

Exact renormalization group equations: an introductory review

Science.gov (United States)

Bagnuls, C.; Bervillier, C.

2001-07-01

We critically review the use of the exact renormalization group equations (ERGE) in the framework of the scalar theory. We lay emphasis on the existence of different versions of the ERGE and on an approximation method to solve it: the derivative expansion. The leading order of this expansion appears as an excellent textbook example to underline the nonperturbative features of the Wilson renormalization group theory. We limit ourselves to the consideration of the scalar field (this is why it is an introductory review) but the reader will find (at the end of the review) a set of references to existing studies on more complex systems.

Quantum renormalization group approach to quantum coherence and multipartite entanglement in an XXZ spin chain

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Wu, Wei [Zhejiang Institute of Modern Physics and Department of Physics, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou 310027 (China); Beijing Computational Science Research Center, Beijing 100193 (China); Xu, Jing-Bo, E-mail: xujb@zju.edu.cn [Zhejiang Institute of Modern Physics and Department of Physics, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou 310027 (China)

2017-01-30

We investigate the performances of quantum coherence and multipartite entanglement close to the quantum critical point of a one-dimensional anisotropic spin-1/2 XXZ spin chain by employing the real-space quantum renormalization group approach. It is shown that the quantum criticality of XXZ spin chain can be revealed by the singular behaviors of the first derivatives of renormalized quantum coherence and multipartite entanglement in the thermodynamics limit. Moreover, we find the renormalized quantum coherence and multipartite entanglement obey certain universal exponential-type scaling laws in the vicinity of the quantum critical point of XXZ spin chain. - Highlights: • The QPT of XXZ chain is studied by renormalization group. • The renormalized coherence and multiparticle entanglement is investigated. • Scaling laws of renormalized coherence and multiparticle entanglement are revealed.

Band gaps and localization of surface water waves over large-scale sand waves with random fluctuations

Science.gov (United States)

Zhang, Yu; Li, Yan; Shao, Hao; Zhong, Yaozhao; Zhang, Sai; Zhao, Zongxi

2012-06-01

Band structure and wave localization are investigated for sea surface water waves over large-scale sand wave topography. Sand wave height, sand wave width, water depth, and water width between adjacent sand waves have significant impact on band gaps. Random fluctuations of sand wave height, sand wave width, and water depth induce water wave localization. However, random water width produces a perfect transmission tunnel of water waves at a certain frequency so that localization does not occur no matter how large a disorder level is applied. Together with theoretical results, the field experimental observations in the Taiwan Bank suggest band gap and wave localization as the physical mechanism of sea surface water wave propagating over natural large-scale sand waves.

Renormalization group theory of earthquakes

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

H. Saleur

1996-01-01

Full Text Available We study theoretically the physical origin of the proposed discrete scale invariance of earthquake processes, at the origin of the universal log-periodic corrections to scaling, recently discovered in regional seismic activity (Sornette and Sammis (1995. The discrete scaling symmetries which may be present at smaller scales are shown to be robust on a global scale with respect to disorder. Furthermore, a single complex exponent is sufficient in practice to capture the essential properties of the leading correction to scaling, whose real part may be renormalized by disorder, and thus be specific to the system. We then propose a new mechanism for discrete scale invariance, based on the interplay between dynamics and disorder. The existence of non-linear corrections to the renormalization group flow implies that an earthquake is not an isolated 'critical point', but is accompanied by an embedded set of 'critical points', its foreshocks and any subsequent shocks for which it may be a foreshock.

A simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Foda, O.E.

1983-01-01

We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of [(p+q)/δ] - delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, #betta# is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously. (orig.)

Poissonian renormalizations, exponentials, and power laws

Science.gov (United States)

Eliazar, Iddo

2013-05-01

This paper presents a comprehensive “renormalization study” of Poisson processes governed by exponential and power-law intensities. These Poisson processes are of fundamental importance, as they constitute the very bedrock of the universal extreme-value laws of Gumbel, Fréchet, and Weibull. Applying the method of Poissonian renormalization we analyze the emergence of these Poisson processes, unveil their intrinsic dynamical structures, determine their domains of attraction, and characterize their structural phase transitions. These structural phase transitions are shown to be governed by uniform and harmonic intensities, to have universal domains of attraction, to uniquely display intrinsic invariance, and to be intimately connected to “white noise” and to “1/f noise.” Thus, we establish a Poissonian explanation to the omnipresence of white and 1/f noises.

Effective-field renormalization-group method for Ising systems

Science.gov (United States)

Fittipaldi, I. P.; De Albuquerque, D. F.

1992-02-01

A new applicable effective-field renormalization-group (ERFG) scheme for computing critical properties of Ising spins systems is proposed and used to study the phase diagrams of a quenched bond-mixed spin Ising model on square and Kagomé lattices. The present EFRG approach yields results which improves substantially on those obtained from standard mean-field renormalization-group (MFRG) method. In particular, it is shown that the EFRG scheme correctly distinguishes the geometry of the lattice structure even when working with the smallest possible clusters, namely N'=1 and N=2.

50 MW C-band pulse klystron; 50MW C band pulse klystron

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

NONE

1999-03-01

C-band pulse klystron E3746 with an output of 50 MW class was developed jointly with the High-Energy Accelerator Research Organization in the Ministry of Education as the klystron for a linear accelerator. For a large-sized linear accelerator in the next generation, a klystron with higher operating frequency has been required to obtain a compact and efficient accelerator. In E3746, the problem of power resistance during high-frequency operation was solved by mounting a traveling-wave multi-cell output circuit. Moreover, stable operation in the pulse width of 2.5 {mu}s and the output of 54 MW was performed at the same operation efficiency (44%) as the conventional S-band tube by using the frequency (in a C-band frequency band) that is two times as high as the conventional general accelerator. (translated by NEDO)

Applications of the complex-mass renormalization scheme in effective field theory; Anwendungen des Komplexe-Masse-Renormierungsschemas in effektiver Feldtheorie

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Bauer, Torsten

2012-07-11

In the first part of the this doctoral thesis the perturbative unitarity in the complex-mass scheme (CMS) is analysed. To that end a procedure for calculating cutting rules for loop integrals containing propagators with finite widths is presented. A toy-model Lagrangian describing the interaction of a heavy vector boson with a light fermion is used to demonstrate that the CMS respects unitarity order by order in perturbation theory provided that the renormalized coupling constant remains real. The second part of the thesis deals with various applications of the CMS to chiral effective field theory (EFT). In particular, mass and width of the delta resonance, elastic electromagnetic form factors of the Roper resonance, form factors of the nucleon-to-Roper transition, pion-nucleon scattering, and pion photo- and electroproduction for center-of-mass energies in the region of the Roper mass are calculated. By choosing appropriate renormalization conditions, a consistent chiral power counting scheme for EFT with resonant degrees of freedom can be established. This allows for a systematic investigation of the above processes in terms of an expansion in small quantities. The obtained results can be applied to the extrapolation of corresponding simulations in the context of lattice QCD to the physical value of the pion mass. Therefore, in addition to the Q{sup 2} dependence of the form factors, also the pion-mass dependence of the magnetic moment and electromagnetic radii of the Roper resonance is explored. Both a partial wave decomposition and a multipole expansion are performed for pion-nucleon scattering and pion photo- and electroproduction, respectively. In this connection the P11 partial wave as well as the M{sub 1-} and S{sub 1-} multipoles are fitted via non-linear regression to empirical data.

Construct and Concurrent Validation of a New Resistance Intensity Scale for Exercise with Thera-Band® Elastic Bands

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Juan C. Colado, Xavier Garcia-Masso, N. Travis Triplett, Joaquin Calatayud, Jorge Flandez, David Behm, Michael E. Rogers

2014-12-01

Full Text Available The construct and concurrent validity of the Thera-Band Perceived Exertion Scale for Resistance Exercise with elastic bands (EB was examined. Twenty subjects performed two separate sets of 15 repetitions of both frontal and lateral raise exercise over two sessions. The criterion variables were myoelectric activity and heart rate. One set was performed with an elastic band grip width that permitted 15 maximum repetitions in the selected exercise, and another set was performed with a grip width 50% more than the 15RM grip. Following the final repetition of each set, active muscle (AM and overall body (O ratings of perceived exertion (RPE were collected from the Thera-Band® resistance exercise scale and the OMNI-Resistance Exercise Scale of perceived exertion with Thera-Band® resistance bands (OMNI-RES EB. Construct validity was established by correlating the RPE from the OMNI-RES EB with the Thera-Band RPE scale using regression analysis. The results showed significant differences (p ≤ 0.05 in myoelectric activity, heart rate, and RPE scores between the low- and high-intensity sets. The intraclass correlation coefficient for active muscles and overall RPE scale scores was 0.67 and 0.58, respectively. There was a positive linear relationship between the RPE from the OMNI-RES EB and the Thera-Band scale. Validity coefficients for the RPE AM were r2 = 0.87 and ranged from r2 = 0.76 to 0.85 for the RPE O. Therefore, the Thera-Band Perceived Exertion Scale for Resistance Exercise can be used for monitoring elastic band exercise intensity. This would allow the training dosage to be better controlled within and between sessions. Moreover, the construct and concurrent validity indicates that the OMNI-RES EB measures similar properties of exertion as the Thera-Band RPE scale during elastic resistance exercise.

Excited state TBA and renormalized TCSA in the scaling Potts model

Science.gov (United States)

Lencsés, M.; Takács, G.

2014-09-01

We consider the field theory describing the scaling limit of the Potts quantum spin chain using a combination of two approaches. The first is the renormalized truncated conformal space approach (TCSA), while the second one is a new thermodynamic Bethe Ansatz (TBA) system for the excited state spectrum in finite volume. For the TCSA we investigate and clarify several aspects of the renormalization procedure and counter term construction. The TBA system is first verified by comparing its ultraviolet limit to conformal field theory and the infrared limit to exact S matrix predictions. We then show that the TBA and the renormalized TCSA match each other to a very high precision for a large range of the volume parameter, providing both a further verification of the TBA system and a demonstration of the efficiency of the TCSA renormalization procedure. We also discuss the lessons learned from our results concerning recent developments regarding the low-energy scattering of quasi-particles in the quantum Potts spin chain.

Renormalization group improved Yennie-Frautschi-Suura theory for Z0 physics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ward, B.F.L.

1987-06-01

Described is a recently developed renormalization group improved version of the program of Yennie, Frautschi and Suura for the exponentiation of infrared divergences in Abelian gauge theories. Particular attention is paid to the relevance of this renormalization group improved exponentiation to Z 0 physics at the SLC and LEP

Physical renormalization condition for de Sitter QED

Science.gov (United States)

Hayashinaka, Takahiro; Xue, She-Sheng

2018-05-01

We considered a new renormalization condition for the vacuum expectation values of the scalar and spinor currents induced by a homogeneous and constant electric field background in de Sitter spacetime. Following a semiclassical argument, the condition named maximal subtraction imposes the exponential suppression on the massive charged particle limit of the renormalized currents. The maximal subtraction changes the behaviors of the induced currents previously obtained by the conventional minimal subtraction scheme. The maximal subtraction is favored for a couple of physically decent predictions including the identical asymptotic behavior of the scalar and spinor currents, the removal of the IR hyperconductivity from the scalar current, and the finite current for the massless fermion.

Effects of corrugation shape on frequency band-gaps for longitudinal wave motion in a periodic elastic layer

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Sorokin, Vladislav

2016-01-01

The paper concerns determining frequency band-gaps for longitudinal wave motion in a periodic waveguide. The waveguide may be considered either as an elastic layer with variable thickness or as a rod with variable cross section. As a result, widths and locations of all frequency band-gaps are det......The paper concerns determining frequency band-gaps for longitudinal wave motion in a periodic waveguide. The waveguide may be considered either as an elastic layer with variable thickness or as a rod with variable cross section. As a result, widths and locations of all frequency band......, harmonic in the corrugation series. The revealed insights into the mechanism of band-gap formation can be used to predict locations and widths of all frequency band-gaps featured by any corrugation shape. These insights are general and can be valid also for other types of wave motion in periodic structures...

Functional renormalization group approach to interacting three-dimensional Weyl semimetals

Science.gov (United States)

Sharma, Anand; Scammell, Arthur; Krieg, Jan; Kopietz, Peter

2018-03-01

We investigate the effect of long-range Coulomb interaction on the quasiparticle properties and the dielectric function of clean three-dimensional Weyl semimetals at zero temperature using a functional renormalization group (FRG) approach. The Coulomb interaction is represented via a bosonic Hubbard-Stratonovich field which couples to the fermionic density. We derive truncated FRG flow equations for the fermionic and bosonic self-energies and for the three-legged vertices with two fermionic and one bosonic external legs. We consider two different cutoff schemes—cutoff in fermionic or bosonic propagators—in order to calculate the renormalized quasiparticle velocity and the dielectric function for an arbitrary number of Weyl nodes and the interaction strength. If we approximate the dielectric function by its static limit, our results for the velocity and the dielectric function are in good agreement with that of A. A. Abrikosov and S. D. Beneslavskiĭ [Sov. Phys. JETP 32, 699 (1971)] exhibiting slowly varying logarithmic momentum dependence for small momenta. We extend their result for an arbitrary number of Weyl nodes and finite frequency by evaluating the renormalized velocity in the presence of dynamic screening and calculate the wave function renormalization.

DeWitt-Schwinger renormalization and vacuum polarization in d dimensions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Thompson, R. T.; Lemos, Jose P. S.

2009-01-01

Calculation of the vacuum polarization, 2 (x)>, and expectation value of the stress tensor, μν (x)>, has seen a recent resurgence, notably for black hole spacetimes. To date, most calculations of this type have been done only in four dimensions. Extending these calculations to d dimensions includes d-dimensional renormalization. Typically, the renormalizing terms are found from Christensen's covariant point splitting method for the DeWitt-Schwinger expansion. However, some manipulation is required to put the correct terms into a form that is compatible with problems of the vacuum polarization type. Here, after a review of the current state of affairs for 2 (x)> and μν (x)> calculations and a thorough introduction to the method of calculating 2 (x)>, a compact expression for the DeWitt-Schwinger renormalization terms suitable for use in even-dimensional spacetimes is derived. This formula should be useful for calculations of 2 (x)> and μν (x)> in even dimensions, and the renormalization terms are shown explicitly for four and six dimensions. Furthermore, use of the finite terms of the DeWitt-Schwinger expansion as an approximation to 2 (x)> for certain spacetimes is discussed, with application to four and five dimensions.

Renormalization constants for 2-twist operators in twisted mass QCD

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Alexandrou, C.; Constantinou, M.; Panagopoulos, H.; Stylianou, F.; Korzec, T.

2011-01-01

Perturbative and nonperturbative results on the renormalization constants of the fermion field and the twist-2 fermion bilinears are presented with emphasis on the nonperturbative evaluation of the one-derivative twist-2 vector and axial-vector operators. Nonperturbative results are obtained using the twisted mass Wilson fermion formulation employing two degenerate dynamical quarks and the tree-level Symanzik improved gluon action. The simulations have been performed for pion masses in the range of about 450-260 MeV and at three values of the lattice spacing a corresponding to β=3.9, 4.05, 4.20. Subtraction of O(a 2 ) terms is carried out by performing the perturbative evaluation of these operators at 1-loop and up to O(a 2 ). The renormalization conditions are defined in the RI ' -MOM scheme, for both perturbative and nonperturbative results. The renormalization factors, obtained for different values of the renormalization scale, are evolved perturbatively to a reference scale set by the inverse of the lattice spacing. In addition, they are translated to MS at 2 GeV using 3-loop perturbative results for the conversion factors.

A shape dynamical approach to holographic renormalization

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Gomes, Henrique [University of California at Davis, Davis, CA (United States); Gryb, Sean [Utrecht University, Institute for Theoretical Physics, Utrecht (Netherlands); Radboud University Nijmegen, Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics, Nijmegen (Netherlands); Koslowski, Tim [University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB (Canada); Mercati, Flavio; Smolin, Lee [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, Waterloo, ON (Canada)

2015-01-01

We provide a bottom-up argument to derive some known results from holographic renormalization using the classical bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics, a theory with spatial conformal (Weyl) invariance. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (1) to advertise the simple classical mechanism, trading off gauge symmetries, that underlies the bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics to readers interested in dualities of the type of AdS/conformal field theory (CFT); and (2) to highlight that this mechanism can be used to explain certain results of holographic renormalization, providing an alternative to the AdS/CFT conjecture for these cases. To make contact with the usual semiclassical AdS/CFT correspondence, we provide, in addition, a heuristic argument that makes it plausible that the classical equivalence between General Relativity and Shape Dynamics turns into a duality between radial evolution in gravity and the renormalization group flow of a CFT. We believe that Shape Dynamics provides a new perspective on gravity by giving conformal structure a primary role within the theory. It is hoped that this work provides the first steps toward understanding what this new perspective may be able to teach us about holographic dualities. (orig.)

Renormalization group treatment of nonrenormalizable interactions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kazakov, D I; Vartanov, G S

2006-01-01

The structure of the UV divergences in higher dimensional nonrenormalizable theories is analysed. Based on renormalization operation and renormalization group theory it is shown that even in this case the leading divergences (asymptotics) are governed by the one-loop diagrams the number of which, however, is infinite. An explicit expression for the one-loop counter term in an arbitrary D-dimensional quantum field theory without derivatives is suggested. This allows one to sum up the leading asymptotics which are independent of the arbitrariness in subtraction of higher order operators. Diagrammatic calculations in a number of scalar models in higher loops are performed to be in agreement with the above statements. These results do not support the idea of the naive power-law running of couplings in nonrenormalizable theories and fail (with one exception) to reveal any simple closed formula for the leading terms

Rota-Baxter algebras and the Hopf algebra of renormalization

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Ebrahimi-Fard, K.

2006-06-15

Recently, the theory of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory underwent some exciting new developments. Kreimer discovered an organization of Feynman graphs into combinatorial Hopf algebras. The process of renormalization is captured by a factorization theorem for regularized Hopf algebra characters. Hereby the notion of Rota-Baxter algebras enters the scene. In this work we develop in detail several mathematical aspects of Rota-Baxter algebras as they appear also in other sectors closely related to perturbative renormalization, to wit, for instance multiple-zeta-values and matrix differential equations. The Rota-Baxter picture enables us to present the algebraic underpinning for the Connes-Kreimer Birkhoff decomposition in a concise way. This is achieved by establishing a general factorization theorem for filtered algebras. Which in turn follows from a new recursion formula based on the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula. This allows us to generalize a classical result due to Spitzer to non-commutative Rota-Baxter algebras. The Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff based recursion turns out to be a generalization of Magnus' expansion in numerical analysis to generalized integration operators. We will exemplify these general results by establishing a simple representation of the combinatorics of renormalization in terms of triangular matrices. We thereby recover in the presence of a Rota-Baxter operator the matrix representation of the Birkhoff decomposition of Connes and Kreimer. (orig.)

Rota-Baxter algebras and the Hopf algebra of renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ebrahimi-Fard, K.

2006-06-01

Recently, the theory of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory underwent some exciting new developments. Kreimer discovered an organization of Feynman graphs into combinatorial Hopf algebras. The process of renormalization is captured by a factorization theorem for regularized Hopf algebra characters. Hereby the notion of Rota-Baxter algebras enters the scene. In this work we develop in detail several mathematical aspects of Rota-Baxter algebras as they appear also in other sectors closely related to perturbative renormalization, to wit, for instance multiple-zeta-values and matrix differential equations. The Rota-Baxter picture enables us to present the algebraic underpinning for the Connes-Kreimer Birkhoff decomposition in a concise way. This is achieved by establishing a general factorization theorem for filtered algebras. Which in turn follows from a new recursion formula based on the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula. This allows us to generalize a classical result due to Spitzer to non-commutative Rota-Baxter algebras. The Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff based recursion turns out to be a generalization of Magnus' expansion in numerical analysis to generalized integration operators. We will exemplify these general results by establishing a simple representation of the combinatorics of renormalization in terms of triangular matrices. We thereby recover in the presence of a Rota-Baxter operator the matrix representation of the Birkhoff decomposition of Connes and Kreimer. (orig.)

Products of composite operators in the exact renormalization group formalism

Science.gov (United States)

Pagani, C.; Sonoda, H.

2018-02-01

We discuss a general method of constructing the products of composite operators using the exact renormalization group formalism. Considering mainly the Wilson action at a generic fixed point of the renormalization group, we give an argument for the validity of short-distance expansions of operator products. We show how to compute the expansion coefficients by solving differential equations, and test our method with some simple examples.

Multiple bands characteristics of tree-ring and age of haloxylon ammodendron in gurbantunggut desert

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Song, Y.; Zhou, C.

2015-01-01

The characteristics of the multiple bands of Haloxylon ammodendron (C.A. Mey) Bunge tree-ring were studied in three edaphic types. Age equations were derived relating ground diameter and tree height, and the effects of irrigation on numbers and widths of growth bands at the longest radius were analyzed. Results showed that the number of growth bands ranged from 3.3 to 6.3 per year, the widths ranged between 0.181 mm and 0.473 mm. Multiple growth bands formed every growing season, leading to the conclusion that multiple growth bands in H. ammodendron tree-ring are a natural feature. A dark brown layer and a light brown one make up one growth band. The dark brown layers consists of fibres and vessels as well as some ray parenchyma, and each fibres layers with 22-35 cell layers; the light brown layers formed by vessels, fibres and abundant paratracheal axial parenchyma are 4-15 cell layers. The widths of growth bands at the longest radius increased significantly as the irrigation amount increased in three edaphic types (p<0.01). The numbers of growth bands at the longest radius had significant positive correlation with irrigation times. The ratio of dark brown layers to light brown layers of growth bands at the longest radius appeared to have a rising tendency with the increase in irrigation amount and times. (author)

Real space renormalization tecniques for disordered systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Anda, E.V.

1984-01-01

Real space renormalization techniques are applied to study different disordered systems, with an emphasis on the understanding of the electronic properties of amorphous matter, mainly semiconductors. (Authors) [pt

Amide I SFG Spectral Line Width Probes the Lipid-Peptide and Peptide-Peptide Interactions at Cell Membrane In Situ and in Real Time.

Science.gov (United States)

Zhang, Baixiong; Tan, Junjun; Li, Chuanzhao; Zhang, Jiahui; Ye, Shuji

2018-06-13

The balance of lipid-peptide and peptide-peptide interactions at cell membrane is essential to a large variety of cellular processes. In this study, we have experimentally demonstrated for the first time that sum frequency generation vibrational spectroscopy can be used to probe the peptide-peptide and lipid-peptide interactions in cell membrane in situ and in real time by determination of the line width of amide I band of protein backbone. Using a "benchmark" model of α-helical WALP23, it is found that the dominated lipid-peptide interaction causes a narrow line width of the amide I band, whereas the peptide-peptide interaction can markedly broaden the line width. When WALP23 molecules insert into the lipid bilayer, a quite narrow line width of the amide I band is observed because of the lipid-peptide interaction. In contrast, when the peptide lies down on the bilayer surface, the line width of amide I band becomes very broad owing to the peptide-peptide interaction. In terms of the real-time change in the line width, the transition from peptide-peptide interaction to lipid-peptide interaction is monitored during the insertion of WALP23 into 1,2-dipalmitoyl- sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'- rac-glycerol) (DPPG) lipid bilayer. The dephasing time of a pure α-helical WALP23 in 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl- sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'- rac-glycerol) and DPPG bilayer is determined to be 2.2 and 0.64 ps, respectively. The peptide-peptide interaction can largely accelerate the dephasing time.

Renormalization in the stochastic quantization of field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brunelli, J.C.

1991-01-01

In the stochastic quantization scheme of Parisi and Wu the renormalization of the stochastic theory of some models in field theory is studied. Following the path integral approach for stochastic process the 1/N expansion of the non linear sigma model is performed and, using a Ward identity obtained, from a BRS symmetry of the effective action of this formulation. It is shown the renormalizability of the model. Using the Langevin approach for stochastic process the renormalizability of the massive Thirring model is studied showing perturbatively the vanishing of the renormalization group's beta functions at finite fictitious time. (author)

The renormalization group: scale transformations and changes of scheme

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Roditi, I.

1983-01-01

Starting from a study of perturbation theory, the renormalization group is expressed, not only for changes of scale but also within the original view of Stueckelberg and Peterman, for changes of renormalization scheme. The consequences that follow from using that group are investigated. Following a more general point of view a method to obtain an improvement of the perturbative results for physical quantities is proposed. The results obtained with this method are compared with those of other existing methods. (L.C.) [pt

Renormalization of an abelian gauge theory in stochastic quantization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chaturvedi, S.; Kapoor, A.K.; Srinivasan, V.

1987-01-01

The renormalization of an abelian gauge field coupled to a complex scalar field is discussed in the stochastic quantization method. The super space formulation of the stochastic quantization method is used to derive the Ward Takahashi identities associated with supersymmetry. These Ward Takahashi identities together with previously derived Ward Takahashi identities associated with gauge invariance are shown to be sufficient to fix all the renormalization constants in terms of scaling of the fields and of the parameters appearing in the stochastic theory. (orig.)

Real space renormalization techniques for disordered systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Anda, E.V.

1985-01-01

Real Space renormalization techniques are applied to study different disordered systems, with an emphasis on the under-standing of the electronic properties of amorphous matter, mainly semiconductors. (author) [pt

Non-perturbative renormalization of static-light four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Palombi, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Papinutto, M.; Pena, C. [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept., Theory Div.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik

2007-06-15

We perform a non-perturbative study of the scale-dependent renormalization factors of a multiplicatively renormalizable basis of {delta}B=2 parity-odd four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD. Heavy quarks are treated in the static approximation with various lattice discretizations of the static action. Light quarks are described by nonperturbatively O(a) improved Wilson-type fermions. The renormalization group running is computed for a family of Schroedinger functional (SF) schemes through finite volume techniques in the continuum limit. We compute non-perturbatively the relation between the renormalization group invariant operators and their counterparts renormalized in the SF at a low energy scale. Furthermore, we provide non-perturbative estimates for the matching between the lattice regularized theory and all the SF schemes considered. (orig.)

Renormalization group and mayer expansions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mack, G.

1984-01-01

Mayer expansions promise to become a powerful tool in exact renormalization group calculations. Iterated Mayer expansions were sucessfully used in the rigorous analysis of 3-dimensional U (1) lattice gauge theory by Gopfert and the author, and it is hoped that they will also be useful in the 2-dimensional nonlinear σ-model, and elsewhere

Widths of atomic 4s and 4p vacancy states, Z between 46 and 50

Science.gov (United States)

Chen, M. H.; Crasemann, B.; Yin, L. I.; Tsang, T.; Adler, I.

1976-01-01

X-ray photoelectron and Auger spectra involving N sub 1, N sub 2, and N sub 3 vacancy states of Pd, Ag, Cd, In, and Sn were measured and compared with results of free-atom calculations. As previously observed in Cu and Zn Auger spectra that involve 3d-band electrons, free-atom characteristics are found, with regard to widths and structure, in the Ag and Cd M sub 4-N sub 4,5 N sub 4,5 and M sub 5-N sub 4,5 N sub 4,5 Auger spectra that arise from transitions of 4d-band electrons. Theoretical N sub 1 widths computed with calculated free-atom Auger energies agree well with measurements. Theory, however, predicts wider N sub 2 than N sub 3 vacancy states (as observed for Xe), while the measured N sub 2 and N sub 3 widths are nearly equal to each other and to the average of the calculated N sub 2 and N sub 3 widths. The calculations are made difficult by the exceedingly short lifetime of some 4 p vacancies and by the extreme sensitivity of super-Coster-Kronig rates, which dominate the deexcitation to the transition energy and to the fine details of the atomic potential.

Renormalization group evolution of Dirac neutrino masses

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Lindner, Manfred; Ratz, Michael; Schmidt, Michael Andreas

2005-01-01

There are good reasons why neutrinos could be Majorana particles, but there exist also a number of very good reasons why neutrinos could have Dirac masses. The latter option deserves more attention and we derive therefore analytic expressions describing the renormalization group evolution of mixing angles and of the CP phase for Dirac neutrinos. Radiative corrections to leptonic mixings are in this case enhanced compared to the quark mixings because the hierarchy of neutrino masses is milder and because the mixing angles are larger. The renormalization group effects are compared to the precision of current and future neutrino experiments. We find that, in the MSSM framework, radiative corrections of the mixing angles are for large tan β comparable to the precision of future experiments

Mass renormalization in sine-Gordon model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Xu Bowei; Zhang Yumei

1991-09-01

With a general gaussian wave functional, we investigate the mass renormalization in the sine-Gordon model. At the phase transition point, the sine-Gordon system tends to a system of massless free bosons which possesses conformal symmetry. (author). 8 refs, 1 fig

Renormalization of three-quark operators for baryon distribution amplitudes

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Gruber, Michael

2017-07-01

In this thesis we design and study three-quark operators that are essential for the calculation of baryon distribution amplitudes. These nonperturbative objects grant insight into the internal structure of hadrons, but their renormalization patterns are nontrivial and need to be treated with care. With the application to lattice simulations in mind we discuss two renormalization schemes, MS and RI{sup '}/SMOM, and connect them by calculating conversion factors. Armed with this knowledge we are able to extract phenomenologically relevant results from an accompanying lattice analysis.

Renormalization of three-quark operators for baryon distribution amplitudes

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Gruber, Michael

2017-01-01

In this thesis we design and study three-quark operators that are essential for the calculation of baryon distribution amplitudes. These nonperturbative objects grant insight into the internal structure of hadrons, but their renormalization patterns are nontrivial and need to be treated with care. With the application to lattice simulations in mind we discuss two renormalization schemes, MS and RI ' /SMOM, and connect them by calculating conversion factors. Armed with this knowledge we are able to extract phenomenologically relevant results from an accompanying lattice analysis.

On the renormalization of string functionals

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dietz, K.; Filk, T.

1982-09-01

We investigate analytic renormalization procedures for functional integrals, corresponding to field theories defined on compact manifolds, which arise e.g. from string functionals of the Nambu-Schild-Eguchi type. Although these models belong to the nonrenormalizable class of quantum field theories, we prove finiteness for a rectangular string shape up to three loop level, for circular boundary up to two loop order, and for a variety of graphs in higher order, thus indicating that the result might hold in general. From the explicit calculation of the two loop approximation we extract the first model dependent corrections to the qanti q - potential or the Casimir effect. The importance of dilation transformations for the properties of the renormalization procedure are investigated. We prove that under certain conditions, forced by symmetry properties, the association of finite values to divergent series is unique, independent of the regularization procedure. (orig.)

Renormalization group and Mayer expansions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mack, G.

1984-02-01

Mayer expansions promise to become a powerful tool in exact renormalization group calculations. Iterated Mayer expansions were sucessfully used in the rigorous analysis of 3-dimensional U(1) lattice gauge theory by Goepfert and the author, and it is hoped that they will also be useful in the 2-dimensional nonlinear sigma-model, and elsewhere. (orig.)

Superfield perturbation theory and renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Delbourgo, R.

1975-01-01

The perturbation theory graphs and divergences in super-symmetric Lagrangian models are studied by using superfield techniques. In super PHI 3 -theory very little effort is needed to arrive at the single infinite (wave function) renormalization counterterm, while in PHI 4 -theory the method indicates the counter-Lagrangians needed at the one-loop level and possibly beyond

g-Boson renormalization effects in the interacting Boson model for nondegenerate orbits

Science.gov (United States)

Duval, P. D.; Pittel, S.; Barrett, B. R.; Druce, C. H.

1983-09-01

A nonperturbative model-space truncation procedure is utilized to include the effects of a single g boson on the parameters of the neutron-proton Interacting Boson Model in the realistic case of nondegenerate single-particle orbits. Particular emphasis is given to the single-boson energies ɛdϱ (ϱ = v, π), with numerical results presented for the even isotopes of Hg. Only part of the observed renormalization is obtained. Possible sources of further renormalizations to ɛdϱ are discussed. Results are also presented for the renormalizations of the boson quadrupole parameters κ and χϱ.

Tadpole renormalization and relativistic corrections in lattice NRQCD

Science.gov (United States)

Shakespeare, Norman H.; Trottier, Howard D.

1998-08-01

We make a detailed comparison of two tadpole renormalization schemes in the context of the quarkonium hyperfine splittings in lattice NRQCD. We renormalize improved gauge-field and NRQCD actions using the mean-link u0,L in the Landau gauge, and using the fourth root of the average plaquette u0,P. Simulations are done for the three quarkonium systems cc¯, bc¯, and bb¯. The hyperfine splittings are computed both at leading [O(MQv4)] and at next-to-leading [O(MQv6)] order in the relativistic expansion, where MQ is the renormalized quark mass, and v2 is the mean-squared velocity. Results are obtained at a large number of lattice spacings, in the range of about 0.14-0.38 fm. A number of features emerge, all of which favor tadpole renormalization using u0,L. This includes a much better scaling behavior of the hyperfine splittings in the three quarkonium systems when u0,L is used. We also find that relativistic corrections to the spin splittings are smaller when u0,L is used, particularly for the cc¯ and bc¯ systems. We also see signs of a breakdown in the NRQCD expansion when the bare quark mass falls below about 1 in lattice units. Simulations with u0,L also appear to be better behaved in this context: the bare quark masses turn out to be larger when u0,L is used, compared to when u0,P is used on lattices with comparable spacings. These results also demonstrate the need to go beyond tree-level tadpole improvement for precision simulations.

The renormalization group of relativistic quantum field theory as a set of generalized, spontaneously broken, symmetry transformations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Maris, Th.A.J.

1976-01-01

The renormalization group theory has a natural place in a general framework of symmetries in quantum field theories. Seen in this way, a 'renormalization group' is a one-parametric subset of the direct product of dilatation and renormalization groups. This subset of spontaneously broken symmetry transformations connects the inequivalent solutions generated by a parameter-dependent regularization procedure, as occurs in renormalized perturbation theory. By considering the global, rather than the infinitesimal, transformations, an expression for general vertices is directly obtained, which is the formal solution of exact renormalization group equations [pt

Systematic renormalization of the effective theory of Large Scale Structure

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Abolhasani, Ali Akbar; Mirbabayi, Mehrdad; Pajer, Enrico

2016-01-01

A perturbative description of Large Scale Structure is a cornerstone of our understanding of the observed distribution of matter in the universe. Renormalization is an essential and defining step to make this description physical and predictive. Here we introduce a systematic renormalization procedure, which neatly associates counterterms to the UV-sensitive diagrams order by order, as it is commonly done in quantum field theory. As a concrete example, we renormalize the one-loop power spectrum and bispectrum of both density and velocity. In addition, we present a series of results that are valid to all orders in perturbation theory. First, we show that while systematic renormalization requires temporally non-local counterterms, in practice one can use an equivalent basis made of local operators. We give an explicit prescription to generate all counterterms allowed by the symmetries. Second, we present a formal proof of the well-known general argument that the contribution of short distance perturbations to large scale density contrast δ and momentum density π(k) scale as k 2 and k, respectively. Third, we demonstrate that the common practice of introducing counterterms only in the Euler equation when one is interested in correlators of δ is indeed valid to all orders.

Nightside studies of coherent HF Radar spectral width behaviour

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

E. E. Woodfield

2002-09-01

Full Text Available A previous case study found a relationship between high spectral width measured by the CUTLASS Finland HF radar and elevated electron temperatures observed by the EISCAT and ESR incoherent scatter radars in the post-midnight sector of magnetic local time. This paper expands that work by briefly re-examining that interval and looking in depth at two further case studies. In all three cases a region of high HF spectral width (>200 ms-1 exists poleward of a region of low HF spectral width (<200 ms-1. Each case, however, occurs under quite different geomagnetic conditions. The original case study occurred during an interval with no observed electrojet activity, the second study during a transition from quiet to active conditions with a clear band of ion frictional heating indicating the location of the flow reversal boundary, and the third during an isolated sub-storm. These case studies indicate that the relationship between elevated electron temperature and high HF radar spectral width appears on closed field lines after 03:00 magnetic local time (MLT on the nightside. It is not clear whether the same relationship would hold on open field lines, since our analysis of this relationship is restricted in latitude. We find two important properties of high spectral width data on the nightside. Firstly the high spectral width values occur on both open and closed field lines, and secondly that the power spectra which exhibit high widths are both single-peak and multiple-peak. In general the regions of high spectral width (>200 ms-1 have more multiple-peak spectra than the regions of low spectral widths whilst still maintaining a majority of single-peak spectra. We also find that the region of ion frictional heating is collocated with many multiple-peak HF spectra. Several mechanisms for the generation of high spectral width have been proposed which would produce multiple-peak spectra, these are discussed in relation to the data presented here. Since the

Nightside studies of coherent HF Radar spectral width behaviour

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

E. E. Woodfield

Full Text Available A previous case study found a relationship between high spectral width measured by the CUTLASS Finland HF radar and elevated electron temperatures observed by the EISCAT and ESR incoherent scatter radars in the post-midnight sector of magnetic local time. This paper expands that work by briefly re-examining that interval and looking in depth at two further case studies. In all three cases a region of high HF spectral width (>200 ms^-1 exists poleward of a region of low HF spectral width (<200 ms^-1. Each case, however, occurs under quite different geomagnetic conditions. The original case study occurred during an interval with no observed electrojet activity, the second study during a transition from quiet to active conditions with a clear band of ion frictional heating indicating the location of the flow reversal boundary, and the third during an isolated sub-storm. These case studies indicate that the relationship between elevated electron temperature and high HF radar spectral width appears on closed field lines after 03:00 magnetic local time (MLT on the nightside. It is not clear whether the same relationship would hold on open field lines, since our analysis of this relationship is restricted in latitude. We find two important properties of high spectral width data on the nightside. Firstly the high spectral width values occur on both open and closed field lines, and secondly that the power spectra which exhibit high widths are both single-peak and multiple-peak. In general the regions of high spectral width (>200 ms^-1 have more multiple-peak spectra than the regions of low spectral widths whilst still maintaining a majority of single-peak spectra. We also find that the region of ion frictional heating is collocated with many multiple-peak HF spectra. Several mechanisms for the generation of high spectral width have been proposed which would produce multiple-peak spectra, these are discussed in relation to

The Implementation of the Renormalized Complex MSSM in FeynArts and FormCalc

CERN Document Server

Fritzsche, T; Heinemeyer, S; Rzehak, H; Schappacher, C

2014-01-01

We describe the implementation of the renormalized complex MSSM (cMSSM) in the diagram generator FeynArts and the calculational tool FormCalc. This extension allows to perform UV-finite one-loop calculations of cMSSM processes almost fully automatically. The Feynman rules for the cMSSM with counterterms are available as a new model file for FeynArts. Also included are default definitions of the renormalization constants; this fixes the renormalization scheme. Beyond that all model parameters are generic, e.g. we do not impose any relations to restrict the number of input parameters. The model file has been tested extensively for several non-trivial decays and scattering reactions. Our renormalization scheme has been shown to give stable results over large parts of the cMSSM parameter space.

Fine-grained entanglement loss along renormalization-group flows

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Latorre, J.I.; Rico, E.; Luetken, C.A.; Vidal, G.

2005-01-01

We explore entanglement loss along renormalization group trajectories as a basic quantum information property underlying their irreversibility. This analysis is carried out for the quantum Ising chain as a transverse magnetic field is changed. We consider the ground-state entanglement between a large block of spins and the rest of the chain. Entanglement loss is seen to follow from a rigid reordering, satisfying the majorization relation, of the eigenvalues of the reduced density matrix for the spin block. More generally, our results indicate that it may be possible to prove the irreversibility along renormalization group trajectories from the properties of the vacuum only, without need to study the whole Hamiltonian

Scheme-Independent Predictions in QCD: Commensurate Scale Relations and Physical Renormalization Schemes

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brodsky, Stanley J.

1998-01-01

Commensurate scale relations are perturbative QCD predictions which relate observable to observable at fixed relative scale, such as the ''generalized Crewther relation'', which connects the Bjorken and Gross-Llewellyn Smith deep inelastic scattering sum rules to measurements of the e + e - annihilation cross section. All non-conformal effects are absorbed by fixing the ratio of the respective momentum transfer and energy scales. In the case of fixed-point theories, commensurate scale relations relate both the ratio of couplings and the ratio of scales as the fixed point is approached. The relations between the observables are independent of the choice of intermediate renormalization scheme or other theoretical conventions. Commensurate scale relations also provide an extension of the standard minimal subtraction scheme, which is analytic in the quark masses, has non-ambiguous scale-setting properties, and inherits the physical properties of the effective charge α V (Q 2 ) defined from the heavy quark potential. The application of the analytic scheme to the calculation of quark-mass-dependent QCD corrections to the Z width is also reviewed

Renormalization in Large Momentum Effective Theory of Parton Physics.

Science.gov (United States)

Ji, Xiangdong; Zhang, Jian-Hui; Zhao, Yong

2018-03-16

In the large-momentum effective field theory approach to parton physics, the matrix elements of nonlocal operators of quark and gluon fields, linked by straight Wilson lines in a spatial direction, are calculated in lattice quantum chromodynamics as a function of hadron momentum. Using the heavy-quark effective theory formalism, we show a multiplicative renormalization of these operators at all orders in perturbation theory, both in dimensional and lattice regularizations. The result provides a theoretical basis for extracting parton properties through properly renormalized observables in Monte Carlo simulations.

Probing renormalization group flows using entanglement entropy

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Liu, Hong; Mezei, Márk

2014-01-01

In this paper we continue the study of renormalized entanglement entropy introduced in http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/JHEP04(2013)162. In particular, we investigate its behavior near an IR fixed point using holographic duality. We develop techniques which, for any static holographic geometry, enable us to extract the large radius expansion of the entanglement entropy for a spherical region. We show that for both a sphere and a strip, the approach of the renormalized entanglement entropy to the IR fixed point value contains a contribution that depends on the whole RG trajectory. Such a contribution is dominant, when the leading irrelevant operator is sufficiently irrelevant. For a spherical region such terms can be anticipated from a geometric expansion, while for a strip whether these terms have geometric origins remains to be seen

Renormalization group flow of the Higgs potential.

Science.gov (United States)

Gies, Holger; Sondenheimer, René

2018-03-06

We summarize results for local and global properties of the effective potential for the Higgs boson obtained from the functional renormalization group, which allows one to describe the effective potential as a function of both scalar field amplitude and renormalization group scale. This sheds light onto the limitations of standard estimates which rely on the identification of the two scales and helps in clarifying the origin of a possible property of meta-stability of the Higgs potential. We demonstrate that the inclusion of higher-dimensional operators induced by an underlying theory at a high scale (GUT or Planck scale) can relax the conventional lower bound on the Higgs mass derived from the criterion of absolute stability.This article is part of the Theo Murphy meeting issue 'Higgs cosmology'. © 2018 The Author(s).

Two-loop renormalization of quantum gravity simplified

Science.gov (United States)

Bern, Zvi; Chi, Huan-Hang; Dixon, Lance; Edison, Alex

2017-02-01

The coefficient of the dimensionally regularized two-loop R3 divergence of (nonsupersymmetric) gravity theories has recently been shown to change when nondynamical three-forms are added to the theory, or when a pseudoscalar is replaced by the antisymmetric two-form field to which it is dual. This phenomenon involves evanescent operators, whose matrix elements vanish in four dimensions, including the Gauss-Bonnet operator which is also connected to the trace anomaly. On the other hand, these effects appear to have no physical consequences for renormalized scattering processes. In particular, the dependence of the two-loop four-graviton scattering amplitude on the renormalization scale is simple. We explain this result for any minimally-coupled massless gravity theory with renormalizable matter interactions by using unitarity cuts in four dimensions and never invoking evanescent operators.

Covariant Derivatives and the Renormalization Group Equation

Science.gov (United States)

Dolan, Brian P.

The renormalization group equation for N-point correlation functions can be interpreted in a geometrical manner as an equation for Lie transport of amplitudes in the space of couplings. The vector field generating the diffeomorphism has components given by the β functions of the theory. It is argued that this simple picture requires modification whenever any one of the points at which the amplitude is evaluated becomes close to any other. This modification necessitates the introduction of a connection on the space of couplings and new terms appear in the renormalization group equation involving covariant derivatives of the β function and the curvature associated with the connection. It is shown how the connection is related to the operator product expansion coefficients, but there remains an arbitrariness in its definition.

Renormalization group in quantum mechanics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Polony, J.

1996-01-01

The running coupling constants are introduced in quantum mechanics and their evolution is described with the help of the renormalization group equation. The harmonic oscillator and the propagation on curved spaces are presented as examples. The Hamiltonian and the Lagrangian scaling relations are obtained. These evolution equations are used to construct low energy effective models. Copyright copyright 1996 Academic Press, Inc

Renormalized powers of quantum white noise

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Accardi, L.; Boukas, A.

2009-01-01

Giving meaning to the powers of the creation and annihilation densities (quantum white noise) is an old and important problem in quantum field theory. In this paper we present an account of some new ideas that have recently emerged in the attempt to solve this problem. We emphasize the connection between the Lie algebra of the renormalized higher powers of quantum white noise (RHPWN), which can be interpreted as a suitably deformed (due to renormalization) current algebra over the 1-mode full oscillator algebra, and the current algebra over the centerless Virasoro (or Witt)-Zamolodchikov-ω ∞ Lie algebras of conformal field theory. Through a suitable definition of the action on the vacuum vector we describe how to obtain a Fock representation of all these algebras. We prove that the restriction of the vacuum to the abelian subalgebra generated by the field operators gives an infinitely divisible process whose marginal distribution is the beta (or continuous binomial). (authors)

Can renormalization group flow end in a Big Mess?

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Morozov, Alexei; Niemi, Antti J.

2003-01-01

The field theoretical renormalization group equations have many common features with the equations of dynamical systems. In particular, the manner how Callan-Symanzik equation ensures the independence of a theory from its subtraction point is reminiscent of self-similarity in autonomous flows towards attractors. Motivated by such analogies we propose that besides isolated fixed points, the couplings in a renormalizable field theory may also flow towards more general, even fractal attractors. This could lead to Big Mess scenarios in applications to multiphase systems, from spin-glasses and neural networks to fundamental string (M?) theory. We consider various general aspects of such chaotic flows. We argue that they pose no obvious contradictions with the known properties of effective actions, the existence of dissipative Lyapunov functions, and even the strong version of the c-theorem. We also explain the difficulties encountered when constructing effective actions with chaotic renormalization group flows and observe that they have many common virtues with realistic field theory effective actions. We conclude that if chaotic renormalization group flows are to be excluded, conceptually novel no-go theorems must be developed

Renormalization of Magnetic Excitations in Praseodymium

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Lindgård, Per-Anker

1975-01-01

The magnetic exciton renormalization and soft-mode behaviour as the temperature approaches zero of the singlet-doublet magnet (dhcp)pr are accounted for by a selfconsistent rpa theory with no adjustable parameters. The crystal-field splitting between the ground state and the doublet is d=3.74 mev...

The large-Nc renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dorey, N.

1995-01-01

In this talk, we review how effective theories of mesons and baryons become exactly soluble in the large-N c , limit. We start with a generic hadron Lagrangian constrained only by certain well-known large-N c , selection rules. The bare vertices of the theory are dressed by an infinite class of UV divergent Feynman diagrams at leading order in 1/N c . We show how all these leading-order dia, grams can be summed exactly using semiclassical techniques. The saddle-point field configuration is reminiscent of the chiral bag: hedgehog pions outside a sphere of radius Λ -1 (Λ being the UV cutoff of the effective theory) matched onto nucleon degrees of freedom for r ≤ Λ -1 . The effect of this pion cloud is to renormalize the bare nucleon mass, nucleon-Δ hyperfine mass splitting, and Yukawa couplings of the theory. The corresponding large-N c , renormalization group equations for these parameters are presented, and solved explicitly in a series of simple models. We explain under what conditions the Skyrmion emerges as a UV fixed-point of the RG flow as Λ → ∞

Strong-Weak CP Hierarchy from Non-Renormalization Theorems

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Hiller, Gudrun

2002-01-28

We point out that the hierarchy between the measured values of the CKM phase and the strong CP phase has a natural origin in supersymmetry with spontaneous CP violation and low energy supersymmetry breaking. The underlying reason is simple and elegant: in supersymmetry the strong CP phase is protected by an exact non-renormalization theorem while the CKM phase is not. We present explicit examples of models which exploit this fact and discuss corrections to the non-renormalization theorem in the presence of supersymmetry breaking. This framework for solving the strong CP problem has generic predictions for the superpartner spectrum, for CP and flavor violation, and predicts a preferred range of values for electric dipole moments.

Renormalization-group study of the four-body problem

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Schmidt, Richard; Moroz, Sergej

2010-01-01

We perform a renormalization-group analysis of the nonrelativistic four-boson problem by means of a simple model with pointlike three- and four-body interactions. We investigate in particular the region where the scattering length is infinite and all energies are close to the atom threshold. We find that the four-body problem behaves truly universally, independent of any four-body parameter. Our findings confirm the recent conjectures of others that the four-body problem is universal, now also from a renormalization-group perspective. We calculate the corresponding relations between the four- and three-body bound states, as well as the full bound-state spectrum and comment on the influence of effective range corrections.

Running with rugby balls: bulk renormalization of codimension-2 branes

Science.gov (United States)

Williams, M.; Burgess, C. P.; van Nierop, L.; Salvio, A.

2013-01-01

We compute how one-loop bulk effects renormalize both bulk and brane effective interactions for geometries sourced by codimension-two branes. We do so by explicitly integrating out spin-zero, -half and -one particles in 6-dimensional Einstein-Maxwell-Scalar theories compactified to 4 dimensions on a flux-stabilized 2D geometry. (Our methods apply equally well for D dimensions compactified to D - 2 dimensions, although our explicit formulae do not capture all divergences when D > 6.) The renormalization of bulk interactions are independent of the boundary conditions assumed at the brane locations, and reproduce standard heat-kernel calculations. Boundary conditions at any particular brane do affect how bulk loops renormalize this brane's effective action, but not the renormalization of other distant branes. Although we explicitly compute our loops using a rugby ball geometry, because we follow only UV effects our results apply more generally to any geometry containing codimension-two sources with conical singularities. Our results have a variety of uses, including calculating the UV sensitivity of one-loop vacuum energy seen by observers localized on the brane. We show how these one-loop effects combine in a surprising way with bulk back-reaction to give the complete low-energy effective cosmological constant, and comment on the relevance of this calculation to proposed applications of codimension-two 6D models to solutions of the hierarchy and cosmological constant problems.

Quantum renormalization group approach to geometric phases in spin chains

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Jafari, R.

2013-01-01

A relation between geometric phases and criticality of spin chains are studied using the quantum renormalization-group approach. I have shown how the geometric phase evolve as the size of the system becomes large, i.e., the finite size scaling is obtained. The renormalization scheme demonstrates how the first derivative of the geometric phase with respect to the field strength diverges at the critical point and maximum value of the first derivative, and its position, scales with the exponent of the system size

Renormalization and Interaction in Quantum Field Theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

RATSIMBARISON, H.M.

2008-01-01

This thesis works on renormalization in quantum field theory (QFT), in order to show the relevance of some mathematical structures as C*-algebraic and probabilistic structures. Our work begins with a study of the path integral formalism and the Kreimer-Connes approach in perturbative renormalization, which allows to situate the statistical nature of QFT and to appreciate the ultra-violet divergence problem of its partition function. This study is followed by an emphasis of the presence of convolution products in non perturbative renormalisation, through the construction of the Wilson effective action and the Legendre effective action. Thanks to these constructions and the definition of effective theories according J. Polchinski, the non perturbative renormalization shows in particular the general approach of regularization procedure. We begin the following chapter with a C*-algebraic approach of the scale dependence of physical theories by showing the existence of a hierarchy of commutative spaces of states and its compatibility with the fiber bundle formulation of classical field theory. Our Hierarchy also allows us to modelize the notion of states and particles. Finally, we develop a probabilistic construction of interacting theories starting from simple model, a Bernoulli random processes. We end with some arguments on the applicability of our construction -such as the independence between the free and interacting terms and the possibility to introduce a symmetry group wich will select the type of interactions in quantum field theory. [fr

QCD: Renormalization for the practitioner

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Pascual, P.; Tarrach, R.

1984-01-01

These notes correspond to a GIFT (Grupo Interuniversitario de Fisica Teorica) course which was given by us in autumn 1983 at the University of Barcelona. Their main subject is renormalization in perturbative QCD and only the last chapter goes beyond perturbation theory. They are essentially self contained and their aim is to teach the student the techniques of perturbative QCD and the QCD sum rules. (orig./HSI)

New renormalization group approach to multiscale problems

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Einhorn, M B; Jones, D R.T.

1984-02-27

A new renormalization group is presented which exploits invariance with respect to more than one scale. The method is illustrated by a simple model, and future applications to fields such as critical phenomena and supersymmetry are speculated upon.

Renormalization Group Invariance of the Pole Mass in the Multi-Higgs System

Science.gov (United States)

Kim, Chungku

2018-06-01

We have investigated the renormalization group running of the pole mass in the multi-Higgs theory in two different types of gauge fixing conditions. The pole mass, when expressed in terms of the Lagrangian parameters, turns out to be invariant under the renormalization group with the beta and gamma functions of the symmetric phase.

Renormalization group and the superconducting susceptibility of a Fermi liquid

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Parameswaran, S. A.; Sondhi, S. L.; Shankar, R.

2010-01-01

A free Fermi gas has, famously, a superconducting susceptibility that diverges logarithmically at zero temperature. In this paper we ask whether this is still true for a Fermi liquid and find that the answer is that it does not. From the perspective of the renormalization group for interacting fermions, the question arises because a repulsive interaction in the Cooper channel is a marginally irrelevant operator at the Fermi liquid fixed point and thus is also expected to infect various physical quantities with logarithms. Somewhat surprisingly, at least from the renormalization group viewpoint, the result for the superconducting susceptibility is that two logarithms are not better than one. In the course of this investigation we derive a Callan-Symanzik equation for the repulsive Fermi liquid using the momentum-shell renormalization group, and use it to compute the long-wavelength behavior of the superconducting correlation function in the emergent low-energy theory. We expect this technique to be of broader interest.

Re-Normalization Method of Doppler Lidar Signal for Error Reduction

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Park, Nakgyu; Baik, Sunghoon; Park, Seungkyu; Kim, Donglyul [Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of); Kim, Dukhyeon [Hanbat National Univ., Daejeon (Korea, Republic of)

2014-05-15

In this paper, we presented a re-normalization method for the fluctuations of Doppler signals from the various noises mainly due to the frequency locking error for a Doppler lidar system. For the Doppler lidar system, we used an injection-seeded pulsed Nd:YAG laser as the transmitter and an iodine filter as the Doppler frequency discriminator. For the Doppler frequency shift measurement, the transmission ratio using the injection-seeded laser is locked to stabilize the frequency. If the frequency locking system is not perfect, the Doppler signal has some error due to the frequency locking error. The re-normalization process of the Doppler signals was performed to reduce this error using an additional laser beam to an Iodine cell. We confirmed that the renormalized Doppler signal shows the stable experimental data much more than that of the averaged Doppler signal using our calibration method, the reduced standard deviation was 4.838 Χ 10{sup -3}.

Renormalized perturbation theory: Vlasov-Poisson System, weak turbulence limit and gyrokinetics

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zhang, Y.Z.; Mahajan, S.M.

1987-10-01

The Self-consistency of the renormalized perturbation theory is demonstrated by applying it to the Vlasov-Poisson System and showing that the theory has the correct weak turbulence limit. Energy conservation is proved to arbitrary high order for the electrostatic drift waves. The theory is applied to derive renormalized equations for a low-β gyrokinetic system. Comparison of our theory with other current theories is presented. 22 refs

Using an Elastic Band Device After a Severe Obstetric Pubic Symphyseal Separation: Clinical and Imaging Evaluation.

Science.gov (United States)

Lasbleiz, Jeremy; Sevestre, François-Xavier; Moquet, Pierre-Yves

2017-09-01

Severe separation of the pubic symphysis is a rare delivery complication. Facing this pathology, we decided to study a new elastic band device. To evaluate the elastic band device, clinical (pain-rated) and imaging (magnetic resonance imaging and radiography) evaluations with and without the device were performed. The elastic band device is a European Conformity-certified medical device, which is made of neoprene straps, that reduces the mobility of the pelvis and the use of the internal rotator muscles. Once the elastic band device was in place, on postpartum day 1, radiography showed a decrease of the pubic width from 41 to 12 mm. Furthermore, pain decreased from 10 of 10 to 2 of 10 in 2 days, allowing the patient to ambulate and avoid surgery. After 1 month, the pubic width (6 mm) and anatomy were recovered but minor pain was still present with hip rotatory movements. The elastic band device was worn 24 hours a day from postpartum days 1-90 and 12 hours a day from postpartum days 90 to 150; afterward, the patient returned to normal life without the elastic band device. Use of an elastic band device was associated with a reduction of the pubic width and pain associated after obstetric pubic symphysis separation.

L-band pulsed klystron for the JHP

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fukuda, S.; Takeuchi, Y.; Hisamatsu, H.; Anami, S.; Kihara, M.; Takahashi, A.

1994-01-01

An L-band high-power klystron for the JHP (6 MW output power and 600 μsec pulse width) was designed at KEK. High-power tests of the test diodes were performed up to a beam voltage of 140 kV, a pulse width of 600 μsec and a repetition rate of 50 pps. The capability to meet the specifications of the gun and the collector was confirmed. High-power tests of the rf window were also performed up to rf powers of 4 MW (600 μsec pulse width) and 5 MW (375 μsec pulse width). We obtained good results for an rf window using high-purity alumina (99.7%). The design considerations and manufacturing process are also described. Manufacturing a prototype tube has been completed and the tube is undergoing the high-power tests. (author)

Distribution of the minimum path on percolation clusters: A renormalization group calculation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hipsh, Lior.

1993-06-01

This thesis uses the renormalization group for the research of the chemical distance or the minimal path on percolation clusters on a 2 dimensional square lattice. Our aims are to calculate analytically (iterative calculation) the fractal dimension of the minimal path. d min. , and the distributions of the minimum paths, l min for different lattice sizes and for different starting densities (including the threshold value p c ). For the distributions. We seek for an analytic form which describes them. The probability to get a minimum path for each linear size L is calculated by iterating the distribution of l min for the basic cell of size 2*2 to the next scale sizes, using the H cell renormalization group. For the threshold value of p and for values near to p c . We confirm a scaling in the form: P(l,L) =f1/l(l/(L d min ). L - the linear size, l - the minimum path. The distribution can be also represented in the Fourier space, so we will try to solve the renormalization group equations in this space. A numerical fitting is produced and compared to existing numerical results. In order to improve the agreement between the renormalization group and the numerical simulations, we also present attempts to generalize the renormalization group by adding more parameters, e.g. correlations between bonds in different directions or finite densities for occupation of bonds and sites. (author) 17 refs

All-order renormalization of propagator matrix for Majorana fermions with inter-generation mixing

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kniehl, Bernd A.

2014-04-01

We consider a mixed system of unstable Majorana fermions in a general parity-nonconserving theory and renormalize its propagator matrix to all orders in the pole scheme, in which the squares of the renormalized masses are identified with the complex pole positions and the wave-function renormalization (WFR) matrices are adjusted in compliance with the Lehmann-Symanzik-Zimmermann reduction formalism. In contrast to the case of unstable Dirac fermions, the WFR matrices of the in and out states are uniquely fixed, while they again bifurcate in the sense that they are no longer related by pseudo-Hermitian conjugation. We present closed analytic expressions for the renormalization constants in terms of the scalar, pseudoscalar, vector, and pseudovector parts of the unrenormalized self-energy matrix, which is computable from the one-particle-irreducible Feynman diagrams of the flavor transitions, as well as their expansions through two loops. In the case of stable Majorana fermions, the well-known one-loop results are recovered.

A simple method for one-loop renormalization in curved space-time

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Markkanen, Tommi [Helsinki Institute of Physics and Department of Physics, P.O. Box 64, FI-00014, University of Helsinki (Finland); Tranberg, Anders, E-mail: tommi.markkanen@helsinki.fi, E-mail: anders.tranberg@uis.no [Niels Bohr International Academy and Discovery Center, Niels Bohr Institute, Blegdamsvej 17, 2100 Copenhagen (Denmark)

2013-08-01

We present a simple method for deriving the renormalization counterterms from the components of the energy-momentum tensor in curved space-time. This method allows control over the finite parts of the counterterms and provides explicit expressions for each term separately. As an example, the method is used for the self-interacting scalar field in a Friedmann-Robertson-Walker metric in the adiabatic approximation, where we calculate the renormalized equation of motion for the field and the renormalized components of the energy-momentum tensor to fourth adiabatic order while including interactions to one-loop order. Within this formalism the trace anomaly, including contributions from interactions, is shown to have a simple derivation. We compare our results to those obtained by two standard methods, finding agreement with the Schwinger-DeWitt expansion but disagreement with adiabatic subtractions for interacting theories.

Quasiparticle excitations in valence-fluctuation materials: effects of band structure and crystal fields

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brandow, B.H.

1985-01-01

Evidence is now quite strong that the elementary hybridization model is the correct way to understand the lattice-coherent Fermi liquid regime at very low temperatures. Many-body theory leads to significant renormalizations of the input parameters, and many of the band-theoretic channels for hybridization are suppressed by the combined effects of Hund's-rule coupling, crystal-field splitting, and the f-f Coulomb repulsion U. Some exploratory calculations based on this picture are described, and some inferences are drawn about the band structures of several heavy-fermion materials. These inferences can and should be tested by suitably modified band-theoretic calculations. We find evidence for a significant Baber-scattering contribution in the very-low-temperature resistivity. A new mechanism is proposed for crossover from the coherent Fermi-liquid regime to the incoherent dense-Kondo regime. 28 refs

Buckling of thermally fluctuating spherical shells: Parameter renormalization and thermally activated barrier crossing

Science.gov (United States)

Baumgarten, Lorenz; Kierfeld, Jan

2018-05-01

We study the influence of thermal fluctuations on the buckling behavior of thin elastic capsules with spherical rest shape. Above a critical uniform pressure, an elastic capsule becomes mechanically unstable and spontaneously buckles into a shape with an axisymmetric dimple. Thermal fluctuations affect the buckling instability by two mechanisms. On the one hand, thermal fluctuations can renormalize the capsule's elastic properties and its pressure because of anharmonic couplings between normal displacement modes of different wavelengths. This effectively lowers its critical buckling pressure [Košmrlj and Nelson, Phys. Rev. X 7, 011002 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevX.7.011002]. On the other hand, buckled shapes are energetically favorable already at pressures below the classical buckling pressure. At these pressures, however, buckling requires to overcome an energy barrier, which only vanishes at the critical buckling pressure. In the presence of thermal fluctuations, the capsule can spontaneously overcome an energy barrier of the order of the thermal energy by thermal activation already at pressures below the critical buckling pressure. We revisit parameter renormalization by thermal fluctuations and formulate a buckling criterion based on scale-dependent renormalized parameters to obtain a temperature-dependent critical buckling pressure. Then we quantify the pressure-dependent energy barrier for buckling below the critical buckling pressure using numerical energy minimization and analytical arguments. This allows us to obtain the temperature-dependent critical pressure for buckling by thermal activation over this energy barrier. Remarkably, both parameter renormalization and thermal activation lead to the same parameter dependence of the critical buckling pressure on temperature, capsule radius and thickness, and Young's modulus. Finally, we study the combined effect of parameter renormalization and thermal activation by using renormalized parameters for the energy

The Novel Microwave Stop-Band Filter

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

R. E. Chernobrovkin

2008-01-01

Full Text Available The stop-band filter with the new band-rejection element is proposed. The element is a coaxial waveguide with the slot in the centre conductor. In the frame of this research, the numerical and experimental investigations of the amplitude-frequency characteristics of the filter are carried out. It is noted that according to the slot parameters the two typical resonances (half-wave and quarter-wave can be excited. The rejection band of the single element is defined by the width, depth, and dielectric filling of the slot. Fifth-order Chebyshev filter utilizing the aforementioned element is also synthesized, manufactured, and tested. The measured and simulated results are in good agreement. The experimental filter prototype exhibits the rejection band 0.86 GHz at the level −40 dB.

PyR@TE. Renormalization group equations for general gauge theories

Science.gov (United States)

Lyonnet, F.; Schienbein, I.; Staub, F.; Wingerter, A.

2014-03-01

Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely independent sets of programs written in Python and Mathematica, respectively. The Mathematica scripts will be part of an upcoming release of SARAH 4. The present article describes the collection of Python routines that we dubbed PyR@TE which is an acronym for “Python Renormalization group equations At Two-loop for Everyone”. In PyR@TE, once the user specifies the gauge group and the particle content of the model, the routines automatically generate the full two-loop renormalization group equations for all (dimensionless and dimensionful) parameters. The results can optionally be exported to LaTeX and Mathematica, or stored in a Python data structure for further processing by other programs. For ease of use, we have implemented an interactive mode for PyR@TE in form of an IPython Notebook. As a first application, we have generated with PyR@TE the renormalization group equations for several non-supersymmetric extensions of the Standard Model and found some discrepancies with the existing literature. Catalogue identifier: AERV_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AERV_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen’s University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 924959 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 495197 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: Python. Computer

On the renormalization of operator products: the scalar gluonic case

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zoller, Max F.

2016-01-01

In this paper we study the renormalization of the product of two operators O 1 =−(1/4)G μν G μν in QCD. An insertion of two such operators O 1 (x)O 1 (0) into a Greens function produces divergent contact terms for x→0. In the course of the computation of the operator product expansion (OPE) of the correlator of two such operators i∫ d 4 x e iqx T{ O 1 (x)O 1 (0)} to three-loop order http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/JHEP12(2012)119; http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/JHEP10(2014)169 we discovered that divergent contact terms remain not only in the leading Wilson coefficient C 0 , which is just the VEV of the correlator, but also in the Wilson coefficient C 1 in front of O 1 . As this correlator plays an important role for example in QCD sum rules a full understanding of its renormalization is desireable. This work explains how the divergences encountered in higher orders of an OPE of this correlator should be absorbed in counterterms and derives an additive renormalization constant for C 1 from first principles and to all orders in perturnbation theory. The method to derive the renormalization of this operator product is an extension of the ideas of V. Spiridonov, Anomalous dimension of g μν 2 and β-function, Preprint IYAI-P-0378 (1984). and can be generalized to other cases.

RELATIVISTIC MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS: RENORMALIZED EIGENVECTORS AND FULL WAVE DECOMPOSITION RIEMANN SOLVER

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Anton, Luis; MartI, Jose M; Ibanez, Jose M; Aloy, Miguel A.; Mimica, Petar; Miralles, Juan A.

2010-01-01

We obtain renormalized sets of right and left eigenvectors of the flux vector Jacobians of the relativistic MHD equations, which are regular and span a complete basis in any physical state including degenerate ones. The renormalization procedure relies on the characterization of the degeneracy types in terms of the normal and tangential components of the magnetic field to the wave front in the fluid rest frame. Proper expressions of the renormalized eigenvectors in conserved variables are obtained through the corresponding matrix transformations. Our work completes previous analysis that present different sets of right eigenvectors for non-degenerate and degenerate states, and can be seen as a relativistic generalization of earlier work performed in classical MHD. Based on the full wave decomposition (FWD) provided by the renormalized set of eigenvectors in conserved variables, we have also developed a linearized (Roe-type) Riemann solver. Extensive testing against one- and two-dimensional standard numerical problems allows us to conclude that our solver is very robust. When compared with a family of simpler solvers that avoid the knowledge of the full characteristic structure of the equations in the computation of the numerical fluxes, our solver turns out to be less diffusive than HLL and HLLC, and comparable in accuracy to the HLLD solver. The amount of operations needed by the FWD solver makes it less efficient computationally than those of the HLL family in one-dimensional problems. However, its relative efficiency increases in multidimensional simulations.

Finite size scaling and phenomenological renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Derrida, B.; Seze, L. de; Vannimenus, J.

1981-05-01

The basic equations of the phenomenological renormalization method are recalled. A simple derivation using finite-size scaling is presented. The convergence of the method is studied analytically for the Ising model. Using this method we give predictions for the 2d bond percolation. Finally we discuss how the method can be applied to random systems

Junction-type photonic crystal waveguides for notch- and pass-band filtering

KAUST Repository

Shahid, Naeem

2011-01-01

Evolution of the mode gap and the associated transmission mini stop-band (MSB) as a function of photonic crystal (PhC) waveguide width is theoretically and experimentally investigated. The change of line-defect width is identified to be the most appropriate way since it offers a wide MSB wavelength tuning range. A high transmission narrow-band filter is experimentally demonstrated in a junction-type waveguide composed of two PhC waveguides with slightly different widths. The full width at half maximum is 5.6 nm; the peak transmission is attenuated by only ∼5 dB and is ∼20 dB above the MSBs. Additionally, temperature tuning of the filter were also performed. The results show red-shift of the transmission peak and the MSB edges with a gradient of dλ/dT = 0.1 nm/°C. It is proposed that the transmission MSBs in such junction-type cascaded PhC waveguides can be used to obtain different types of filters. © 2011 Optical Society of America.

Renormalization group fixed points of foliated gravity-matter systems

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Biemans, Jorn [Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics (IMAPP),Radboud University Nijmegen,Heyendaalseweg 135, 6525 AJ Nijmegen (Netherlands); Platania, Alessia [Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics (IMAPP),Radboud University Nijmegen,Heyendaalseweg 135, 6525 AJ Nijmegen (Netherlands); Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Catania,Via S. Sofia 63, 95123 Catania (Italy); INFN, Catania section,Via S. Sofia 64, 95123, Catania (Italy); INAF, Catania Astrophysical Observatory,Via S. Sofia 78, 95123, Catania (Italy); Saueressig, Frank [Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics (IMAPP),Radboud University Nijmegen,Heyendaalseweg 135, 6525 AJ Nijmegen (Netherlands)

2017-05-17

We employ the Arnowitt-Deser-Misner formalism to study the renormalization group flow of gravity minimally coupled to an arbitrary number of scalar, vector, and Dirac fields. The decomposition of the gravitational degrees of freedom into a lapse function, shift vector, and spatial metric equips spacetime with a preferred (Euclidean) “time”-direction. In this work, we provide a detailed derivation of the renormalization group flow of Newton’s constant and the cosmological constant on a flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker background. Adding matter fields, it is shown that their contribution to the flow is the same as in the covariant formulation and can be captured by two parameters d{sub g}, d{sub λ}. We classify the resulting fixed point structure as a function of these parameters finding that the existence of non-Gaussian renormalization group fixed points is rather generic. In particular the matter content of the standard model and its most common extensions gives rise to one non-Gaussian fixed point with real critical exponents suitable for Asymptotic Safety. Moreover, we find non-Gaussian fixed points for any number of scalar matter fields, making the scenario attractive for cosmological model building.

Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms

Science.gov (United States)

Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R.

2016-07-01

Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms.

Renormalization-group decimation technique for spectra, wave-functions and density of states

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Wiecko, C.; Roman, E.

1983-09-01

The Renormalization Group decimation technique is very useful for problems described by 1-d nearest neighbour tight-binding model with or without translational invariance. We show how spectra, wave-functions and density of states can be calculated with little numerical work from the renormalized coefficients upon iteration. The results of this new procedure are verified using the model of Soukoulis and Economou. (author)

Two band model for the cuprates

Science.gov (United States)

Liu, Shiu; White, Steven

2009-03-01

We use a numerical canonical transformation approach to derive an effective two-band model for the hole-doped cuprates, which keeps both oxygen and copper orbitals but removes double occupancy from each. A similar model was considered previously by Frenkel, Gooding, Shraiman, and Siggia (PRB 41, number 1, page 350). We compare the numerically derived model with previously obtained analytical results. In addition to the usual hopping terms between oxygens tpp and Cu-Cu exchange terms Jdd, the model also includes a strong copper-oxygen exchange interaction Jpd and a Kondo-like spin-flip oxygen-oxygen hopping term Kpdp. We use the density matrix renormalization group to study the charge, spin, and pairing properties of the derived model on ladder systems.

Renormalization Group scale-setting in astrophysical systems

Science.gov (United States)

Domazet, Silvije; Štefančić, Hrvoje

2011-09-01

A more general scale-setting procedure for General Relativity with Renormalization Group corrections is proposed. Theoretical aspects of the scale-setting procedure and the interpretation of the Renormalization Group running scale are discussed. The procedure is elaborated for several highly symmetric systems with matter in the form of an ideal fluid and for two models of running of the Newton coupling and the cosmological term. For a static spherically symmetric system with the matter obeying the polytropic equation of state the running scale-setting is performed analytically. The obtained result for the running scale matches the Ansatz introduced in a recent paper by Rodrigues, Letelier and Shapiro which provides an excellent explanation of rotation curves for a number of galaxies. A systematic explanation of the galaxy rotation curves using the scale-setting procedure introduced in this Letter is identified as an important future goal.

Renormalization Group scale-setting in astrophysical systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Domazet, Silvije; Stefancic, Hrvoje

2011-01-01

A more general scale-setting procedure for General Relativity with Renormalization Group corrections is proposed. Theoretical aspects of the scale-setting procedure and the interpretation of the Renormalization Group running scale are discussed. The procedure is elaborated for several highly symmetric systems with matter in the form of an ideal fluid and for two models of running of the Newton coupling and the cosmological term. For a static spherically symmetric system with the matter obeying the polytropic equation of state the running scale-setting is performed analytically. The obtained result for the running scale matches the Ansatz introduced in a recent paper by Rodrigues, Letelier and Shapiro which provides an excellent explanation of rotation curves for a number of galaxies. A systematic explanation of the galaxy rotation curves using the scale-setting procedure introduced in this Letter is identified as an important future goal.

Perturbative renormalization of composite operators via flow equations. Pt. 1

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Keller, G. (Max-Planck-Institut fuer Physik und Astrophysik, Muenchen (Germany). Werner-Heisenberg-Inst. fuer Physik); Kopper, C. (Goettingen Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik)

1992-09-01

We apply the general framework of the continuous renormalization group, whose significance for perturbative quantum field theories was recognized by Polchinski, to investigate by new and mathematically simple methods the perturbative renormalization of composite operators. In this paper we demonstrate the perturbative renormalizability of the Green functions of the Euclidean massive {Phi}{sub 4}{sup 4} theory with one insertion of a (possibly oversubtracted, in the BPHZ language) composite operator. Moreover we show that our method admits an easy proof of the Zimmermann identities and of the Lowenstein rule. (orig.).

Perturbative renormalization of composite operators via flow equations. Pt. 1

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Keller, G.; Kopper, C.

1992-01-01

We apply the general framework of the continuous renormalization group, whose significance for perturbative quantum field theories was recognized by Polchinski, to investigate by new and mathematically simple methods the perturbative renormalization of composite operators. In this paper we demonstrate the perturbative renormalizability of the Green functions of the Euclidean massive Φ 4 4 theory with one insertion of a (possibly oversubtracted, in the BPHZ language) composite operator. Moreover we show that our method admits an easy proof of the Zimmermann identities and of the Lowenstein rule. (orig.)

Justification of the zeta-function renormalization in rigid string model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Nesterenko, V.V.; Pirozhenko, I.G.

1997-01-01

A consistent procedure for regularization of divergences and for the subsequent renormalization of the string tension is proposed in the framework of the one-loop calculation of the interquark potential generated by the Polyakov-Kleinert string. In this way, a justification of the formal treatment of divergences by analytic continuation of the Riemann and Epstein-Hurwitz zeta-functions is given. A spectral representation for the renormalized string energy at zero temperature is derived, which enables one to find the Casimir energy in this string model at nonzero temperature very easy

Hopf-algebraic renormalization of QED in the linear covariant gauge

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Kißler, Henry, E-mail: kissler@physik.hu-berlin.de

2016-09-15

In the context of massless quantum electrodynamics (QED) with a linear covariant gauge fixing, the connection between the counterterm and the Hopf-algebraic approach to renormalization is examined. The coproduct formula of Green’s functions contains two invariant charges, which give rise to different renormalization group functions. All formulas are tested by explicit computations to third loop order. The possibility of a finite electron self-energy by fixing a generalized linear covariant gauge is discussed. An analysis of subdivergences leads to the conclusion that such a gauge only exists in quenched QED.

Pulsed rf excited spectrometer having improved pulse width control

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

1977-01-01

RF excitation for a spectrometer is obtained by pulse width modulating an RF carrier to produce the desired broadband RF exciting spectrum. The RF excitation includes a train of composite RF pulses, each composite pulse having a primary pulse portion of a first RF phase and a second pulse portion of a second RF phase opposite that of the first. In this manner, the finite rise and fall times of the primary pulse portion are compensated for by the corresponding rise and fall times of the secondary pulse portion. The primary pulse portion is lengthened by an amount equal to the secondary pulse portion so that the secondary pulse portion cancels the added primary pulse portion. In a spectrometer, the compensating second pulse component removes certain undesired side bands of the RF excitation caused by the finite rise and fall times of the applied RF pulses. The compensating second pulse component removes certain undesired side bands associated with each of the resonant lines of the excited resonance spectrum of the sample under analysis, particularly for wide band RF excitation

Vacuum polarization and renormalized charge in ν-dimensions

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Marinho Junior, R.M.; Lucinda, J.

1984-01-01

The expression for the vacuum polarization is obtained for any momentum transfer in ν dimensions. Using the Wilson loop for QED, the renormalized electric charge in ν dimensions is calculated. (Author) [pt

Development of L-band pillbox RF window

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Takeuchi, Y.; Fukuda, S.; Hisamatsu, H.; Saito, Y.; Takahashi, A.

1994-01-01

A pillbox RF output window was developed for the L-band pulsed klystron for the Japanese Hadron Project (JHP) 1-GeV proton linac. The window was designed to withstand a peak RF power of 6 MW, where the pulse width is 600 μsec and the repetition rate is 50 Hz. A high power model was fabricated using an alumina ceramic which has a low loss tangent of 2.5x10 -5 . A high power test was successfully performed up to a 113 kW RF average power with a 4 MW peak power, a 565 μsec pulse width and a 50 Hz repetition rate. By extrapolating the data of this high power test, the temperature rise of the ceramic is estimated low enough at the full RF power of 6 MW. Thus this RF window is expected to satisfy the specifications of the L-band Klystron. (author)

Anomalous broadening of the N2+ first negative band system

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Robben, F.; Cattolica, R.; Coe, D.; Talbot, L.

1976-01-01

Analysis of the fluorescence excited by a high energy electron beam has become a standard technique for measurement of density, rotational temperature of nitrogen, and translational temperature of helium and argon in rarefied gas dynamics. To obtain translational temperature the Doppler broadening of the fluorescence is determined by measuring the spectral line shape with a Fabry-Perot interferometer. To apply this technique to nitrogen a single rotational line must be selected from the band spectrum for analysis by the Fabry-Perot interferometer. As supported by extensive additional measurements, there is an anomalous broadening of the rotational lines of the N 2 + first negative band system with a width equivalent to about a 70 0 K translational temperature of nitrogen. It appears that the line width of approximately 0.03 cm -1 is an inherent property of this nitrogen band when excited by electron impact directly from the ground state

Renormalization Group Functional Equations

CERN Document Server

Curtright, Thomas L

2011-01-01

Functional conjugation methods are used to analyze the global structure of various renormalization group trajectories. With minimal assumptions, the methods produce continuous flows from step-scaling {\\sigma} functions, and lead to exact functional relations for the local flow {\\beta} functions, whose solutions may have novel, exotic features, including multiple branches. As a result, fixed points of {\\sigma} are sometimes not true fixed points under continuous changes in scale, and zeroes of {\\beta} do not necessarily signal fixed points of the flow, but instead may only indicate turning points of the trajectories.

Nonperturbative renormalization of nonlocal quark bilinears for quasi-PDFs on the lattice using an auxiliary field

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Green, Jeremy; Jansen, Karl; Steffens, Fernanda [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC

2017-07-15

Quasi-PDFs provide a path toward an ab initio calculation of parton distribution functions (PDFs) using lattice QCD. One of the problems faced in calculations of quasi-PDFs is the renormalization of a nonlocal operator. By introducing an auxiliary field, we can replace the nonlocal operator with a pair of local operators in an extended theory. On the lattice, this is closely related to the static quark theory. In this approach, we show how to understand the pattern of mixing that is allowed by chiral symmetry breaking, and obtain a master formula for renormalizing the nonlocal operator that depends on three parameters. We present an approach for nonperturbatively determining these parameters and use perturbation theory to convert to the MS scheme. Renormalization parameters are obtained for two lattice spacings using Wilson twisted mass fermions and for different discretizations of the Wilson line in the nonlocal operator. Using these parameters we show the effect of renormalization on nucleon matrix elements with pion mass approximately 370 MeV, and compare renormalized results for the two lattice spacings. The renormalized matrix elements are consistent among the different Wilson line discretizations and lattice spacings.

Nonperturbative renormalization of nonlocal quark bilinears for quasi-PDFs on the lattice using an auxiliary field

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Green, Jeremy; Jansen, Karl; Steffens, Fernanda

2017-07-01

Quasi-PDFs provide a path toward an ab initio calculation of parton distribution functions (PDFs) using lattice QCD. One of the problems faced in calculations of quasi-PDFs is the renormalization of a nonlocal operator. By introducing an auxiliary field, we can replace the nonlocal operator with a pair of local operators in an extended theory. On the lattice, this is closely related to the static quark theory. In this approach, we show how to understand the pattern of mixing that is allowed by chiral symmetry breaking, and obtain a master formula for renormalizing the nonlocal operator that depends on three parameters. We present an approach for nonperturbatively determining these parameters and use perturbation theory to convert to the MS scheme. Renormalization parameters are obtained for two lattice spacings using Wilson twisted mass fermions and for different discretizations of the Wilson line in the nonlocal operator. Using these parameters we show the effect of renormalization on nucleon matrix elements with pion mass approximately 370 MeV, and compare renormalized results for the two lattice spacings. The renormalized matrix elements are consistent among the different Wilson line discretizations and lattice spacings.

Generalized Callan-Symanzik equations and the Renormalization Group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

MacDowell, S.W.

1975-01-01

A set of generalized Callan-Symanzik equations derived by Symanzik, relating Green's functions with arbitrary number of mass insertions, is shown be equivalent to the new Renormalization Group equation proposed by S. Weinberg

Exact renormalization group as a scheme for calculations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mack, G.

1985-10-01

In this lecture I report on recent work to use exact renormalization group methods to construct a scheme for calculations in quantum field theory and classical statistical mechanics on the continuum. (orig./HSI)

Photonic band gap properties of one-dimensional Thue-Morse all-dielectric photonic quasicrystal

Science.gov (United States)

Yue, Chenxi; Tan, Wei; Liu, Jianjun

2018-05-01

In this paper, the photonic band gap (PBG) properties of one-dimensional (1D) Thue-Morse photonic quasicrystal (PQC) S4 structure are theoretically investigated by using transfer matrix method in Bragg condition. The effects of the center wavelength, relative permittivity and incident angle on PBG properties are elaborately analyzed. Numerical results reveal that, in the case of normal incidence, the symmetry and periodicity properties of the photonic band structure are presented. As the center wavelength increases, the PBG center frequency and PBG width decrease while the photonic band structure is always symmetrical about the central frequency and the photonic band structure repeats periodically in the expanding observation frequency range. With the decrease of relative permittivity contrast, the PBG width and the relative PBG width gradually decreases until PBG disappears while the symmetry of the photonic band structure always exists. In the case of oblique incidence, as the incident angle increases, multiple narrow PBGs gradually merge into a wide PBG for the TE mode while for the TM mode, the number of PBG continuously decreases and eventually disappears, i.e., multiple narrow PBGs become a wide passband for the TM mode. The research results will provide a reference for the choice of the material, the incident angle for the PBG properties and its applications of 1D Thue-Morse PQC.

Design and experimental verification of a dual-band metamaterial filter

Science.gov (United States)

Zhu, Hong-Yang; Yao, Ai-Qin; Zhong, Min

2016-10-01

In this paper, we present the design, simulation, and experimental verification of a dual-band free-standing metamaterial filter operating in a frequency range of 1 THz-30 THz. The proposed structure consists of periodically arranged composite air holes, and exhibits two broad and flat transmission bands. To clarify the effects of the structural parameters on both resonant transmission bands, three sets of experiments are performed. The first resonant transmission band shows a shift towards higher frequency when the side width w 1 of the main air hole is increased. In contrast, the second resonant transmission band displays a shift towards lower frequency when the side width w 2 of the sub-holes is increased, while the first resonant transmission band is unchanged. The measured results indicate that these resonant bands can be modulated individually by simply optimizing the relevant structural parameters (w 1 or w 2) for the required band. In addition, these resonant bands merge into a single resonant band with a bandwidth of 7.7 THz when w 1 and w 2 are optimized simultaneously. The structure proposed in this paper adopts different resonant mechanisms for transmission at different frequencies and thus offers a method to achieve a dual-band and low-loss filter. Project supported by the Doctorate Scientific Research Foundation of Hezhou University, China (Grant No. HZUBS201503), the Promotion of the Basic Ability of Young and Middle-aged Teachers in Universities Project of Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, China (Grant No. KY2016YB453), the Guangxi Colleges and Universities Key Laboratory Symbolic Computation, China, Engineering Data Processing and Mathematical Support Autonomous Discipline Project of Hezhou University, China (Grant No. 2016HZXYSX01).

Renormalization group and critical phenomena

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ji Qing

2004-01-01

The basic clue and the main steps of renormalization group method used for the description of critical phenomena is introduced. It is pointed out that this method really reflects the most important physical features of critical phenomena, i.e. self-similarity, and set up a practical solving method from it. This way of setting up a theory according to the features of the physical system is really a good lesson for today's physicists. (author)

Size and strain tunable band alignment of black-blue phosphorene lateral heterostructures.

Science.gov (United States)

Li, Yan; Ma, Fei

2017-05-17

Single-element lateral heterostructures composed of black and blue phosphorene are not only free from lattice mismatch but also exhibit rich physical properties related to the seamlessly stitched interfaces, providing the building blocks for designing atomically thin devices. Using first-principles calculations, we investigate the influence of interface structure, size effect and strain engineering on the electronic structure, effective masses and band alignment of black-blue phosphorene lateral heterostructures. The lateral heterostructure with an octatomic-ring interface presents a strong metallic feature due to the interface states, while a metal-semiconductor transition takes place in the system with a hexatomic-ring interface upon hydrogen passivation. Following a reciprocal scaling law, the band gap is tuned in a wide energy range by synchronously increasing the widths of black and blue phosphorene or by only widening that of black phosphorene. Moreover, type-II band alignment is observed in the width ranges of 2.0-3.1 nm and 3.7-4.2 nm, out of which it is type-I. However, the band gap and effective masses show small changes if only the width of blue phosphorene is altered. When the lateral heterostructure is tensile loaded, the effective mass ratio of hole to electron is enlarged by an order of magnitude at a strain of 4% along the zigzag direction. Meanwhile, the band alignment undergoes a crossover from type-I to type-II at a strain of 2%, facilitating efficient electron-hole separation for light detection and harvesting.

Optimal width of quasicrystalline slabs of dielectric cylinders to microwave radiation transmission contrast

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Andueza, Ángel; Sevilla, Joaquín [Dpto. Ing. Eléctrica y Electrónica Universidad Pública de Navarra, 31006 Pamplona (Spain); Smart Cities Institute, Universidad Pública de Navarra, 31006 Pamplona (Spain); Wang, Kang [Laboratoire de Physique des Solides, UMR CNRS/Université Paris-Sud, Université Paris-Saclay, 91405 Orsay (France); Pérez-Conde, Jesús [Dpto. de Física Universidad Pública de Navarra, 31006 Pamplona (Spain)

2016-08-28

Light confinement induced by resonant states in aperiodic photonic structures is interesting for many applications. A particular case of these resonances can be found in 2D quasicrystalline arrangements of dielectric cylinders. These systems present a rather isotropic band gap as well as isolated in-gap photonic states (as a result of spatially localized resonances). These states are built by high symmetry polygonal clusters that can be regarded as photonic molecules. In this paper, we study the transmission properties of a slab of glass cylinders arranged in approximants of the decagonal quasicrystalline structure. In particular, we investigate the influence of the slab width in the transmission contrast between the states and the gap. The study is both experimental and numerical in the microwave regime. We find that the best transmission contrast is found for a width of around three times the radiation wavelength. The transmission in the band gap region is mediated by the resonances of the photonic molecules. If the samples are thin enough, they become transparent except around a resonance of the photonic molecule which reflects the incoming light.

Singlet vs Nonsinglet Perturbative Renormalization factors of Staggered Fermion Bilinears

Science.gov (United States)

Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Spanoudes, Gregoris

2018-03-01

In this paper we present the perturbative computation of the difference between the renormalization factors of flavor singlet (Σfψ¯fΓψf', f : flavor index) and nonsinglet (ψ¯f1Γψf2,f1 ≠ f2) bilinear quark operators (where Γ = 𝟙, γ5, γ µ, γ5 γ µ, γ5 σµv on the lattice. The computation is performed to two loops and to lowest order in the lattice spacing, using Symanzik improved gluons and staggered fermions with twice stout-smeared links. The stout smearing procedure is also applied to the definition of bilinear operators. A significant part of this work is the development of a method for treating some new peculiar divergent integrals stemming from the staggered formalism. Our results can be combined with precise simulation results for the renormalization factors of the nonsinglet operators, in order to obtain an estimate of the renormalization factors for the singlet operators. The results have been published in Physical Review D [1].

Numerical renormalization group studies of the partially brogen SU(3) Kondo model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fuh Chuo, Evaristus

2013-04-01

The two-channel Kondo (2CK) effect with its exotic ground state properties has remained difficult to realize in physical systems. At low energies, a quantum impurity with orbital degree of freedom, like a proton bound in an interstitial lattice space, comprises a 3-level system with a unique ground state and (at least) doubly degenerate rotational excitations with excitation energy Δ 0 . When immersed in a metal, electronic angular momentum scattering induces transitions between any two of these levels (couplings J), while the electron spin is conserved. We show by extensive numerical renormalization group (NRG) calculations that without fi ne-tuning of parameters this system exhibits a 2CK fixed point, due to Kondo correlations in the excited-state doublet whose degeneracy is stabilized by the host lattice parity, while the channel symmetry (electron spin) is guaranteed by time reversal symmetry. We find a pronounced plateau in the entropy at S(T K 0 )=k B ln 2 between the high-T value, S(T>>Δ 0 )=k B ln 3, and the 2CK ground state value, S(0)=k B ln √(2). This indicates a downward renormalization of the doublet below the non-interacting ground state, thus realizing the 2CK fixed point, in agreement with earlier conjectures. We mapped out the phase diagram of the model in the J-Δ 0 plane. The Kondo temperature T K shows non-monotonic J-dependence, characteristic for 2CK systems. Beside the two-channel Kondo effect of the model, we also study the single-channel version, which is realized by applying a strong magnetic fi eld to the conduction band electrons so that their degeneracy is lifted and consequently having only one kind of electrons scattering off the impurity. This single-channel case is easier to analyze since the Hilbert space is not as large as that of the 2CK. We equally find a downward renormalization of the excited state energy by the Kondo correlations in the SU(2) doublet. In a wide range of parameter values this stabilizes the single

The Kadanoff lower-bound variational renormalization group applied to an SU(2) lattice spin model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Thorleifsson, G.; Damgaard, P.H.

1990-07-01

We apply the variational lower-bound Renormalization Group transformation of Kadanoff to an SU(2) lattice spin model in 2 and 3 dimensions. Even in the one-hypercube framework of this renormalization group transformation the present model is characterised by having an infinite basis of fundamental operators. We investigate whether the lower-bound variational renormalization group transformation yields results stable under truncations of this operator basis. Our results show that for this particular spin model this is not the case. (orig.)

A non-renormalization theorem for conformal anomalies

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Petkou, Anastasios; Skenderis, Kostas

1999-01-01

We provide a non-renormalization theorem for the coefficients of the conformal anomaly associated with operators with vanishing anomalous dimensions. Such operators include conserved currents and chiral operators in superconformal field theories. We illustrate the theorem by computing the conformal anomaly of 2-point functions both by a computation in the conformal field theory and via the AdS/CFT correspondence. Our results imply that 2- and 3-point functions of chiral primary operators in N=4 SU(N) SYM will not renormalize provided that a 'generalized Adler-Bardeen theorem' holds. We further show that recent arguments connecting the non-renormalizability of the above-mentioned correlation functions to a bonus U(1) Y symmetry are incomplete due to possible U(1) Y violating contact terms. The tree level contribution to the contact terms may be set to zero by considering appropriately normalized operators. Non-renormalizability of the above-mentioned correlation functions, however, will follow only if these contact terms saturate by free fields

Functional renormalization group approach to the two dimensional Bose gas

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Sinner, A; Kopietz, P [Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Universitaet Frankfurt, Max-von-Laue Strasse 1, 60438 Frankfurt (Germany); Hasselmann, N [International Center for Condensed Matter Physics, Universidade de BrasIlia, Caixa Postal 04667, 70910-900 BrasIlia, DF (Brazil)], E-mail: hasselma@itp.uni-frankfurt.de, E-mail: sinner@itp.uni-frankfurt.de

2009-02-01

We investigate the small frequency and momentum structure of the weakly interacting Bose gas in two dimensions using a functional renormalization group approach. The flow equations are derived within a derivative approximation of the effective action up to second order in spatial and temporal variables and investigated numerically. The truncation we employ is based on the perturbative structure of the theory and is well described as a renormalization group enhanced perturbation theory. It allows to calculate corrections to the Bogoliubov spectrum and to investigate the damping of quasiparticles. Our approach allows to circumvent the divergences which plague the usual perturbative approach.

Closed-form irreducible differential formulations of the Wilson renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Vvedensky, D.D.; Chang, T.S.; Nicoll, J.F.

1983-01-01

We present a detailed derivation of the one-particle--irreducible (1PI) differential renormalization-group generators originally developed by Nicoll and Chang and by Chang, Nicoll, and Young. We illustrate the machinery of the irreducible formulation by calculating to order epsilon 2 the characteristic time exponent z for the time-dependent Ginsburg-Landau model in the cases of conserved and nonconserved order parameter. We then calculate both z and eta to order epsilon 2 by applying to the 1PI generator an extension of the operator expansion technique developed by Wegner for the Wilson smooth-cutoff renormalization-group generator

Renormalization of non-abelian gauge theories in curved space-time

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Freeman, M.D.

1984-01-01

We use indirect, renormalization group arguments to calculate the gravitational counterterms needed to renormalize an interacting non-abelian gauge theory in curved space-time. This method makes it straightforward to calculate terms in the trace anomaly which first appear at high order in the coupling constant, some of which would need a 4-loop calculation to find directly. The role of gauge invariance in the theory is considered, and we discuss briefly the effect of using coordinate-dependent gauge-fixing terms. We conclude by suggesting possible applications of this work to models of the very early universe

A rigorous treatment of the lattice renormalization problem of f$_{B}$

CERN Document Server

Boucaud, P; Micheli, J; Pène, O; Rossi, G C; Boucaud, Ph.

1993-01-01

The $B$-meson decay constant can be measured on the lattice using a $1/m_b$ expansion. To relate the physical quantity to Monte Carlo data one has to know the renormalization coefficient, $Z$, between the lattice operators and their continuum counterparts. We come back to this computation to resolve discrepancies found in previous calculations. We define and discuss in detail the renormalization procedure that allows the (perturbative) computation of $Z$. Comparing the one-loop calculations in the effective Lagrangian approach with the direct two-loop calculation of the two-point $B$-meson correlator in the limit of large $b$-quark mass, we prove that the two schemes give consistent results to order $\\alpha_s$. We show that there is, however, a renormalization prescription ambiguity that can have sizeable numerical consequences. This ambiguity can be resolved in the framework of an $O(a)$ improved calculation, and we describe the correct prescription in that case. Finally we give the numerical values of $Z$ t...

Renormalization schemes for the Two-Higgs-Doublet Model and applications to h → WW/ZZ → 4 fermions

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Altenkamp, Lukas; Dittmaier, Stefan; Rzehak, Heidi

2017-01-01

We perform the renormalization of different types of Two-Higgs-Doublet Models for the calculation of observables at next-to-leading order. In detail, we suggest four different renormalization schemes based on on-shell renormalization conditions as far as possible and on M S ¯ prescriptions for th...

Nucleation of the lamellar phase from the disordered phase of the renormalized Landau-Brazovskii model

Science.gov (United States)

Carilli, Michael F.; Delaney, Kris T.; Fredrickson, Glenn H.

2018-02-01

Using the zero-temperature string method, we investigate nucleation of a stable lamellar phase from a metastable disordered phase of the renormalized Landau-Brazovskii model at parameters explicitly connected to those of an experimentally accessible diblock copolymer melt. We find anisotropic critical nuclei in qualitative agreement with previous experimental and analytic predictions; we also find good quantitative agreement with the predictions of a single-mode analysis. We conduct a thorough search for critical nuclei containing various predicted and experimentally observed defect structures. The predictions of the renormalized model are assessed by simulating the bare Landau-Brazovskii model with fluctuations. We find that the renormalized model makes reasonable predictions for several important quantities, including the order-disorder transition (ODT). However, the critical nucleus size depends sharply on proximity to the ODT, so even small errors in the ODT predicted by the renormalized model lead to large errors in the predicted critical nucleus size. We conclude that the renormalized model is a poor tool to study nucleation in the fluctuating Landau-Brazovskii model, and recommend that future studies work with the fluctuating bare model directly, using well-chosen collective variables to investigate kinetic pathways in the disorder → lamellar transition.

Scaling laws, renormalization group flow and the continuum limit in non-compact lattice QED

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Goeckeler, M.; Horsley, R.; Rakow, P.; Schierholz, G.; Sommer, R.

1992-01-01

We investigate the ultra-violet behavior of non-compact lattice QED with light staggered fermions. The main question is whether QED is a non-trivial theory in the continuum limit, and if not, what is its range of validity as a low-energy theory. Perhaps the limited range of validity could offer an explanation of why the fine-structure constant is so small. Non-compact QED undergoes a second-order chiral phase transition at strong coupling, at which the continuum limit can be taken. We examine the phase diagram and the critical behavior of the theory in detail. Moreover, we address the question as to whether QED confines in the chirally broken phase. This is done by investigating the potential between static external charges. We then compute the renormalized charge and derive the Callan-Symanzik β-function in the critical region. No ultra-violet stable zero is found. Instead, we find that the evolution of charge is well described by renormalized perturbation theory, and that the renormalized charge vanishes at the critical point. The consequence is that QED can only be regarded as a cut-off theory. We evaluate the maximum value of the cut-off as a function of the renormalized charge. Next, we compute the masses of fermion-antifermion composite states. The scaling behavior of these masses is well described by an effective action with mean-field critical exponents plus logarithmic corrections. This indicates that also the matter sector of the theory is non-interacting. Finally, we investigate and compare the renormalization group flow of different quantities. Altogether, we find that QED is a valid theory only for samll renormalized charges. (orig.)

Perturbative renormalization of QED via flow equations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Keller, G.; Kopper, C.

1991-01-01

We prove the perturbative renormalizability of euclidean QED 4 with a small photon mass in the framework of effective lagrangians due to Wilson and Polchinski. In particular we show that the QED identities, which become violated by our momentum space regularization at intermediate stages, are restored in the renormalized theory. (orig.)

Instantaneous band gap collapse in VO{sub 2} caused by photocarrier doping

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Herzog, Marc; Wegkamp, Daniel; Wolf, Martin; Staehler, Julia [Fritz-Haber-Institut der MPG, Berlin (Germany); Xian, Lede; Cudazzo, Pierluigi [Univ. del Pais Vasco, San Sebastian (Spain); European Theoretical Spectroscopy Facility (ETSF) (France); Gatti, Matteo [European Theoretical Spectroscopy Facility (ETSF) (France); Ecole Polytechnique, Palaiseau (France); McGahan, Christina L.; Marvel, Robert E.; Haglund, Richard F. [Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tennessee (United States); Rubio, Angel [Fritz-Haber-Institut der MPG, Berlin (Germany); Univ. del Pais Vasco, San Sebastian (Spain); European Theoretical Spectroscopy Facility (ETSF) (France); MPI for the Structure and Dynamics of Matter, Hamburg (Germany)

2015-07-01

We have investigated the controversially discussed mechanism of the insulator-to-metal transition (IMT) in VO{sub 2} by means of femtosecond time-resolved photoelectron spectroscopy (trPES). Our data show that photoexcitation transforms insulating monoclinic VO{sub 2} quasi-instantaneously into a metal without an 80 fs structural bottleneck for the photoinduced electronic phase transition. First-principles many-body perturbation theory calculations reveal an ultrahigh sensitivity of the VO{sub 2} band gap to variations of the dynamically screened Coulomb interaction thus supporting the fully electronically driven isostructural IMT indicated by our trPES results. We conclude that the ultrafast band structure renormalization is caused by photoexcitation of carriers from localized V 3d valence states, strongly changing the screening before significant hot-carrier relaxation or ionic motion has occurred.

A RENORMALIZATION PROCEDURE FOR TENSOR MODELS AND SCALAR-TENSOR THEORIES OF GRAVITY

OpenAIRE

SASAKURA, NAOKI

2010-01-01

Tensor models are more-index generalizations of the so-called matrix models, and provide models of quantum gravity with the idea that spaces and general relativity are emergent phenomena. In this paper, a renormalization procedure for the tensor models whose dynamical variable is a totally symmetric real three-tensor is discussed. It is proven that configurations with certain Gaussian forms are the attractors of the three-tensor under the renormalization procedure. Since these Gaussian config...

Neutral currents and electromagnetic renormalization of the vector part of neutrino weak interaction

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Folomeshkin, V.N.

1976-01-01

The nature and properties of neutral currents in neutrino processes at high energies are theoretically investigated. Electronagmetic renormalization of diagonal ((νsub(e)e(νsub(e)e) and (νsub(μ)μ)(νsub(μ)μ)) and nondiagonal ((νsub(e)μ)(νsub(e)μ)) interactions is discussed in terms of the universal fourfermion interaction model. It is shown that electromagnetic renormalization of neutrino vector interaction caused an effective appearance of vector neutral currents with photon isotopic structure. The value for the interaction constant is unambigously defined by the ratio of the total cross-section for electron-positron annihilation into muonic pairs. Interaction (renormalization) constants for neutral currents are pointed out to be always smaller than interaction constants for charge currents

Tests of the Tully-Fisher relation. 1: Scatter in infrared magnitude versus 21 cm width

Science.gov (United States)

Bernstein, Gary M.; Guhathakurta, Puragra; Raychaudhury, Somak; Giovanelli, Riccardo; Haynes, Martha P.; Herter, Terry; Vogt, Nicole P.

1994-01-01

We examine the precision of the Tully-Fisher relation (TFR) using a sample of galaxies in the Coma region of the sky, and find that it is good to 5% or better in measuring relative distances. Total magnitudes and disk axis ratios are derived from H and I band surface photometry, and Arecibo 21 cm profiles define the rotation speeds of the galaxies. Using 25 galaxies for which the disk inclination and 21 cm width are well defined, we find an rms deviation of 0.10 mag from a linear TFR with dI/d(log W(sub c)) = -5.6. Each galaxy is assumed to be at a distance proportional to its redshift, and an extinction correction of 1.4(1-b/a) mag is applied to the total I magnitude. The measured scatter is less than 0.15 mag using milder extinction laws from the literature. The I band TFR scatter is consistent with measurement error, and the 95% CL limits on the intrinsic scatter are 0-0.10 mag. The rms scatter using H band magnitudes is 0.20 mag (N = 17). The low width galaxies have scatter in H significantly in excess of known measurement error, but the higher width half of the galaxies have scatter consistent with measurement error. The H band TFR slope may be as steep as the I band slope. As the first applications of this tight correlation, we note the following: (1) the data for the particular spirals commonly used to define the TFR distance to the Coma cluster are inconsistent with being at a common distance and are in fact in free Hubble expansion, with an upper limit of 300 km/s on the rms peculiar line-of-sight velocity of these gas-rich spirals; and (2) the gravitational potential in the disks of these galaxies has typical ellipticity less than 5%. The published data for three nearby spiral galaxies with Cepheid distance determinations are inconsistent with our Coma TFR, suggesting that these local calibrators are either ill-measured or peculiar relative to the Coma Supercluster spirals, or that the TFR has a varying form in different locales.

E-cigarette marketing and older smokers: road to renormalization.

Science.gov (United States)

Cataldo, Janine K; Petersen, Anne Berit; Hunter, Mary; Wang, Julie; Sheon, Nicolas

2015-05-01

To describe older smokers' perceptions of risks and use of e-cigarettes, and their responses to marketing and knowledge of, and opinions about, regulation of e-cigarettes. Eight 90-minute focus groups with 8 to 9 participants met in urban and suburban California to discuss topics related to cigarettes and alternative tobacco products. Older adults are using e-cigarettes for cessation and as a way to circumvent no-smoking policies; they have false perceptions about the effectiveness and safety of e-cigarettes. They perceive e-cigarette marketing as a way to renormalize smoking. To stem the current epidemic of nicotine addiction, the FDA must take immediate action because e-cigarette advertising promotes dual use and may contribute to the renormalization of smoking.

Extended analysis of the high resolution FTIR spectrum of 32S16O2 in the region of the ν2 band: Line positions, strengths, and pressure broadening widths

Science.gov (United States)

Ulenikov, O. N.; Bekhtereva, E. S.; Gromova, O. V.; Quack, M.; Mellau, G. Ch.; Sydow, C.; Bauerecker, S.

2018-05-01

The high resolution infrared spectra of sulfur dioxide (32S16O2) were recorded with a Bruker IFS 125HR Fourier transform infrared spectrometer (Zürich prototype ZP2001) in combination with a Ge:Cu detector and analyzed in the ν2 fundamental band region (400-650 cm-1 , ν0 ˜ = 517.8725691(77) cm-1). More than 4200 transitions were assigned in the experimental spectra to the ν2 band (the maximum values of the quantum numbers are Jmax. = 96 and Kamax. = 25). The subsequent weighted fit of experimentally assigned transitions was made with the Watson Hamiltonian. The 148 highly accurate MW transitions known from the literature have been also taken into account in the fit, resulting in a set of 33 parameters which reproduces the initial 1295 infrared ro-vibrational energy values from more than 4200 experimental line positions with a root mean square deviation drms = 1.5 ×10-4 cm-1. An analysis of 992 experimental ro-vibrational line intensities of the ν2 band was made, and a set of four effective dipole moment parameters was obtained which reproduces the initial experimental line intensities with a relative drms = 5.7 % . The half-widths of 146 ro-vibrational lines (Jmax. = 53 and Kamax. = 20) were analyzed from the multi-spectrum fit, and self-pressure broadening coefficients were determined.

Perturbative renormalization of QED via flow equations

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Keller, G. (Max-Planck-Inst. fuer Physik, Werner-Heisenberg-Inst., Munich (Germany)); Kopper, C. (Max-Planck-Inst. fuer Physik, Werner-Heisenberg-Inst., Munich (Germany) Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik, Univ. Goettingen (Germany))

1991-12-19

We prove the perturbative renormalizability of euclidean QED{sub 4} with a small photon mass in the framework of effective lagrangians due to Wilson and Polchinski. In particular we show that the QED identities, which become violated by our momentum space regularization at intermediate stages, are restored in the renormalized theory. (orig.).

Renormalization (and power counting) of effective field theories for the nuclear force

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Timoteo, Varese S.; Szpigel, Sergio; Duraes, Francisco O.

2011-01-01

The most common scheme used to regularize the Lippman-Schwinger (LS) equation is to introduce a sharp or smooth regularizing function that suppresses the contributions from the potential matrix elements for momenta larger than a given cutoff scale, which separates high-energy/short-distance scales and low-energy/long-distance scales, thus eliminating the ultraviolet divergences in the momentum integrals. Then, one needs determine the strengths of the contact interactions, the so called low-energy constants (LEC), by fitting a set of low-energy scattering data. Once the LECs are fixed for a given cutoff, the LS equation can be solved to evaluate other observables. Such a procedure, motivated by Wilsons renormalization group, relies on the fundamental premise of EFT that physics at low-energy/long-distance scales is insensitive with respect to the details of the dynamics at high-energy/short-distance scales, i.e. the relevant high-energy/short- distance effects for describing the low-energy observables can be captured in the cutoff-dependent LECs. The NN interaction can be considered properly renormalized when the calculated observables are independent of the cutoff scale within the range of validity of the ChEFT or involves a small residual cutoff dependence due to the truncation of the chiral expansion. In the language of Wilsons renormalization group, this means that the LECs must run with the cutoff scale in such a way that the scattering amplitude becomes renormalization group invariant (RGI). Here we consider pionless EFT up to NNLO and chiral EFT up to NNLO and use a subtractive renormalization scheme to describe the NN scattering channels with. We fix the strength of the contact interactions at a reference scale, chosen to be the one the provides the best fit, and then evolve the driving terms with a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik equation to slide the renormalization scale. By computing phase shift relative differences, we show that the method is RGI. We

Renormalization group treatment for spin waves in the randomly disordered Heisenberg chain

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chaves, C.M.; Koiller, B.

1983-03-01

Local densities of states in the randomly disordered binary quantum Heisenberg chain using a generalization of a recently developed approach based on renormalization group ideas are calculated. It envolves decimating alternate apins along the chain in such a way as to obtain recursion relations to describe the renormalized set of Green's function equations of motion. The densities of states are richly structured, indicating that the method takes into account compositional fluctuations of arbitrary range. (Author) [pt

Renormalization and scaling behavior of non-Abelian gauge fields in curved spacetime

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Leen, T.K.

1983-01-01

In this article we discuss the one loop renormalization and scaling behavior of non-Abelian gauge field theories in a general curved spacetime. A generating functional is constructed which forms the basis for both the perturbation expansion and the Ward identifies. Local momentum space representations for the vector and ghost particles are developed and used to extract the divergent parts of Feynman integrals. The one loop diagram for the ghost propagator and the vector-ghost vertex are shown to have no divergences not present in Minkowski space. The Ward identities insure that this is true for the vector propagator as well. It is shown that the above renormalizations render the three- and four-vector vertices finite. Finally, a renormalization group equation valid in curved spacetimes is derived. Its solution is given and the theory is shown to be asymptotically free as in Minkowski space

Swift heavy ion irradiation induced modifications in the optical band gap and Urbach's tail in polyaniline nanofibers

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Banerjee, Somik; Kumar, A.

2011-01-01

Optical band gap and Urbach tail width of HCl and CSA doped polyaniline (PAni) nanofibers and the ion beam induced modifications in the band gap and Urbach's tail of the samples have been studied employing UV-Vis absorption spectroscopy. All the major bands appearing in the FTIR spectra exhibit a decrease in intensity and broadening in their band widths upon interaction with the highly energetic ion beams. This suggests that SHI irradiation induces chain-scissioning events in the PAni nanofibers. An interesting result that comes out from the FTIR analysis is a transition from the benzenoid to quinoid states in the PAni chains, which reveals that there is a decrease in the degree of conjugation in the polymer upon irradiation. Optical absorption studies indicate three direct allowed transitions at ∼2.64, 3.61 and 4.08 eV for HCl doped PAni nanofibers and at ∼2.62, 3.49 and 4.02 eV for the CSA doped PAni nanofibers. The optical band gap is found to increase with increasing ion fluence which may be attributed to the reduction in the fiber diameters upon irradiation, which is corroborated by TEM analysis. Increase in the optical band gap also points out to a decrease in the conjugation length due to the larger torsion angles between the adjacent phenyl rings of the polymer with respect to the plane of the nitrogen atoms, which is also supported by FTIR results. The Urbach tail width decreases with increasing ion fluence indicating that structural disorders are annealed out of the PAni nanofibers which is also observed from the plots of (αhν) 2 against photon energy (hν) for HCl doped PAni nanofibers. The quantum confinement effect is confirmed by fact that a band gap exhibits a linear dependence on the inverse of the square of the radius of the PAni nanofibers. Infact, the increase in the optical band gap may be a combined effect of the decrease in the Urbach band width and the quantum confinement effect.

Renormalization group flows and continual Lie algebras

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bakas, Ioannis

2003-01-01

We study the renormalization group flows of two-dimensional metrics in sigma models using the one-loop beta functions, and demonstrate that they provide a continual analogue of the Toda field equations in conformally flat coordinates. In this algebraic setting, the logarithm of the world-sheet length scale, t, is interpreted as Dynkin parameter on the root system of a novel continual Lie algebra, denoted by (d/dt;1), with anti-symmetric Cartan kernel K(t,t') = δ'(t-t'); as such, it coincides with the Cartan matrix of the superalgebra sl(N vertical bar N+1) in the large-N limit. The resulting Toda field equation is a non-linear generalization of the heat equation, which is integrable in target space and shares the same dissipative properties in time, t. We provide the general solution of the renormalization group flows in terms of free fields, via Baecklund transformations, and present some simple examples that illustrate the validity of their formal power series expansion in terms of algebraic data. We study in detail the sausage model that arises as geometric deformation of the O(3) sigma model, and give a new interpretation to its ultra-violet limit by gluing together two copies of Witten's two-dimensional black hole in the asymptotic region. We also provide some new solutions that describe the renormalization group flow of negatively curved spaces in different patches, which look like a cane in the infra-red region. Finally, we revisit the transition of a flat cone C/Z n to the plane, as another special solution, and note that tachyon condensation in closed string theory exhibits a hidden relation to the infinite dimensional algebra (d/dt;1) in the regime of gravity. Its exponential growth holds the key for the construction of conserved currents and their systematic interpretation in string theory, but they still remain unknown. (author)

The density-matrix renormalization group: a short introduction.

Science.gov (United States)

Schollwöck, Ulrich

2011-07-13

The density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method has established itself over the last decade as the leading method for the simulation of the statics and dynamics of one-dimensional strongly correlated quantum lattice systems. The DMRG is a method that shares features of a renormalization group procedure (which here generates a flow in the space of reduced density operators) and of a variational method that operates on a highly interesting class of quantum states, so-called matrix product states (MPSs). The DMRG method is presented here entirely in the MPS language. While the DMRG generally fails in larger two-dimensional systems, the MPS picture suggests a straightforward generalization to higher dimensions in the framework of tensor network states. The resulting algorithms, however, suffer from difficulties absent in one dimension, apart from a much more unfavourable efficiency, such that their ultimate success remains far from clear at the moment.

One-loop renormalization of Lee-Wick gauge theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grinstein, Benjamin; O'Connell, Donal

2008-01-01

We examine the renormalization of Lee-Wick gauge theory to one-loop order. We show that only knowledge of the wave function renormalization is necessary to determine the running couplings, anomalous dimensions, and vector boson masses. In particular, the logarithmic running of the Lee-Wick vector boson mass is exactly related to the running of the coupling. In the case of an asymptotically free theory, the vector boson mass runs to infinity in the ultraviolet. Thus, the UV fixed point of the pure gauge theory is an ordinary quantum field theory. We find that the coupling runs more quickly in Lee-Wick gauge theory than in ordinary gauge theory, so the Lee-Wick standard model does not naturally unify at any scale. Finally, we present results on the beta function of more general theories containing dimension six operators which differ from previous results in the literature.

Renormalization and asymptotic freedom in quantum gravity

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tomboulis, E.T.

1984-01-01

The article reviews some recent attempts to construct satisfactory theories of quantum gravity within the framework of local, continuum field theory. Quantum gravity; the renormalization group and its fixed points; fixed points and dimensional continuation in gravity; and quantum gravity at d=4-the 1/N expansion-asymptotic freedom; are all discussed. (U.K.)

Physical renormalization schemes and asymptotic safety in quantum gravity

Science.gov (United States)

Falls, Kevin

2017-12-01

The methods of the renormalization group and the ɛ -expansion are applied to quantum gravity revealing the existence of an asymptotically safe fixed point in spacetime dimensions higher than two. To facilitate this, physical renormalization schemes are exploited where the renormalization group flow equations take a form which is independent of the parameterisation of the physical degrees of freedom (i.e. the gauge fixing condition and the choice of field variables). Instead the flow equation depends on the anomalous dimensions of reference observables. In the presence of spacetime boundaries we find that the required balance between the Einstein-Hilbert action and Gibbons-Hawking-York boundary term is preserved by the beta functions. Exploiting the ɛ -expansion near two dimensions we consider Einstein gravity coupled to matter. Scheme independence is generically obscured by the loop-expansion due to breaking of two-dimensional Weyl invariance. In schemes which preserve two-dimensional Weyl invariance we avoid the loop expansion and find a unique ultraviolet (UV) fixed point. At this fixed point the anomalous dimensions are large and one must resum all loop orders to obtain the critical exponents. Performing the resummation a set of universal scaling dimensions are found. These scaling dimensions show that only a finite number of matter interactions are relevant. This is a strong indication that quantum gravity is renormalizable.

Flat electronic bands in fractal-kagomé network and the effect of perturbation

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Nandy, Atanu, E-mail: atanunandy1989@gmail.com; Chakrabarti, Arunava, E-mail: arunava-chakrabarti@yahoo.co.in [Department of Physics, University of Kalyani, Kalyani, West Bengal - 741235 (India)

2016-05-06

We demonstrate an analytical prescription of demonstrating the flat band [FB] states in a fractal incorporated kagomé type network that can give rise to a countable infinity of flat non-dispersive eigenstates with a multitude of localization area. The onset of localization can, in principle, be delayed in space by an appropriate choice of energy regime. The length scale, at which the onset of localization for each mode occurs, can be tuned at will following the formalism developed within the framework of real space renormalization group. This scheme leads to an exact determination of energy eigenvalue for which one can have dispersionless flat electronic bands. Furthermore, we have shown the effect ofuniform magnetic field for the same non-translationally invariant network model that has ultimately led to an‘apparent invisibility’ of such staggered localized states and to generate absolutely continuous sub-bands in the energy spectrum and again an interesting re-entrant behavior of those FB states.

Optimal renormalization scales and commensurate scale relations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brodsky, S.J.; Lu, H.J.

1996-01-01

Commensurate scale relations relate observables to observables and thus are independent of theoretical conventions, such as the choice of intermediate renormalization scheme. The physical quantities are related at commensurate scales which satisfy a transitivity rule which ensures that predictions are independent of the choice of an intermediate renormalization scheme. QCD can thus be tested in a new and precise way by checking that the observables track both in their relative normalization and in their commensurate scale dependence. For example, the radiative corrections to the Bjorken sum rule at a given momentum transfer Q can be predicted from measurements of the e+e - annihilation cross section at a corresponding commensurate energy scale √s ∝ Q, thus generalizing Crewther's relation to non-conformal QCD. The coefficients that appear in this perturbative expansion take the form of a simple geometric series and thus have no renormalon divergent behavior. The authors also discuss scale-fixed relations between the threshold corrections to the heavy quark production cross section in e+e - annihilation and the heavy quark coupling α V which is measurable in lattice gauge theory

Theoretical aspects of photonic band gap in 1D nano structure of LN: MgLN periodic layer

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sisodia, Namita

2015-01-01

By using the transfer matrix method, we have analyzed the photonic band gap properties in a periodic layer of LN:MgLN medium. The Width of alternate layers of LN and MgLN is in the range of hundred nanometers. The birefringent and ferroelectric properties of the medium (i.e ordinary, extraordinary refractive indices and electric dipole moment) is given due considerations in the formulation of photonic band gap. Effect of electronic transition dipole moment of the medium on photonic band gap is also taken into account. We find that photonic band gap can be modified by the variation in the ratio of the width of two medium. We explain our findings by obtaining numerical values and the effect on the photonic band gap due to variation in the ratio of alternate medium is shown graphically

Temperature effects on the band gaps of Lamb waves in a one-dimensional phononic-crystal plate (L).

Science.gov (United States)

Cheng, Y; Liu, X J; Wu, D J

2011-03-01

This study investigates the temperature-tuned band gaps of Lamb waves in a one-dimensional phononic-crystal plate, which is formed by alternating strips of ferroelectric ceramic Ba(0.7)Sr(0.3)TiO(3) and epoxy. The sensitive and continuous temperature-tunability of Lamb wave band gaps is demonstrated using the analyses of the band structures and the transmission spectra. The width and position of Lamb wave band gaps shift prominently with variation of temperature in the range of 26 °C-50 °C. For example, the width of the second band gap increases from 0.066 to 0.111 MHz as the temperature is increased from 26 °C to 50 °C. The strong shift promises that the structure could be suitable for temperature-tuned multi-frequency Lamb wave filters. © 2011 Acoustical Society of America

Renormalization analysis of catalytic Wright-Fisher diffusions

Czech Academy of Sciences Publication Activity Database

Swart, Jan M.; Fleischmann, K.

2006-01-01

Roč. 2006, č. 11 (2006), s. 585-654 ISSN 1083-6489 R&D Projects: GA ČR GA201/06/1323 Institutional research plan: CEZ:AV0Z10750506 Keywords : renormalization * catalytic Wright-Fisher diffusion * embedded particle system * extinction * unbounded growth * interacting diffusions * universality Subject RIV: BA - General Mathematics Impact factor: 0.676, year: 2006

Renormalization group approach to causal bulk viscous cosmological models

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Belinchon, J A; Harko, T; Mak, M K

2002-01-01

The renormalization group method is applied to the study of homogeneous and flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker type universes, filled with a causal bulk viscous cosmological fluid. The starting point of the study is the consideration of the scaling properties of the gravitational field equations, the causal evolution equation of the bulk viscous pressure and the equations of state. The requirement of scale invariance imposes strong constraints on the temporal evolution of the bulk viscosity coefficient, temperature and relaxation time, thus leading to the possibility of obtaining the bulk viscosity coefficient-energy density dependence. For a cosmological model with bulk viscosity coefficient proportional to the Hubble parameter, we perform the analysis of the renormalization group flow around the scale-invariant fixed point, thereby obtaining the long-time behaviour of the scale factor

Renormalization group procedure for potential −g/r2

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

S.M. Dawid

2018-02-01

Full Text Available Schrödinger equation with potential −g/r2 exhibits a limit cycle, described in the literature in a broad range of contexts using various regularizations of the singularity at r=0. Instead, we use the renormalization group transformation based on Gaussian elimination, from the Hamiltonian eigenvalue problem, of high momentum modes above a finite, floating cutoff scale. The procedure identifies a richer structure than the one we found in the literature. Namely, it directly yields an equation that determines the renormalized Hamiltonians as functions of the floating cutoff: solutions to this equation exhibit, in addition to the limit-cycle, also the asymptotic-freedom, triviality, and fixed-point behaviors, the latter in vicinity of infinitely many separate pairs of fixed points in different partial waves for different values of g.

E-cigarette Marketing and Older Smokers: Road to Renormalization

Science.gov (United States)

Cataldo, Janine K.; Petersen, Anne Berit; Hunter, Mary; Wang, Julie; Sheon, Nicolas

2015-01-01

Objectives To describe older smokers’ perceptions of risks and use of e-cigarettes, and their responses to marketing and knowledge of, and opinions about, regulation of e-cigarettes. Methods Eight 90-minute focus groups with 8 to 9 participants met in urban and suburban California to discuss topics related to cigarettes and alternative tobacco products. Results Older adults are using e-cigarettes for cessation and as a way to circumvent no-smoking policies; they have false perceptions about the effectiveness and safety of e-cigarettes. They perceive e-cigarette marketing as a way to renormalize smoking. Conclusions To stem the current epidemic of nicotine addiction, the FDA must take immediate action because e-cigarette advertising promotes dual use and may contribute to the renormalization of smoking. PMID:25741681

A key heterogeneous structure of fractal networks based on inverse renormalization scheme

Science.gov (United States)

Bai, Yanan; Huang, Ning; Sun, Lina

2018-06-01

Self-similarity property of complex networks was found by the application of renormalization group theory. Based on this theory, network topologies can be classified into universality classes in the space of configurations. In return, through inverse renormalization scheme, a given primitive structure can grow into a pure fractal network, then adding different types of shortcuts, it exhibits different characteristics of complex networks. However, the effect of primitive structure on networks structural property has received less attention. In this paper, we introduce a degree variance index to measure the dispersion of nodes degree in the primitive structure, and investigate the effect of the primitive structure on network structural property quantified by network efficiency. Numerical simulations and theoretical analysis show a primitive structure is a key heterogeneous structure of generated networks based on inverse renormalization scheme, whether or not adding shortcuts, and the network efficiency is positively correlated with degree variance of the primitive structure.

Renormalization group aspects of 3-dimensional Pure U(1) lattice gauge theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Gopfert, M.; Mack, G.

1983-01-01

A few surprises in a recent study of the 3-dimensional pure U(1) lattice gauge theory model, from the point of view of the renormalization group theory, are discussed. Since the gauge group U(1) of this model is abelian, the model is subject to KramersWannier duality transformation. One obtains a ferromagnet with a global symmetry group Z. The duality transformation shows that the surface tension alpha of the model equals the strong tension of the U(1) gauge model. A theorem to represent the true asymptotic behaviour of alpha is derived. A second theorem considers the correlation functions. Discrepiancies between the theorems result in a solution that ''is regarded as a catastrophe'' in renormalization group theory. A lesson is drawn: To choose a good block spin in a renormalization group procedure, know what the low lying excitations of the theory are, to avoid integrating some of them by mischief

Scaling algebras and renormalization group in algebraic quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Buchholz, D.; Verch, R.

1995-01-01

For any given algebra of local observables in Minkowski space an associated scaling algebra is constructed on which renormalization group (scaling) transformations act in a canonical manner. The method can be carried over to arbitrary spacetime manifolds and provides a framework for the systematic analysis of the short distance properties of local quantum field theories. It is shown that every theory has a (possibly non-unique) scaling limit which can be classified according to its classical or quantum nature. Dilation invariant theories are stable under the action of the renormalization group. Within this framework the problem of wedge (Bisognano-Wichmann) duality in the scaling limit is discussed and some of its physical implications are outlined. (orig.)

Amount of gauge transformations in neutral-vector field theory. [Renormalization, free Lagrangian density

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Kubo, R; Yokoyama, K

1974-11-01

The purpose of this work is to study the structure of c-number gauge transformation in connection with renormalization problem. In the wide theory of neutral vector fields, there is the gauge structure described essentially by free Lagrangian density. The c-number gauge transformation makes the Lagrangian invariant correspondingly to the usual case of quantum electrodynamics. The c-number transformation can be used to derive relationships among all relevant renormalization constants in the case of interacting fields. In the presence of interaction, total Lagrangian density L is written as L=L/sub 0/+L/sub 1/+L/sub 2/, where L/sub 1/ is given from matter-field Lagrangian density, and L/sub 2/ denotes necessary additional counter terms. In order to conserve the gauge structure, the form of L is invariant under the gauge transformation. Since L matter is self-adjoining, L/sub 1/ remains invariant by itself under the transformation. The form of L/sub 2/ is finally given from the observation that L/sub 3/ cannot contain wave-function renormalization constants. Since L/sub 2/ is invariant under q-number gauge transformation, this transformation in unrenormalized form makes the present L form-invariant. Therefore, together with the above results, auxiliary fields produce the q-number gauge transformation for renormalized fields.

Visible bands of ammonia: band strengths, curves of growth, and the spatial distribution of ammonia on Jupiter

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Lutz, B.L.; Owen, T.

1980-01-01

We report room-temperature laboratory studies of the 5520 A (6ν 1 ) and 6475 A (5ν 1 ) bands of self-broadened ammonia at column densities ranging from 1.7--435.7 meter-amagats (m-am). Detailed equivalent-width measurements at 24 different pressure-pathlength combinations corresponding to four pressures between 44 and 689 torr and pathlengths between 32 and 512 m are used to determin curves of growth and integrated band strengths. The band strengths for the 6ν 1 and 5ν 1 overtones are 5520 A: S=0.096 +- 0.005 cm -1 (m-am) -1 and 6475 A: S=0.63 +- 0.03 cm -1 (m-am) -1 , respectively.Using these band strengths and curves of growth, we analyze new spatially resolved spectra of Jupiter showing a nonhomogeneous distribution of ammonia in the Jovian atmosphere. The observed variations in the CH 4 /NH 3 mixing ratio are interpreted as evidence of altitude-dependent depletion of ammonia in the atmosphere

Renormalization of Extended QCD2

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Fukaya, Hidenori; Yamamura, Ryo

2015-01-01

Extended QCD (XQCD), proposed by Kaplan [D. B. Kaplan, arXiv:1306.5818], is an interesting reformulation of QCD with additional bosonic auxiliary fields. While its partition function is kept exactly the same as that of original QCD, XQCD naturally contains properties of low-energy hadronic models. We analyze the renormalization group flow of 2D (X)QCD, which is solvable in the limit of a large number of colors N c , to understand what kind of roles the auxiliary degrees of freedom play and how the hadronic picture emerges in the low-energy region

The quantum-field renormalization group in the problem of a growing phase boundary

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Antonov, N.V.; Vasil'ev, A.N.

1995-01-01

Within the quantum-field renormalization-group approach we examine the stochastic equation discussed by S.I. Pavlik in describing a randomly growing phase boundary. We show that, in contrast to Pavlik's assertion, the model is not multiplicatively renormalizable and that its consistent renormalization-group analysis requires introducing an infinite number of counterterms and the respective coupling constants (open-quotes chargeclose quotes). An explicit calculation in the one-loop approximation shows that a two-dimensional surface of renormalization-group points exits in the infinite-dimensional charge space. If the surface contains an infrared stability region, the problem allows for scaling with the nonuniversal critical dimensionalities of the height of the phase boundary and time, δ h and δ t , which satisfy the exact relationship 2 δ h = δ t + d, where d is the dimensionality of the phase boundary. 23 refs., 1 tab

Numerical renormalization group studies of the partially brogen SU(3) Kondo model

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Fuh Chuo, Evaristus

2013-04-15

The two-channel Kondo (2CK) effect with its exotic ground state properties has remained difficult to realize in physical systems. At low energies, a quantum impurity with orbital degree of freedom, like a proton bound in an interstitial lattice space, comprises a 3-level system with a unique ground state and (at least) doubly degenerate rotational excitations with excitation energy {Delta}{sub 0}. When immersed in a metal, electronic angular momentum scattering induces transitions between any two of these levels (couplings J), while the electron spin is conserved. We show by extensive numerical renormalization group (NRG) calculations that without fi ne-tuning of parameters this system exhibits a 2CK fixed point, due to Kondo correlations in the excited-state doublet whose degeneracy is stabilized by the host lattice parity, while the channel symmetry (electron spin) is guaranteed by time reversal symmetry. We find a pronounced plateau in the entropy at S(T{sub K}>{Delta}{sub 0})=k{sub B} ln 3, and the 2CK ground state value, S(0)=k{sub B} ln {radical}(2). This indicates a downward renormalization of the doublet below the non-interacting ground state, thus realizing the 2CK fixed point, in agreement with earlier conjectures. We mapped out the phase diagram of the model in the J-{Delta}{sub 0} plane. The Kondo temperature T{sub K} shows non-monotonic J-dependence, characteristic for 2CK systems. Beside the two-channel Kondo effect of the model, we also study the single-channel version, which is realized by applying a strong magnetic fi eld to the conduction band electrons so that their degeneracy is lifted and consequently having only one kind of electrons scattering off the impurity. This single-channel case is easier to analyze since the Hilbert space is not as large as that of the 2CK. We equally find a downward renormalization of the excited state energy by the Kondo correlations in the SU(2) doublet

Wide-band fanned-out supercontinuum source covering O-, E-, S-, C-, L- and U-bands

Science.gov (United States)

Ahmad, H.; Latif, A. A.; Awang, N. A.; Zulkifli, M. Z.; Thambiratnam, K.; Ghani, Z. A.; Harun, S. W.

2012-10-01

A wide-band supercontinuum source generated by mode-locked pulses injected into a Highly Non-Linear Fiber (HNLF) is proposed and demonstrated. A 49 cm long Bismuth-Erbium Doped Fiber (Bi-EDF) pumped by two 1480 nm laser diodes acts as the active gain medium for a ring fiber laser, from which mode-locked pulses are obtained using the Non-Polarization Rotation (NPR) technique. The mode-locked pulses are then injected into a 100 m long HLNF with a dispersion of 0.15 ps/nm km at 1550 nm to generate a supercontinuum spectrum spanning from 1340 nm to more than 1680 nm with a pulse width of 0.08 ps and an average power of -17 dBm. The supercontinuum spectrum is sliced using a 24 channel Arrayed Waveguide Grating (AWG) with a channel spacing of 100 GHz to obtain a fanned-out laser output covering the O-, E-, S-, C-, L- and U-bands. The lasing wavelengths obtained have an average pulse width of 9 ps with only minor fluctuations and a mode-locked repetition rate of 40 MHz, and is sufficiently stable to be used in a variety of sensing and communication applications, most notably as cost-effective sources for Fiber-to-the-Home (FTTH) networks.

Valley-dependent band structure and valley polarization in periodically modulated graphene

Science.gov (United States)

Lu, Wei-Tao

2016-08-01

The valley-dependent energy band and transport property of graphene under a periodic magnetic-strained field are studied, where the time-reversal symmetry is broken and the valley degeneracy is lifted. The considered superlattice is composed of two different barriers, providing more degrees of freedom for engineering the electronic structure. The electrons near the K and K' valleys are dominated by different effective superlattices. It is found that the energy bands for both valleys are symmetric with respect to ky=-(AM+ξ AS) /4 under the symmetric superlattices. More finite-energy Dirac points, more prominent collimation behavior, and new crossing points are found for K' valley. The degenerate miniband near the K valley splits into two subminibands and produces a new band gap under the asymmetric superlattices. The velocity for the K' valley is greatly renormalized compared with the K valley, and so we can achieve a finite velocity for the K valley while the velocity for the K' valley is zero. Especially, the miniband and band gap could be manipulated independently, leading to an increase of the conductance. The characteristics of the band structure are reflected in the transmission spectra. The Dirac points and the crossing points appear as pronounced peaks in transmission. A remarkable valley polarization is obtained which is robust to the disorder and can be controlled by the strain, the period, and the voltage.

Computing the effective action with the functional renormalization group

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Codello, Alessandro [CP3-Origins and the Danish IAS University of Southern Denmark, Odense (Denmark); Percacci, Roberto [SISSA, Trieste (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Trieste, Trieste (Italy); Rachwal, Leslaw [Fudan University, Department of Physics, Center for Field Theory and Particle Physics, Shanghai (China); Tonero, Alberto [ICTP-SAIFR and IFT, Sao Paulo (Brazil)

2016-04-15

The ''exact'' or ''functional'' renormalization group equation describes the renormalization group flow of the effective average action Γ{sub k}. The ordinary effective action Γ{sub 0} can be obtained by integrating the flow equation from an ultraviolet scale k = Λ down to k = 0. We give several examples of such calculations at one-loop, both in renormalizable and in effective field theories. We reproduce the four-point scattering amplitude in the case of a real scalar field theory with quartic potential and in the case of the pion chiral Lagrangian. In the case of gauge theories, we reproduce the vacuum polarization of QED and of Yang-Mills theory. We also compute the two-point functions for scalars and gravitons in the effective field theory of scalar fields minimally coupled to gravity. (orig.)

Band Gap Properties of Magnetoelectroelastic Grid Structures with Initial Stress

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Wang Yi-Ze; Li Feng-Ming

2012-01-01

The propagation of elastic waves in magnetoelectroelastic grid structures is studied. Band gap properties are presented and the effects of the magnetoelectroelastic coupling and initial stress are considered. Numerical calculations are performed using the plane-wave expansion method. The results show that the band gap width can be tuned by the initial stress. It is hoped that our results will be helpful for designing acoustic filters with magnetoelectroelastic materials and grid structures

Experimental research on Ku-band magnetically insulated transmission line oscillator

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Jiang, Tao; Zhang, Jiande; He, Juntao; Li, Zhiqiang; Ling, Junpu [College of Optoelectric Science and Engineering, National University of Defense Technology, Hunan 410073 (China)

2015-10-15

An improved Ku-band magnetically insulated transmission line oscillator is proposed and investigated experimentally. In the particle-in-cell simulation, the Ku-band MILO generates the microwave with a power of 1.62 GW and a frequency of 13 GHz at the input voltage of 474 kV. The device is fabricated based on the simulation results, and an experiment system is designed. In the preliminary experiments, output microwave with frequency of 13.02 GHz, power of 150 MW, and pulse width of 17 ns is generated, under the diode voltage of 450 kV. Analysis on the experiment results shows that plasma produced due to the large current hitting to the outside of the collection tank is the essential cause for the low amplitude of the microwave power and short pulse width.

Dual-band absorber for multispectral plasmon-enhanced infrared photodetection

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Yu, Peng; Ashalley, Eric; Wang, Zhiming; Wu, Jiang; Govorov, Alexander

2016-01-01

For most of the reported metamaterial absorbers, the peak absorption only occurs at one single wavelength. Here, we investigated a dual-band absorber which is based on simple gold nano-rings. Two absorption peaks can be readily achieved in 3–5 µ m and 8–14 µ m via tuning the width and radius of gold nano-rings and dielectric constant. The average maximum absorption of two bands can be as high as 95.1% (−0.22 dB). Based on the simulation results, the perfect absorber with nano-rings demonstrates great flexibility to create dual-band or triple-band absorption, and thus holds potential for further applications in thermophotovoltaics, multicolor infrared focal plane arrays, optical filters, and biological sensing applications. (paper)

Renormalization of gauge theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Becchi, C.; Rouet, A.; Stora, R.

1975-04-01

Gauge theories are characterized by the Slavnov identities which express their invariance under a family of transformations of the supergauge type which involve the Faddeev Popov ghosts. These identities are proved to all orders of renormalized perturbation theory, within the BPHZ framework, when the underlying Lie algebra is semi-simple and the gauge function is chosen to be linear in the fields in such a way that all fields are massive. An example, the SU2 Higgs Kibble model is analyzed in detail: the asymptotic theory is formulated in the perturbative sense, and shown to be reasonable, namely, the physical S operator is unitary and independant from the parameters which define the gauge function [fr

Absence of renormalization group pathologies near the critical temperature. Two examples

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Haller, K.; Kennedy, T.

1996-01-01

We consider real-space renormalization group transformations for Ising-type systems which are formally defined by where T(σ, σ') is a probability kernel, i.e., Σ σ' T(σ, σ') = 1, for every configuration σ. For each choice of the block spin configuration σ', let μ σ' , be the measure on spin configurations σ which is formally given by taking the probability of σ to be proportional to T(σ, σ') exp[ -H(σ)]. We give a condition which is sufficient to imply that the renormalized Hamiltonian H' is defined. Roughly speaking, the condition is that the collection of measures μ σ' is in the high-temperature phase uniformly in the block spin configuration σ'. The proof of this result uses methods of Olivieri and Picco. We use our theorem to prove that the first iteration of the renormalization group transformation is defined in the following two examples: decimation with spacing b = 2 on the square lattice with β c and the Kadanoff transformation with parameter p on the triangular lattice in a subset of the β, p plane that includes values of β greater than β c

Nonperturbative renormalization-group approach preserving the momentum dependence of correlation functions

Science.gov (United States)

Rose, F.; Dupuis, N.

2018-05-01

We present an approximation scheme of the nonperturbative renormalization group that preserves the momentum dependence of correlation functions. This approximation scheme can be seen as a simple improvement of the local potential approximation (LPA) where the derivative terms in the effective action are promoted to arbitrary momentum-dependent functions. As in the LPA, the only field dependence comes from the effective potential, which allows us to solve the renormalization-group equations at a relatively modest numerical cost (as compared, e.g., to the Blaizot-Mendéz-Galain-Wschebor approximation scheme). As an application we consider the two-dimensional quantum O(N ) model at zero temperature. We discuss not only the two-point correlation function but also higher-order correlation functions such as the scalar susceptibility (which allows for an investigation of the "Higgs" amplitude mode) and the conductivity. In particular, we show how, using Padé approximants to perform the analytic continuation i ωn→ω +i 0+ of imaginary frequency correlation functions χ (i ωn) computed numerically from the renormalization-group equations, one can obtain spectral functions in the real-frequency domain.

Renormalization-group-invariant 1/N corrections to nontrival φ4 theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Smekal, L.v.; Langfeld, K.; Reinhardt, H.; Langbein, R.F.

1994-01-01

In the framework of path integral linearization techniques, the effective potential and the master field equation for massless φ 4 theory, in the modified loop expansion around the mean field, are derived up to next to leading order. In the O(N)-symmetric theory, these equations are equivalent to a subsummation of O(N) and order 1 diagrams. A renormalization prescription is proposed which is manifestly renormalization group invariant. The numerical results for the potential in next to leading order agree qualitatively well with the leading order ones. In particular, the nontrivial phase structure remains unchanged. Quantitatively, the corrections ar small for N much-gt 8, but even for N as small as one their essential effect is to modify the scaling coefficient β 0 in the Callan-Symanzik β function, in accordance with conventional loop expansions. The numerical results are best parametrized by scaling improved mean field formulas. Dimensional transmutation renders the overall (physical) mass scale M 0 , generated by a dynamical breaking of scale invariance, the only adjustable parameter of the theory. Renormalization group invariance of the numerical results is explicitly verified

Full counting statistics of level renormalization in electron transport through double quantum dots

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Luo Junyan; Shen Yu; Cen Gang; He Xiaoling; Wang Changrong; Jiao Hujun

2011-01-01

We examine the full counting statistics of electron transport through double quantum dots coupled in series, with particular attention being paid to the unique features originating from level renormalization. It is clearly illustrated that the energy renormalization gives rise to a dynamic charge blockade mechanism, which eventually results in super-Poissonian noise. Coupling of the double dots to an external heat bath leads to dephasing and relaxation mechanisms, which are demonstrated to suppress the noise in a unique way.

RENORMALIZATION FACTOR AND ODD-OMEGA GAP SINGLET SUPERCONDUCTIVITY

NARCIS (Netherlands)

DOLGOV, OV; LOSYAKOV, VV

1994-01-01

Abrahams et al. [Phys. Rev. B 47 (1993) 513] have considered the possibility of a nonzero critical temperature of the superconductor transition to the state with odd-omega pp function and shown that the condition for it is the following inequality for the renormalization factor. Z (k, omega(n)) <1.

Renormalization in charged colloids: non-monotonic behaviour with the surface charge

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Haro-Perez, C; Quesada-Perez, M; Callejas-Fernandez, J; Schurtenberger, P; Hidalgo-Alvarez, R

2006-01-01

The static structure factor S(q) is measured for a set of deionized latex dispersions with different numbers of ionizable surface groups per particle and similar diameters. For a given volume fraction, the height of the main peak of S(q), which is a direct measure of the spatial ordering of latex particles, does not increase monotonically with the number of ionizable groups. This behaviour cannot be described using the classical renormalization scheme based on the cell model. We analyse our experimental data using a renormalization model based on the jellium approximation, which predicts the weakening of the spatial order for moderate and large particle charges. (letter to the editor)

Phononic Band Gaps in 2D Quadratic and 3D Cubic Cellular Structures.

Science.gov (United States)

Warmuth, Franziska; Körner, Carolin

2015-12-02

The static and dynamic mechanical behaviour of cellular materials can be designed by the architecture of the underlying unit cell. In this paper, the phononic band structure of 2D and 3D cellular structures is investigated. It is shown how the geometry of the unit cell influences the band structure and eventually leads to full band gaps. The mechanism leading to full band gaps is elucidated. Based on this knowledge, a 3D cellular structure with a broad full band gap is identified. Furthermore, the dependence of the width of the gap on the geometry parameters of the unit cell is presented.

Renormalization of supersymmetric gauge theories on orbifolds: Brane gauge couplings and higher derivative operators

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Groot Nibbelink, Stefan; Hillenbach, Mark

2005-01-01

We consider supersymmetric gauge theories coupled to hypermultiplets on five- and six-dimensional orbifolds and determine the bulk and local fixed point renormalizations of the gauge couplings. We infer from a component analysis that the hypermultiplet does not induce renormalization of the brane gauge couplings on the five-dimensional orbifold S 1 /Z 2 . This is not due to supersymmetry, since the bosonic and fermionic contributions cancel separately. We extend this investigation to T 2 /Z N orbifolds using supergraph techniques in six dimensions. On general Z N orbifolds the gauge couplings do renormalize at the fixed points, except for the Z 2 fixed points of even ordered orbifolds. To cancel the bulk one-loop divergences a dimension six higher derivative operator is needed, in addition to the standard bulk gauge kinetic term.

Renormalization of spin excitations in hexagonal HoMnO3 by magnon-phonon coupling

Science.gov (United States)

Kim, Taehun; Leiner, Jonathan C.; Park, Kisoo; Oh, Joosung; Sim, Hasung; Iida, Kazuki; Kamazawa, Kazuya; Park, Je-Geun

2018-05-01

Hexagonal HoMnO3, a two-dimensional Heisenberg antiferromagnet, has been studied via inelastic neutron scattering. A simple Heisenberg model with a single-ion anisotropy describes most features of the spin-wave dispersion curves. However, there is shown to be a renormalization of the magnon energies located at around 11 meV. Since both the magnon-magnon interaction and magnon-phonon coupling can affect the renormalization in a noncollinear magnet, we have accounted for both of these couplings by using a Heisenberg XXZ model with 1 /S expansions [1] and the Einstein site phonon model [13], respectively. This quantitative analysis leads to the conclusion that the renormalization effect primarily originates from the magnon-phonon coupling, while the spontaneous magnon decay due to the magnon-magnon interaction is suppressed by strong two-ion anisotropy.

Pade expansion and the renormalization of nucleon-nucleon scattering

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Yang Jifeng; Huang Jianhua; Liu Dan

2006-01-01

The importance of imposing physical boundary conditions on the T-matrix to remove to nonperturbative renormalization prescription dependence is stressed and demonstrated in two diagonal channels 1 P 1 and 1 D 2 , with the help of Pade expansion. (authors)

Propagators and renormalization transformations for lattice gauge theories. Pt. 2

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Balaban, T.

1984-01-01

We continue the studies of the Paper I and extend the results of this paper to operators defined by restrictions on different scales, or by renormalization transformations of different orders. (orig.)

Designing broad phononic band gaps for in-plane modes

Science.gov (United States)

Li, Yang Fan; Meng, Fei; Li, Shuo; Jia, Baohua; Zhou, Shiwei; Huang, Xiaodong

2018-03-01

Phononic crystals are known as artificial materials that can manipulate the propagation of elastic waves, and one essential feature of phononic crystals is the existence of forbidden frequency range of traveling waves called band gaps. In this paper, we have proposed an easy way to design phononic crystals with large in-plane band gaps. We demonstrated that the gap between two arbitrarily appointed bands of in-plane mode can be formed by employing a certain number of solid or hollow circular rods embedded in a matrix material. Topology optimization has been applied to find the best material distributions within the primitive unit cell with maximal band gap width. Our results reveal that the centroids of optimized rods coincide with the point positions generated by Lloyd's algorithm, which deepens our understandings on the formation mechanism of phononic in-plane band gaps.

Study on the properties of tunable prohibited band gaps for one-dimensional ternary magnetized plasma photonic crystals

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Zhang Haifeng; Zheng Jianping; Zhu Rongjun

2012-01-01

The transfer matrix method was applied to study on the properties of tunable prohibited band gaps for one-dimensional ternary magnetized plasma photonic crystals with TE wave arbitrary incident under ideal conditions. TE wave would be divided into left-handed circularly polarized wave and right-handed circularly polarized wave after propagation through one-dimensional ternary magnetized plasma photonic crystals. The calculated transmission coefficients were used to analyze the effects of parameter of plasma, plasma filling factor, incident angle and relative dielectric constant for dielectric layer on the properties of tunable prohibited band gap. The results illustrate that the width of band gaps can not be broadened by increasing plasma collision frequency, the numbers and width of band gaps can be tuned by changing plasma frequency, plasma filling factor and relative dielectric constant for dielectric layer. The band gaps for right-handed circularly polarized wave can be tuned by the plasma gyro frequency, but band gaps for the left-handed circularly polarized wave can't influenced. Low-frequency region of band gaps will be broadened, while high-frequency region of band gaps will be firstly narrow and then broaden with increasing incident angle. (authors)

Quasi-renormalization of the axial vector model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Schweda, M.

1979-01-01

Using the regulator-free BPHZL renormalization scheme the problem of anomalies in a massive axial vector meson model is reinvestigated. The Adler-Bardeen-Bell-Jackiw anomaly introduces some impressive modifications: the nontrivial self-energy and the counterterm of the longitudinal part of the axial vector field depend on the anomaly via the anomalous Ward identity. The investigations are based on a Fermi-type gauge. (author)

Quarkonia from charmonium and renormalization group equations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ditsas, P.; McDougall, N.A.; Moorhouse, R.G.

1978-01-01

A prediction of the upsilon and strangeonium spectra is made from the charmonium spectrum by solving the Salpeter equation using an identical potential to that used in charmonium. Effective quark masses and coupling parameters αsub(s) are functions of the inter-quark distance according to the renormalization group equations. The use of the Fermi-Breit Hamiltonian for obtaining the charmonium hyperfine splitting is criticized. (Auth.)

Applications of the renormalization group approach to problems in quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Renken, R.L.

1985-01-01

The presence of fluctuations at many scales of length complicates theories of quantum fields. However, interest is often focused on the low-energy consequences of a theory rather than the short distance fluctuations. In the renormalization-group approach, one takes advantage of this by constructing an effective theory with identical low-energy behavior, but without short distance fluctuations. Three problems of this type are studied here. In chapter 1, an effective lagrangian is used to compute the low-energy consequences of theories of technicolor. Corrections to weak-interaction parameters are found to be small, but conceivably measurable. In chapter 2, the renormalization group approach is applied to second order phase transitions in lattice gauge theories such as the deconfining transition in the U(1) theory. A practical procedure for studying the critical behavior based on Monte Carlo renormalization group methods is described in detail; no numerical results are presented. Chapter 3 addresses the problem of computing the low-energy behavior of atoms directly from Schrodinger's equation. A straightforward approach is described, but is found to be impractical

Renormalization of gauge fields models

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Becchi, C.; Rouet, A.; Stora, R.

1974-01-01

A new approach to gauge field models is described. It is based on the Bogoliubov-Parasiuk-Hepp-Zimmermann (BPHZ) renormalization scheme making extensive use of the quantum action principle, and the Slavnov invariance. The quantum action principle being first summarized in the framework of the BPHZ is then applied to a global symmetry problem. The symmetry property of the gauge field Lagrangians in the tree approximation is exhibited, and the preservation of this property at the quantum level is discussed. The main results relative to the Abelian and SU(2) Higgs-Kibble models are briefly reviewed [fr

Renormalization of the scalar field theory with spontaneously broken discrete symmetry without shifting the field vacuum expectation value

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Solin, J.

1988-01-01

The one-loop renormalization of the λφ 4 theory with a spontaneous breaking of its discrete (reflection) symmetry is analyzed. It is explicitly shown that it is not necessary to forcefully eliminate the linear counterterm in the shifted field (accomplished usually by shifting the vacuum expectation value of the field) in order to have the renormalized Lagrangian still formally invariant under the original discrete symmetry. It is further shown, using the normal-ordering procedure, that the renormalization carried out in the customary form completely wipes out the tadpole diagram contributions from the original Lagrangian. As a consequence, the same renormalized Lagrangian can be also obtained from the original bare Lagrangian which, however, has been normal-ordered and as such cannot cause the linear counterterm in the shifted field since now the tadpole diagrams are absent altogether. These analyses should support the view that the vacuum expectation value of the field is of a group-theoretical origin rather than a field-theoretical origin, and as such should not change independently of the shifted field in the course of renormalization

Widths of atomic 4s and 4p vacancy states, 46 less than or equal to Z less than or equal to 50

Science.gov (United States)

Hsiungchen, M.; Crasemann, B.; Yin, L. I.; Tsang, T.; Adler, I.

1975-01-01

Auger and X-ray photoelectron spectra involving N1, N2, and N3 vacancy states of Pd, Ag, Cd, In, and Sn were measured and compared with results of free atom calculations. As previously observed in Cu and Zn Auger spectra that involve 3d-band electrons, free-atom characteristics with regard to widths and structure were found in the Ag and Cd M4-N4,5N4,5 and M5-N4,5N4,5 Auger spectra that arise from transitions of 4d-band electrons. Theoretical N1 widths computed with calculated free-atom Auger energies agree well with measurements. Theory however predicts wider N2 than N3 vacancy states (as observed for Xe), while the measured N2 and N3 widths are nearly equal to each other and to the average of the calculated N2 and N3 widths. The calculations are made difficult by the exceedingly short lifetime of some 4p vacancies and by the extreme sensitivity of super-Coster-Kronig rates, which dominate the deexcitation, to the transition energy and to the fine details of the atomic potential.

The evolution of Bogolyubov's renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Shirkov, D.V.

2000-01-01

We review the evolution of the concept of Renormalization Group (RG). This notion, as was first introduced in quantum field theory (QFT) in the mid-fifties in N.N.Bogolyubov's formulation, is based upon a continuous symmetry of a solution with respect to transformation involving parameters (e.g., of a boundary condition) specifying some particular solution. To illustrate this approach's effectiveness, we end with its application to the analysis of the laser beam self-focusing in a non-linear medium

Study of the Calibration Channel Width for a Digital Sideband Separating System for SIS 2SB Receiver

Science.gov (United States)

Khudchenko, Andrey; Finger, R.; Baryshev, A. M.; Mena, F. P.; Rodriguez, R.; Hesper, R.; Fuentes, R.; Bronfman, L.

2018-01-01

A Digital Sideband Separating (DSS) system has been recently applied to a full 2SB receiver, i.e., one with the analog IF hybrid still in place. This concept allows reaching IRR level around 45 dB and it presents additional advantages in calibration stability compared to the case when no IF hybrid is present. If implemented in multipixel cameras, the DSS system relaxes the requirements for the IRR level of the analog receiver substantially enabling to reach at least an IRR of 30 dB with relatively simple hardware. It would be ideal for spectral line surveys since it practically eliminates the line confusion in addition to rejecting the atmospheric noise in the image band. Therefore, the DSS system is a potential option for a future ALMA upgrade. Here we present our study on an important practical question: how wide should the calibration-channel width in order to reach a desired IRR level? This parameter determines, for a large part, the calibration speed of the DSS system and influences the back-end architecture. We estimate that for currently installed ALMA bands (B3-B8), the channel width of the DSS system can be at least 45 MHz to reach a 30db IRR level in entire band.

Renormalization group flow of scalar models in gravity

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Guarnieri, Filippo

2014-01-01

In this Ph.D. thesis we study the issue of renormalizability of gravitation in the context of the renormalization group (RG), employing both perturbative and non-perturbative techniques. In particular, we focus on different gravitational models and approximations in which a central role is played by a scalar degree of freedom, since their RG flow is easier to analyze. We restrict our interest in particular to two quantum gravity approaches that have gained a lot of attention recently, namely the asymptotic safety scenario for gravity and the Horava-Lifshitz quantum gravity. In the so-called asymptotic safety conjecture the high energy regime of gravity is controlled by a non-Gaussian fixed point which ensures non-perturbative renormalizability and finiteness of the correlation functions. We then investigate the existence of such a non trivial fixed point using the functional renormalization group, a continuum version of the non-perturbative Wilson's renormalization group. In particular we quantize the sole conformal degree of freedom, which is an approximation that has been shown to lead to a qualitatively correct picture. The question of the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point in an infinite-dimensional parameter space, that is for a generic f(R) theory, cannot however be studied using such a conformally reduced model. Hence we study it by quantizing a dynamically equivalent scalar-tensor theory, i.e. a generic Brans-Dicke theory with ω=0 in the local potential approximation. Finally, we investigate, using a perturbative RG scheme, the asymptotic freedom of the Horava-Lifshitz gravity, that is an approach based on the emergence of an anisotropy between space and time which lifts the Newton's constant to a marginal coupling and explicitly preserves unitarity. In particular we evaluate the one-loop correction in 2+1 dimensions quantizing only the conformal degree of freedom.

The renormalized action principle in quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Balasin, H.

1990-03-01

The renormalized action principle holds a central position in field theory, since it offers a variety of applications. The main concern of this work is the proof of the action principle within the so-called BPHZ-scheme of renormalization. Following the classical proof given by Lam and Lowenstein, some loopholes are detected and closed. The second part of the work deals with the application of the action principle to pure Yang-Mills-theories within the axial gauge (n 2 ≠ 0). With the help of the action principle we investigate the decoupling of the Faddeev-Popov-ghost-fields from the gauge field. The consistency of this procedure, suggested by three-graph approximation, is proven to survive quantization. Finally we deal with the breaking of Lorentz-symmetry caused by the presence of the gauge-direction n. Using BRST-like techniques and the semi-simplicity of the Lorentz-group, it is shown that no new breakings arise from quantization. Again the main step of the proof is provided by the action principle. (Author, shortened by G.Q.)

Band gap control in a line-defect magnonic crystal waveguide

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Morozova, M. A., E-mail: mamorozovama@yandex.ru; Grishin, S. V.; Sadovnikov, A. V.; Romanenko, D. V.; Sharaevskii, Yu. P.; Nikitov, S. A. [Laboratory ' Metamaterials,' Saratov State University, Astrakhanskaya 83, Saratov 410012 (Russian Federation)

2015-12-14

We report on the experimental observation of the spin wave spectrum control in a line-defect magnonic crystal (MC) waveguide. We demonstrate the possibility to control the forbidden frequency band (band gap) for spin waves tuning the line-defect width. In particular, this frequency may be greater or lower than the one of 1D MC waveguide without line-defect. By means of space-resolved Brillouin light scattering technique, we study the localization of magnetization amplitude in the line-defect area. We show that the length of this localization region depends on the line-defect width. These results agree well with theoretical calculations of spin wave spectrum using the proposed model of two coupled magnonic crystal waveguides. The proposed simple geometry of MC with line-defect can be used as a logic and multiplexing block for application in the novel field of magnonic devices.

A common thread in unconventional superconductivity. The functional renormalization group in multi-band systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Platt, Christian

2012-01-01

The superconducting properties of complex materials like the recently discovered iron-pnictides or strontium-ruthenate are often governed by multi-orbital effects. In order to unravel the superconductivity of those materials, we develop a multi-orbital implementation of the functional renormalization group and study the pairing states of several characteristic material systems. Starting with the iron-pnictides, we find competing spin-fluctuation channels that become attractive if the superconducting gap changes sign between the nested portions of the Fermi surface. Depending on material details like doping or pnictogen height, these spin fluctuations then give rise to s ± -wave pairing with or without gap nodes and, in some cases, also change the symmetry to d-wave. Near the transition from nodal s ± -wave to d-wave pairing, we predict the occurrence of a time-reversal symmetry-broken (s+id)-pairing state which avoids gap nodes and is therefore energetically favored. We further study the electronic instabilities of doped graphene, another fascinating material which has recently become accessible and which can effectively be regarded as multi-orbital system. Here, the hexagonal lattice structure assures the degeneracy of two d-wave pairing channels, and the system then realizes a chiral (d+id)-pairing state in a wide doping range around van-Hove filling. In addition, we also find spin-triplet pairing as well as an exotic spin-density wave phase which both become leading if the long-ranged hopping or interaction parameters are slightly modified, for example, by choosing different substrate materials. Finally, we consider the superconducting state of strontium-ruthenate, a possible candidate for chiral spin-triplet pairing with fascinating properties like the existence of half-quantum vortices obeying non-Abelian statistics. Using a microscopic three orbital description including spin-orbit coupling, we demonstrate that ferromagnetic fluctuations are still

Finite cluster renormalization group for disordered two-dimensional systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

El Kenz, A.

1987-09-01

A new type of renormalization group theory using the generalized Callen identities is exploited in the study of the disordered systems. Bond diluted and frustrated Ising systems on a square lattice are analyzed with this new scheme. (author). 9 refs, 2 figs, 2 tabs

The Bogolyubov renormalization group. Second English printing

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Shirkov, D.V.

1996-01-01

We begin with personal notes describing the atmosphere of 'Bogolyubov renormalization group' birth. Then we expose the history of RG discovery in the QFT and of the RG method devising in the mid-fifties. The third part is devoted to proliferation of RG ideas into diverse parts of theoretical physics. We conclude with discussing the perspective of RG method further development and its application in mathematical physics. 58 refs

On Newton-Cartan local renormalization group and anomalies

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Auzzi, Roberto [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica, Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore,Via Musei 41, 25121 Brescia (Italy); INFN Sezione di Perugia,Via A. Pascoli, 06123 Perugia (Italy); Baiguera, Stefano; Filippini, Francesco [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica, Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore,Via Musei 41, 25121 Brescia (Italy); Nardelli, Giuseppe [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica, Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore,Via Musei 41, 25121 Brescia (Italy); TIFPA - INFN, c/o Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Trento,38123 Povo (Italy)

2016-11-28

Weyl consistency conditions are a powerful tool to study the irreversibility properties of the renormalization group. We apply this formalism to non-relativistic theories in 2 spatial dimensions with boost invariance and dynamical exponent z=2. Different possibilities are explored, depending on the structure of the gravitational background used as a source for the energy-momentum tensor.

On Newton-Cartan local renormalization group and anomalies

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Auzzi, Roberto; Baiguera, Stefano; Filippini, Francesco; Nardelli, Giuseppe

2016-01-01

Weyl consistency conditions are a powerful tool to study the irreversibility properties of the renormalization group. We apply this formalism to non-relativistic theories in 2 spatial dimensions with boost invariance and dynamical exponent z=2. Different possibilities are explored, depending on the structure of the gravitational background used as a source for the energy-momentum tensor.

Self-assembly of colloidal bands driven by a periodic external field

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Nunes, André S.; Araújo, Nuno A. M., E-mail: nmaraujo@fc.ul.pt; Telo da Gama, Margarida M. [Departamento de Física, Faculdade de Ciências, Universidade de Lisboa, P-1749-016 Lisboa, Portugal and Centro de Física Teórica e Computacional, Universidade de Lisboa, P-1749-016 Lisboa (Portugal)

2016-01-21

We study the formation of bands of colloidal particles driven by periodic external fields. Using Brownian dynamics, we determine the dependence of the band width on the strength of the particle interactions and on the intensity and periodicity of the field. We also investigate the switching (field-on) dynamics and the relaxation times as a function of the system parameters. The observed scaling relations were analyzed using a simple dynamic density-functional theory of fluids.

Banded all-optical OFDM super-channels with low-bandwidth receivers.

Science.gov (United States)

Song, Binhuang; Zhu, Chen; Corcoran, Bill; Zhuang, Leimeng; Lowery, Arthur James

2016-08-08

We propose a banded all-optical orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (AO-OFDM) transmission system based on synthesising a number of truncated sinc-shaped subcarriers for each sub-band. This approach enables sub-band by sub-band reception and therefore each receiver's electrical bandwidth can be significantly reduced compared with a conventional AO-OFDM system. As a proof-of-concept experiment, we synthesise 6 × 10-Gbaud subcarriers in both conventional and banded AO-OFDM systems. With a limited receiver electrical bandwidth, the experimental banded AO-OFDM system shows 2-dB optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR) benefit over conventional AO-OFDM at the 7%-overhead forward error correction (FEC) threshold. After transmission over 800-km of single-mode fiber, ≈3-dB improvement in Q-factor can be achieved at the optimal launch power at a cost of increasing the spectral width by 14%.

Comment on non-renormalization theorem in the four dimensional superstrings

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Soda, Jiro; Nakazawa, Naohito; Sakai, Kenji; Ojima, Shuichi.

1987-10-01

We discuss non-renormalization theorem in the context of the four dimensional superstrings. We explicitly demonstrate that the graviton 3-point one-loop amplitude does not vanish in contrast to the ten dimensional superstring theories. (author)

Colorimetry and efficiency of white LEDs: Spectral width dependence

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Taylor, Elaine; Edwards, Paul R.; Martin, Robert W. [Department of Physics, SUPA, Strathclyde University, Glasgow (United Kingdom)

2012-03-15

The potential colour rendering capability and efficiency of white LEDs constructed by a combination of individual red, green and blue (RGB) LEDs are analysed. The conventional measurement of colour rendering quality, the colour rendering index (CRI), is used as well as a recently proposed colour quality scale (CQS), designed to overcome some of the limitations of CRI when narrow-band emitters are being studied. The colour rendering performance is maximised by variation of the peak emission wavelength and relative intensity of the component LEDs, with the constraint that the spectral widths follow those measured in actual devices. The highest CRI achieved is 89.5, corresponding to a CQS value of 79, colour temperature of 3800 K and a luminous efficacy of radiation (LER) of 365 lm/W. By allowing the spectral width of the green LED to vary the CRI can be raised to 90.9, giving values of 82.5 and 370 lm/W for the CQS and LER, respectively. The significance of these values are discussed in terms of optimising the possible performance of RGB LEDs. (Copyright copyright 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)

Dynamic mass generation and renormalizations in quantum field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Miransky, V.A.

1979-01-01

It is shown that the dynamic mass generation can destroy the multiplicative renormalization relations and lead to new type divergences in the massive phase. To remove these divergences the values of the bare coupling constants must be fixed. The phase diagrams of gauge theories are discussed

Updated RENORM/MBR Predictions for Diffraction at the LHC

CERN Document Server

Goulianos, K

2015-01-01

Updated RENORM/MBR-model predictions of diffractive, total, and total-inelastic cross sections at the LHC are presented and compared with experimental results and predictions from other models. In addition, expectations for diffraction at the upcoming LHC run at √s = 13 TeV are discussed.

Phase structure of NJL model with weak renormalization group

Science.gov (United States)

Aoki, Ken-Ichi; Kumamoto, Shin-Ichiro; Yamada, Masatoshi

2018-06-01

We analyze the chiral phase structure of the Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model at finite temperature and density by using the functional renormalization group (FRG). The renormalization group (RG) equation for the fermionic effective potential V (σ ; t) is given as a partial differential equation, where σ : = ψ bar ψ and t is a dimensionless RG scale. When the dynamical chiral symmetry breaking (DχSB) occurs at a certain scale tc, V (σ ; t) has singularities originated from the phase transitions, and then one cannot follow RG flows after tc. In this study, we introduce the weak solution method to the RG equation in order to follow the RG flows after the DχSB and to evaluate the dynamical mass and the chiral condensate in low energy scales. It is shown that the weak solution of the RG equation correctly captures vacuum structures and critical phenomena within the pure fermionic system. We show the chiral phase diagram on temperature, chemical potential and the four-Fermi coupling constant.

Opening and closing of band gaps in magnonic waveguide by rotating the triangular antidots - A micromagnetic study

Science.gov (United States)

Vivek, T.; Bhoomeeswaran, H.; Sabareesan, P.

2018-05-01

Spin waves in ID periodic triangular array of antidots are encarved in a permalloy magnonic waveguide is investigated through micromagnetic simulation. The effect of the rotating array of antidots and in-plane rotation of the scattering centers on the band structure are investigated, to indicate new possibilities of fine tuning of spin-wave filter pass and stop bands. The results show that, the opening and closing of band gaps paves a way for band pass and stop filters on waveguide. From the results, the scattering center and strong spatial distribution field plays crucible role for controlling opening and closing bandgap width of ˜12 GHz for 0° rotation. We have obtained a single narrow bandgap of width 1GHz is obtained for 90° rotation of the antidot. Similarly, the tunability is achieved for desired microwave applications done by rotating triangular antidots with different orientation.

Renormalization group and relations between scattering amplitudes in a theory with different mass scales

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Gulov, A.V.; Skalozub, V.V.

2000-01-01

In the Yukawa model with two different mass scales the renormalization group equation is used to obtain relations between scattering amplitudes at low energies. Considering fermion-fermion scattering as an example, a basic one-loop renormalization group relation is derived which gives possibility to reduce the problem to the scattering of light particles on the external field substituting a heavy virtual state. Applications of the results to problem of searching new physics beyond the Standard Model are discussed [ru

Modified model of neutron resonance widths distribution. Results of total gamma-widths approximation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sukhovoj, A.M.; Khitrov, V.A.

2011-01-01

Functional dependences of probability to observe given Γ n 0 value and algorithms for determination of the most probable magnitudes of the modified model of resonance parameter distributions were used for analysis of the experimental data on the total radiative widths of neutron resonances. As in the case of neutron widths, precise description of the Γ γ spectra requires a superposition of three and more probability distributions for squares of the random normally distributed values with different nonzero average and nonunit dispersion. This result confirms the preliminary conclusion obtained earlier at analysis of Γ n 0 that practically in all 56 tested sets of total gamma widths there are several groups noticeably differing from each other by the structure of their wave functions. In addition, it was determined that radiative widths are much more sensitive than the neutron ones to resonance wave functions structure. Analysis of early obtained neutron reduced widths distribution parameters for 157 resonance sets in the mass region of nuclei 35 ≤ A ≤ 249 was also performed. It was shown that the experimental values of widths can correspond with high probability to superposition of several expected independent distributions with their nonzero mean values and nonunit dispersion

A real-space renormalization approach to the Kubo-Greenwood formula in mirror Fibonacci systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sanchez, Vicenta; Wang Chumin

2006-01-01

An exact real-space renormalization method is developed to address the electronic transport in mirror Fibonacci chains at a macroscopic scale by means of the Kubo-Greenwood formula. The results show that the mirror symmetry induces a large number of transparent states in the dc conductivity spectra, contrary to the simple Fibonacci case. A length scaling analysis over ten orders of magnitude reveals the existence of critically localized states and their ac conduction spectra show a highly oscillating behaviour. For multidimensional quasiperiodic systems, a novel renormalization plus convolution method is proposed. This combined renormalization + convolution method has shown an extremely elevated computing efficiency, being able to calculate electrical conductance of a three-dimensional non-crystalline solid with 10 30 atoms. Finally, the dc and ac conductances of mirror Fibonacci nanowires are also investigated, where a quantized dc-conductance variation with the Fermi energy is found, as observed in gold nanowires

Extending the random-phase approximation for electronic correlation energies: the renormalized adiabatic local density approximation

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Olsen, Thomas; Thygesen, Kristian S.

2012-01-01

The adiabatic connection fluctuation-dissipation theorem with the random phase approximation (RPA) has recently been applied with success to obtain correlation energies of a variety of chemical and solid state systems. The main merit of this approach is the improved description of dispersive forces...... while chemical bond strengths and absolute correlation energies are systematically underestimated. In this work we extend the RPA by including a parameter-free renormalized version of the adiabatic local-density (ALDA) exchange-correlation kernel. The renormalization consists of a (local) truncation...... of the ALDA kernel for wave vectors q > 2kF, which is found to yield excellent results for the homogeneous electron gas. In addition, the kernel significantly improves both the absolute correlation energies and atomization energies of small molecules over RPA and ALDA. The renormalization can...

Zero-temperature renormalization of the 2D transverse Ising model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Kamieniarz, G.

1982-08-01

A zero-temperature real-space renormalization-group method is applied to the transverse Ising model on planar hexagonal, triangular and quadratic lattices. The critical fields and the critical exponents describing low-field large-field transition are calculated. (author)

Renormalization and operator product expansion in theories with massless particles

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Anikin, S.A.; Smirnov, V.A.

1985-01-01

Renormalization procedure in theories including massless particles is presented. With the help of counterterm formalism the operator product expansion for arbitrary composite fields is derived. The coefficient functions are explicitly expressed in terms of certain Green's functions. (author)

Band structure of ABC-trilayer graphene superlattice

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Uddin, Salah; Chan, K. S.

2014-01-01

We investigate the effect of one-dimensional periodic potentials on the low energy band structure of ABC trilayer graphene first by assuming that all the three layers have the same potential. Extra Dirac points having the same electron hole crossing energy as that of the original Dirac point are generated by superlattice potentials with equal well and barrier widths. When the potential height is increased, the numbers of extra Dirac points are increased. The dispersions around the Dirac points are not isotropic. It is noted that the dispersion along the k y direction for k x  = 0 oscillates between a non-linear dispersion and a linear dispersion when the potential height is increased. When the well and barrier widths are not identical, the symmetry of the conduction and valence bands is broken. The extra Dirac points are shifted either upward or downward depending on the barrier and well widths from the zero energy, while the position of the central Dirac point oscillates with the superlattice potential height. By considering different potentials for different layers, extra Dirac points are generated not from the original Dirac points but from the valleys formed in the energy spectrum. Two extra Dirac points appear from each pair of touched valleys, so four Dirac points appeared in the spectrum at particular barrier height. By increasing the barrier height of superlattice potential two Dirac points merge into the original Dirac point. This emerging and merging of extra Dirac points is different from the equal potential case

Zero Point Energy of Renormalized Wilson Loops

OpenAIRE

Hidaka, Yoshimasa; Pisarski, Robert D.

2009-01-01

The quark antiquark potential, and its associated zero point energy, can be extracted from lattice measurements of the Wilson loop. We discuss a unique prescription to renormalize the Wilson loop, for which the perturbative contribution to the zero point energy vanishes identically. A zero point energy can arise nonperturbatively, which we illustrate by considering effective string models. The nonperturbative contribution to the zero point energy vanishes in the Nambu model, but is nonzero wh...

A renormalization group theory of cultural evolution

OpenAIRE

Fath, Gabor; Sarvary, Miklos

2003-01-01

We present a theory of cultural evolution based upon a renormalization group scheme. We consider rational but cognitively limited agents who optimize their decision making process by iteratively updating and refining the mental representation of their natural and social environment. These representations are built around the most important degrees of freedom of their world. Cultural coherence among agents is defined as the overlap of mental representations and is characterized using an adequa...

Renormalization of the Sine-Gordon model and nonconservation of the kink current

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Huang, K.; Polonyi, J.

1991-01-01

The authors of this paper renormalize the (1 + 1)-dimensional sine-Gordon model by placing it on a Euclidean lattice, and study the renormalization group flow. The authors start with a compactified theory with controllable vortex activity. In the continuum limit the theory has a phase in which the kink current is anomalous, with divergence given by the vortex density. The phase structure is quite complicated. Roughly speaking, the system is normal for small coupling T. At the Kosterlitz-Thouless point T = π/2, the current can become anomalous. At the Coleman point T = 8π either the current becomes anomalous or the theory becomes trivial

Effect of Spindle Parameters of Woodworking Band Saw on the AE Value of Crack Band Saw Blade in Compound Material Processing (1)

Science.gov (United States)

Gao, Jin-gui; Jiang, Zhao-fang; Luo, Lai-peng

2017-04-01

Taking the MJ3210A motion band saw as the research object, the AE value of the band saw blade vibration was obtained by analyzing the VIBSYS vibration signal acquisition and analysis software system in Beijing, and the change of the AE value of the band saw and the crack was found out. The experimental results show that in the MJ3210A sports car sawing machine, the band saw blade with width of 130 mm is used, and the AE value of the cracked band saw blade is well in the high band saw blade AE value. Under the best working condition of the band saw, the band saw blade AE If the value exceeds 104.7 dB (A) above, it means that the band saw blade has at least one crack length greater than 1.38 mm for the crack defect and the need to replace the band saw blade in time. Different species with saw blade of the AE value is different, white pine wood minimum, the largest oak wood; according to a variety of wood processing AE instrument value to determine the band saw blade crack to the situation; so as to fully rational use of band saw blade, The failure and the degree of development to find a new method.

Functional renormalization group and Kohn-Sham scheme in density functional theory

Science.gov (United States)

Liang, Haozhao; Niu, Yifei; Hatsuda, Tetsuo

2018-04-01

Deriving accurate energy density functional is one of the central problems in condensed matter physics, nuclear physics, and quantum chemistry. We propose a novel method to deduce the energy density functional by combining the idea of the functional renormalization group and the Kohn-Sham scheme in density functional theory. The key idea is to solve the renormalization group flow for the effective action decomposed into the mean-field part and the correlation part. Also, we propose a simple practical method to quantify the uncertainty associated with the truncation of the correlation part. By taking the φ4 theory in zero dimension as a benchmark, we demonstrate that our method shows extremely fast convergence to the exact result even for the highly strong coupling regime.

Renormalized Lie perturbation theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Rosengaus, E.; Dewar, R.L.

1981-07-01

A Lie operator method for constructing action-angle transformations continuously connected to the identity is developed for area preserving mappings. By a simple change of variable from action to angular frequency a perturbation expansion is obtained in which the small denominators have been renormalized. The method is shown to lead to the same series as the Lagrangian perturbation method of Greene and Percival, which converges on KAM surfaces. The method is not superconvergent, but yields simple recursion relations which allow automatic algebraic manipulation techniques to be used to develop the series to high order. It is argued that the operator method can be justified by analytically continuing from the complex angular frequency plane onto the real line. The resulting picture is one where preserved primary KAM surfaces are continuously connected to one another

A perturbative study of two four-quark operators in finite volume renormalization schemes

CERN Document Server

Palombi, Filippo; Sint, S

2006-01-01

Starting from the QCD Schroedinger functional (SF), we define a family of renormalization schemes for two four-quark operators, which are, in the chiral limit, protected against mixing with other operators. With the appropriate flavour assignments these operators can be interpreted as part of either the $\\Delta F=1$ or $\\Delta F=2$ effective weak Hamiltonians. In view of lattice QCD with Wilson-type quarks, we focus on the parity odd components of the operators, since these are multiplicatively renormalized both on the lattice and in continuum schemes. We consider 9 different SF schemes and relate them to commonly used continuum schemes at one-loop order of perturbation theory. In this way the two-loop anomalous dimensions in the SF schemes can be inferred. As a by-product of our calculation we also obtain the one-loop cutoff effects in the step-scaling functions of the respective renormalization constants, for both O(a) improved and unimproved Wilson quarks. Our results will be needed in a separate study of ...

Green's functions for theories with massless particles (in perturbation theory). [Growth properties, momentum space, mass renormalization

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Blanchard, P [European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland); Seneor, R [European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland); Ecole Polytechnique, 75 - Paris (France). Centre de Physique Theorique)

1975-01-01

With the method of perturbative renormalization developed by Epstein and Glaser it is shown that Green's functions exist for theories with massless particles such as Q.E.D. and lambda:PHI/sup 2n/ theories. Growth properties are given in momentum space. In the case of Q.E.D., it is also shown that one can perform the physical mass renormalization.

Rapid orthodontic extrusion using an interocclusal appliance for the reestablishment of biologic width: a case report.

Science.gov (United States)

Kim, Sung Hyun; Tramontina, Vinicius Augusto; Papalexiou, Vula; Luczyszyn, Sônia Mara; Grassi, Maria Bibiana; de Fatima Scarpim, Maria; Tanaka, Orlando Motohiro

2011-03-01

A multidisciplinary treatment of a case of subgingival fracture in a maxillary anterior tooth is presented. This case report describes a simple method involving an interocclusal appliance and an elastic band for rapid orthodontic extrusion to reestablish biologic width. In addition, a simple technique for surgical recontouring following the coronal displacement of the gingival margin prior to restoration of fractured tooth is explained.

Two-and three-dimension Potts magnetism in the renormalization group approximation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Silva, L.R. da.

1985-01-01

Through a real space Renormalization Group (RG) technique we discuss the criticality of various physical systems, calculate order parameters for geometrical problems and analyse convergence aspects of the RG theory. (author) [pt

Renormalization group equations with multiple coupling constants

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ghika, G.; Visinescu, M.

1975-01-01

The main purpose of this paper is to study the renormalization group equations of a renormalizable field theory with multiple coupling constants. A method for the investigation of the asymptotic stability is presented. This method is applied to a gauge theory with Yukawa and self-quartic couplings of scalar mesons in order to find the domains of asymptotic freedom. An asymptotic expansion for the solutions which tend to the origin of the coupling constants is given

Periodically driven random quantum spin chains: real-space renormalization for Floquet localized phases

Science.gov (United States)

Monthus, Cécile

2017-07-01

When random quantum spin chains are submitted to some periodic Floquet driving, the eigenstates of the time-evolution operator over one period can be localized in real space. For the case of periodic quenches between two Hamiltonians (or periodic kicks), where the time-evolution operator over one period reduces to the product of two simple transfer matrices, we propose a block-self-dual renormalization procedure to construct the localized eigenstates of the Floquet dynamics. We also discuss the corresponding strong disorder renormalization procedure, that generalizes the RSRG-X procedure to construct the localized eigenstates of time-independent Hamiltonians.

The renormalization of collective states and the improper initial or final states in NFT

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bes, D.R.; Dussel, G.G.; Perazzo, R.P.J.; Sofia, H.M.

1978-01-01

The collective lines in a given diagram are renormalized by including higher order processes. The problem is cast into the form of a conventional linear algebraic matrix equation that allows a simple treatment of the normalization conditions. It is shown that the states entering in the renormalization of the phonons become improper initial or final states, if dressed phonons are used in the intermediate states. A simple extension of this argument allows one to justify one of the rules given in the formulation of the NFT. (Auth.)

On the nucleon renormalization in many nucleon problems due to pionic degrees of freedom

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Sauer, P.U.; Sawicki, M.; Furui, Sadataka.

1985-01-01

Conceptual problems of unified two-nucleon force models are discussed. The force models are based on the pion-nucleon vertex and attempt a description of the nucleon-nucleon interaction below and above pion threshold. The conceptual problems arise from the nucleon renormalization due to pionic degrees of freedom. Keeping channels with a single pion only no renormalization procedure can be given which is consistent in the one-nucleon and in the many-nucleon systems. The medium dependence of the one-pion exchange potential is illustrated. (author)

General renormalized statistical approach with finite cross-field correlations

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Vakulenko, M.O.

1992-01-01

The renormalized statistical approach is proposed, accounting for finite correlations of potential and magnetic fluctuations. It may be used for analysis of a wide class of nonlinear model equations describing the cross-correlated plasma states. The influence of a cross spectrum on stationary potential and magnetic ones is investigated. 10 refs. (author)

Matrix product density operators: Renormalization fixed points and boundary theories

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Cirac, J.I. [Max-Planck-Institut für Quantenoptik, Hans-Kopfermann-Str. 1, D-85748 Garching (Germany); Pérez-García, D., E-mail: dperezga@ucm.es [Departamento de Análisis Matemático, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Plaza de Ciencias 3, 28040 Madrid (Spain); ICMAT, Nicolas Cabrera, Campus de Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid (Spain); Schuch, N. [Max-Planck-Institut für Quantenoptik, Hans-Kopfermann-Str. 1, D-85748 Garching (Germany); Verstraete, F. [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Ghent University (Belgium); Vienna Center for Quantum Technology, University of Vienna (Austria)

2017-03-15

We consider the tensors generating matrix product states and density operators in a spin chain. For pure states, we revise the renormalization procedure introduced in (Verstraete et al., 2005) and characterize the tensors corresponding to the fixed points. We relate them to the states possessing zero correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well as to those which generate ground states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. For mixed states, we introduce the concept of renormalization fixed points and characterize the corresponding tensors. We also relate them to concepts like finite correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well as to those which generate Gibbs states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. One of the main result of this work is that the resulting fixed points can be associated to the boundary theories of two-dimensional topological states, through the bulk-boundary correspondence introduced in (Cirac et al., 2011).

Relationship between width of greater trochanters and width of iliac wings in tronchanteric bursitis.

Science.gov (United States)

Viradia, Neal K; Berger, Alex A; Dahners, Laurence E

2011-09-01

Trochanteric bursitis is a common disorder that is characterized by inflammation of the bursa, superficial to the greater trochanter of the femur, leading to pain in the lateral hip, and often occurs because of acute trauma or repetitive friction involving the iliotibial band, the greater trochanter, and the bursa. In the study reported here, we hypothesized that the increased incidence of bursitis may be the result of the increased prominence of the trochanter in relation to the wings of the iliac crest. Distances between the outermost edges of trochanters and iliac wings were measured in 202 patients from the University of North Carolina Health Care System-101 without a known diagnosis and 101 with a clinical diagnosis of trochanteric bursitis. To determine significance, t tests for nonpaired data were used. Mean (SD) difference between trochanter and iliac wing widths was 28 (20) mm in the group diagnosed with trochanteric bursitis and 17 (18) mm in the control group. The difference between the groups in this regard was significant (Pbursitis group and 1.05 (.06) in the control group. The difference between these groups was significant (Pbursitis.

Fierz transformations and renormalization schemes for fourquark operators

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Garron Nicolas

2018-01-01

Full Text Available It has been shown that the choice of renormalization scheme is crucial for four-quark operators, in particular for neutral kaon mixing beyond the Standard Model. In the context of SMOM schemes, the choice of projector is not unique and is part of the definition of the renormalisation scheme. I present the non-diagonal Fierz relations which relate some of these projectors.

Nonthermal fixed points and the functional renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Berges, Juergen; Hoffmeister, Gabriele

2009-01-01

Nonthermal fixed points represent basic properties of quantum field theories, in addition to vacuum or thermal equilibrium fixed points. The functional renormalization group on a closed real-time path provides a common framework for their description. For the example of an O(N) symmetric scalar theory it reveals a hierarchy of fixed point solutions, with increasing complexity from vacuum and thermal equilibrium to nonequilibrium

Temperature renormalization group approach to spontaneous symmetry breaking

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Manesis, E.; Sakakibara, S.

1985-01-01

We apply renormalization group equations that describe the finite-temperature behavior of Green's functions to investigate thermal properties of spontaneous symmetry breaking. Specifically, in the O(N).O(N) symmetric model we study the change of symmetry breaking patterns with temperature, and show that there always exists the unbroken symmetry phase at high temperature, modifying the naive result of leading order in finite-temperature perturbation theory. (orig.)

High-power test of S-band klystron for long-pulse operation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Morii, Y.; Oshita, E.; Abe, S.; Keishi, T.; Tomimasu, T.; Ohkubo, Y.; Yoshinao, M.; Yonezawa, H.

1994-01-01

FELI(Free Electron Laser Research Institute, Inc.) is constructing a free electron laser facility covering from 20μm (infra red region) to 0.35μm (ultra violet region), using an S-band linac. The linac is commissioning now. An RF system of the linac for FELs is required of long pulse duration and high stability. S-band klystrons (TOSHIBA E3729) of the FELI linac are operated in three pulse operation modes (pulse width and peak RF power; 24μs-24MW, 12.5μs-34MW, 0.5μs-70MW). The S-band klystron and its modulator were combined to test their performance. The high power test results of the S-band klystron are summarized in this paper. (author)

Mechanism of photonic band gap, optical properties, tuning and applications

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tiwari, A.; Johri, M.

2006-05-01

Mechanism of occurrence of Photonic Band Gap (PBG) is presented for 3-D structure using close packed face centered cubic lattice. Concepts and our work, specifically optical properties of 3-D photonic crystal, relative width, filling fraction, effective refractive index, alternative mechanism of photonic band gap scattering strength and dielectric contrast, effect of fluctuations and minimum refractive index contrast, are reported. The temperature tuning and anisotropy of nematic and ferroelectric liquid crystal infiltrated opal for different phase transitions are given. Effective dielectric constant with filling fraction using Maxwell Garnet theory (MG), multiple modified Maxwell Garnet (MMMG) and Effective Medium theory (EM) and results are compared with experiment to understand the occurrence of PBG. Our calculations of Lamb shifts including fluctuations are given and compared with those of literature values. We have also done band structure calculations including anisotropy and compared isotropic characteristic of liquid crystal. A possibility of lowest refractive index contrast useful for the fabrication of PBG is given. Our calculations for relative width as a function of refractive index contrast are reported and comparisons with existing theoretical and experimental optimal values are briefed. Applications of photonic crystals are summarized. The investigations conducted on PBG materials and reported here may pave the way for understanding the challenges in the field of PBG. (author)

Application of the renormalization group to the study of structure function in the deep inelastic scattering

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Dias, S.A.

1985-01-01

The transformation law of truncated pertubation theory observables under changes of renormalization scheme is deduced. Based on this, a criticism of the calculus of the moments of structure functions in deep inelastic scattering, obtaining that the A 2 coefficient not renormalization group invariant is done. The PMS criterion is used to optimize the perturbative productions of the moments, truncated to 2nd order. (author) [pt

Observation of large photonic band gaps and defect modes in one-dimensional networked waveguides

CERN Document Server

Mir, A; Vasseur, J O; Djafari-Rouhani, B; Fettouhi, N; Boudouti, E H E; Dobrzynski, L; Zemmouri, J

2003-01-01

The photonic band structures and transmission spectra of serial loop structures (SLSs), made of loops pasted together with segments of finite length, are investigated experimentally and theoretically. These monomode structures, composed of one-dimensional dielectric materials, may exhibit large stop bands where the propagation of electromagnetic waves is forbidden. The width of these band gaps depends on the geometrical and compositional parameters of the structure and may be drastically increased in a tandem geometry made up of several successive SLSs which differ in their physical characteristics. These SLSs may have potential applications as ultrawide-band filters.

Renormalization of gauge theories in the background-field approach arXiv

CERN Document Server

Barvinsky, Andrei O.; Herrero-Valea, Mario; Sibiryakov, Sergey M.; Steinwachs, Christian F.

Using the background-field method we demonstrate the Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin (BRST) structure of counterterms in a broad class of gauge theories. Put simply, we show that gauge invariance is preserved by renormalization in local gauge field theories whenever they admit a sensible background-field formulation and anomaly-free path integral measure. This class encompasses Yang-Mills theories (with possibly Abelian subgroups) and relativistic gravity, including both renormalizable and non-renormalizable (effective) theories. Our results also hold for non-relativistic models such as Yang-Mills theories with anisotropic scaling or Horava gravity. They strengthen and generalize the existing results in the literature concerning the renormalization of gauge systems. Locality of the BRST construction is emphasized throughout the derivation. We illustrate our general approach with several explicit examples.

Four loop wave function renormalization in the non-abelian Thirring model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ali, D.B.; Gracey, J.A.

2001-01-01

We compute the anomalous dimension of the fermion field with N f flavours in the fundamental representation of a general Lie colour group in the non-abelian Thirring model at four loops. The implications on the renormalization of the two point Green's function through the loss of multiplicative renormalizability of the model in dimensional regularization due to the appearance of evanescent four fermi operators are considered at length. We observe the appearance of one new colour group Casimir, d F abcd d F abcd , in the final four loop result and discuss its consequences for the relation of the Knizhnik-Zamolodchikov critical exponents in the Wess-Zumino-Witten-Novikov model to the non-abelian Thirring model. Renormalization scheme changes are also considered to ensure that the underlying Fierz symmetry broken by dimensional regularization is restored

Non-perturbative renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in heavy quark effective theory and the B{sup *} - B mass splitting

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Guazzini, D.; Sommer, R. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Meyer, H. [Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA (United States). Center for Theoretical Physics

2007-05-15

We carry out the non-perturbative renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in Heavy Quark Effective Theory. At order 1/m of the expansion, the operator is responsible for the mass splitting between the pseudoscalar and vector B mesons. We obtain its two-loop anomalous dimension in a Schroedinger functional scheme by successive oneloop conversions to the lattice MS scheme and the MS scheme. We then compute the scale evolution of the operator non-perturbatively in the N{sub f}=0 theory between {mu} {approx}0.3 GeV and {mu} {approx}100 GeV, where contact is made with perturbation theory. The overall renormalization factor that converts the bare lattice operator to its renormalization group invariant form is given for the Wilson gauge action and two standard discretizations of the heavy-quark action. As an application, we find that this factor brings the previous quenched predictions of the B{sup *}-B mass splitting closer to the experimental value than found with a perturbative renormalization. The same renormalization factor is applicable to the spin-dependent potentials of Eichten and Feinberg. (orig.)

Renormalized plasma turbulence theory: A quasiparticle picture

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

DuBois, D.F.

1981-01-01

A general renormalized statistical theory of Vlasov turbulence is given which proceeds directly from the Vlasov equation and does not assume prior knowledge of sophisticated field-theoretic techniques. Quasiparticles are the linear excitations of the turbulent system away from its instantaneous mean (ensemble-averaged) state or background; the properties of this background state ''dress'' or renormalize the quasiparticle responses. It is shown that all two-point responses (including the dielectric) and all two-point correlation functions can be completely described by the mean distribution function and three fundamental quantities. Two of these are the quasiparticle responses: the propagator and the potential source: which measure, respectively, the separate responses of the mean distribution function and the mean electrostatic potential to functional changes in an external phase-space source added to Vlasov's equation. The third quantity is the two-point correlation function of the incoherent part of the phase-space density which acts as a self-consistent source of quasiparticle and potential fluctuations. This theory explicitly takes into account the self-consistent nature of the electrostatic-field fluctuations which introduces new effects not found in the usual ''test-particle'' theories. Explicit equations for the fundamental quantities are derived in the direct interaction approximation. Special attention is paid to the two-point correlations and the relation to theories of phase-space granulation

Pairing renormalization and regularization within the local density approximation

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Borycki, P.J.; Dobaczewski, J.; Nazarewicz, W.; Stoitsov, M.V.

2006-01-01

We discuss methods used in mean-field theories to treat pairing correlations within the local density approximation. Pairing renormalization and regularization procedures are compared in spherical and deformed nuclei. Both prescriptions give fairly similar results, although the theoretical motivation, simplicity, and stability of the regularization procedure make it a method of choice for future applications

Renormalization group invariance in the presence of an instanton

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Ross, D.A.

1987-01-01

A pure Yang-Mills theory which admits an instanton is under discussion. n=1 supersymmetric (SU-2) Yang-Mills theory, both in the Wess-zumino gauge and in manifestly supersymmetric supergauge is considered. Two-loop vacuum graphs are calculated. The way a renormalization group invariance works under conditions of fermionic zero mode elimination is shown

Real-space renormalization group approach to driven diffusive systems

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Hanney, T [SUPA and School of Physics, University of Edinburgh, Mayfield Road, Edinburgh, EH9 3JZ (United Kingdom); Stinchcombe, R B [Theoretical Physics, 1 Keble Road, Oxford, OX1 3NP (United Kingdom)

2006-11-24

We introduce a real-space renormalization group procedure for driven diffusive systems which predicts both steady state and dynamic properties. We apply the method to the boundary driven asymmetric simple exclusion process and recover exact results for the steady state phase diagram, as well as the crossovers in the relaxation dynamics for each phase.

Real-space renormalization group approach to driven diffusive systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hanney, T; Stinchcombe, R B

2006-01-01

We introduce a real-space renormalization group procedure for driven diffusive systems which predicts both steady state and dynamic properties. We apply the method to the boundary driven asymmetric simple exclusion process and recover exact results for the steady state phase diagram, as well as the crossovers in the relaxation dynamics for each phase

Renormalization and scaling behaviour of eikonal perturbation theories. [Eikonal approximation

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Din, A M [Chalmers Tekniska Hoegskola, Goeteborg (Sweden). Institutionen foer Teoretisk Fysik; Nielsen, N K [Aarhus Univ. (Denmark)

1975-01-04

Some observations on the renormalization and scaling behaviour of the charged-particle propagator in scalar quantum electrodynamics, in the ordinary eikonal approximation as well as in the eikonal perturbation theory, are reported. The conclusions indicate that scaling behaviour is not realized in the simple sense.

Renormalization of self-consistent Schwinger-Dyson equations at finite temperature

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Hees, H. van; Knoll, J.

2002-01-01

We show that Dyson resummation schemes based on Baym's Φ-derivable approximations can be renormalized with counter term structures solely defined on the vacuum level. First applications to the self-consistent solution of the sunset self-energy in φ 4 -theory are presented. (orig.)

Communication: Random phase approximation renormalized many-body perturbation theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bates, Jefferson E.; Furche, Filipp

2013-01-01

We derive a renormalized many-body perturbation theory (MBPT) starting from the random phase approximation (RPA). This RPA-renormalized perturbation theory extends the scope of single-reference MBPT methods to small-gap systems without significantly increasing the computational cost. The leading correction to RPA, termed the approximate exchange kernel (AXK), substantially improves upon RPA atomization energies and ionization potentials without affecting other properties such as barrier heights where RPA is already accurate. Thus, AXK is more balanced than second-order screened exchange [A. Grüneis et al., J. Chem. Phys. 131, 154115 (2009)], which tends to overcorrect RPA for systems with stronger static correlation. Similarly, AXK avoids the divergence of second-order Møller-Plesset (MP2) theory for small gap systems and delivers a much more consistent performance than MP2 across the periodic table at comparable cost. RPA+AXK thus is an accurate, non-empirical, and robust tool to assess and improve semi-local density functional theory for a wide range of systems previously inaccessible to first-principles electronic structure calculations

Construction of renormalized coefficient functions of the Feynman diagrams by means of a computer

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Tarasov, O.V.

1978-01-01

An algorithm and short description of computer program, written in SCHOONSCHIP, are given. The program is assigned for construction of integrands of renormalized coefficient functions of the Feynman diagrams in scalar theories in the case of arbitrary subtraction point. For the given Feynman graph computer completely realizes the R-operation of Bogolubov-Parasjuk and gives the result as an integral over Feynman parameters. With the help of the program the time construction of the whole renormalized coefficient function is equal approximately 30 s on the CDC-6500 computer

Chaotic renormalization group approach to disordered systems

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Oliveira, P.M.C. de; Continentino, M.A.; Makler, S.S.; Anda, E.V.

1984-01-01

We study the eletronic properties of the disordered linear chain using a technique previously developed by some of the authors for an ordered chain. The equations of motion for the one electron Green function are obtained and the configuration average is done according to the GK scheme. The dynamical problem is transformed, using a renormalization group procedure, into a bidimensional map. The properties of this map are investigated and related to the localization properties of the eletronic system. (Author) [pt

Renormalization of quark propagator, vertex functions, and twist-2 operators from twisted-mass lattice QCD at Nf=4

Science.gov (United States)

Blossier, Benoît.; Brinet, Mariane; Guichon, Pierre; Morénas, Vincent; Pène, Olivier; Rodríguez-Quintero, Jose; Zafeiropoulos, Savvas

2015-06-01

We present a precise nonperturbative determination of the renormalization constants in the mass independent RI'-MOM scheme. The lattice implementation uses the Iwasaki gauge action and four degenerate dynamical twisted-mass fermions. The gauge configurations are provided by the ETM Collaboration. Renormalization constants for scalar, pseudoscalar, vector and axial operators, as well as the quark propagator renormalization, are computed at three different values of the lattice spacing, two volumes and several twisted-mass parameters. The method we developed allows for a precise cross-check of the running, thanks to the particular proper treatment of hypercubic artifacts. Results for the twist-2 operator O44 are also presented.

Renormalization group coupling flow of SU(3) gauge theory

OpenAIRE

QCDTARO Collaboration

1998-01-01

We present our new results on the renormalization group coupling flow obtained i n 3 dimensional coupling space $(\\beta_{11},\\beta_{12},\\beta_{twist})$. The value of $\\beta_{twist}$ turns out to be small and the coupling flow projected on $(\\beta_{11},\\beta_{12})$ plane is very similar with the previous result obtained in the 2 dimensional coupling space.

Migdal-Kadanoff renormalization group for the Z(5) model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Baltar, V.L.V.; Carneiro, G.M.; Pol, M.E.; Zagury, N.

1984-01-01

The Migdal-Kadanoff renormalization group methods is used to calculate the phase diagram of the AF Z(5) model. It is found that this scheme simulates a fixed line which it is interpreted as the locus of attraction of a critical phase. This result is in reasonable agreement with the predictions of Monte Carlo simulations. (Author) [pt

Practical algebraic renormalization

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grassi, Pietro Antonio; Hurth, Tobias; Steinhauser, Matthias

2001-01-01

A practical approach is presented which allows the use of a non-invariant regularization scheme for the computation of quantum corrections in perturbative quantum field theory. The theoretical control of algebraic renormalization over non-invariant counterterms is translated into a practical computational method. We provide a detailed introduction into the handling of the Slavnov-Taylor and Ward-Takahashi identities in the standard model both in the conventional and the background gauge. Explicit examples for their practical derivation are presented. After a brief introduction into the Quantum Action Principle the conventional algebraic method which allows for the restoration of the functional identities is discussed. The main point of our approach is the optimization of this procedure which results in an enormous reduction of the calculational effort. The counterterms which have to be computed are universal in the sense that they are independent of the regularization scheme. The method is explicitly illustrated for two processes of phenomenological interest: QCD corrections to the decay of the Higgs boson into two photons and two-loop electroweak corrections to the process B→X s γ

Metal-insulator transition in AlxGa1-xAs/GaAs heterostructures with large spacer width

Science.gov (United States)

Gold, A.

1991-10-01

Analytical results are presented for the mobility of a two-dimensional electron gas in a heterostructure with a thick spacer layer α. Due to multiple-scattering effects a metal-insulator transition occurs at a critical electron density Nc=N1/2i/(4π1/2α) (Ni is the impurity density). The transport mean free path l(t) (calculated in Born approximation) at the metal-insulator transition is l(t)c=2α. A localization criterion in terms of the renormalized single-particle mean free path l(sr) is presented: kFcl(sr)c=(1/2)1/2 (kFc is the Fermi wave number at the critical density). I compare the theoretical results with recent experimental results found in AlxGa1-xAs/GaAs heterostructures with large spacer width: 1200<α<2800 Å. Remote impurity doping and homogeneous background doping are considered. The only fitting parameter used for the theoretical results is the background doping density NB=6×1013 cm-3. My theory is in fair agreement with the experimental results.

Acoustic band gaps of the woodpile sonic crystal with the simple cubic lattice

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Wu, Liang-Yu; Chen, Lien-Wen, E-mail: chenlw@mail.ncku.edu.t [Department of Mechanical Engineering, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan 70101, Taiwan (China)

2011-02-02

This study theoretically and experimentally investigates the acoustic band gap of a three-dimensional woodpile sonic crystal. Such crystals are built by blocks or rods that are orthogonally stacked together. The adjacent layers are perpendicular to each other. The woodpile structure is embedded in air background. Their band structures and transmission spectra are calculated using the finite element method with a periodic boundary condition. The dependence of the band gap on the width of the stacked rods is discussed. The deaf bands in the band structure are observed by comparing with the calculated transmission spectra. The experimental transmission spectra for the {Gamma}-X and {Gamma}-X' directions are also presented. The calculated results are compared with the experimental results.

Experimental test of renormalization group theory on the uniaxial, dipolar coupled ferromagnet LiTbf4

DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

Als-Nielsen, Jens Aage

1976-01-01

The transverse correlation range ξ and the susceptibility in the critical region has been measured by neutron scattering. A special technique required to resolve the superdiverging longitudinal correlation range has been utilized. The results for ξ together with existing specific-heat data are in...... are in remarkable agreement with the renormalization group theory of systems with marginal dimensionality. The ratio between the susceptibility amplitudes above and below Tc was found to be 2 in accordance with renormalization-group and meanfield theory....

How to resolve the factorization- and the renormalization-scheme ambiguities simultaneously

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Nakkagawa, H.; Niegawa, A.

1982-01-01

A combined investigation of both the factorization- and renormalization-scheme dependences of perturbative QCD calculations is reported. Applyong Stevenson's optimization method, we get a remarkable result, which forces us to exponentiate 'everything' with uncorrected subprocess cross sections. (orig.)

Unraveling the interlayer-related phonon self-energy renormalization in bilayer graphene.

Science.gov (United States)

Araujo, Paulo T; Mafra, Daniela L; Sato, Kentaro; Saito, Riichiro; Kong, Jing; Dresselhaus, Mildred S

2012-01-01

In this letter, we present a step towards understanding the bilayer graphene (2LG) interlayer (IL)-related phonon combination modes and overtones as well as their phonon self-energy renormalizations by using both gate-modulated and laser-energy dependent inelastic scattering spectroscopy. We show that although the IL interactions are weak, their respective phonon renormalization response is significant. Particularly special, the IL interactions are mediated by Van der Waals forces and are fundamental for understanding low-energy phenomena such as transport and infrared optics. Our approach opens up a new route to understanding fundamental properties of IL interactions which can be extended to any graphene-like material, such as MoS₂, WSe₂, oxides and hydroxides. Furthermore, we report a previously elusive crossing between IL-related phonon combination modes in 2LG, which might have important technological applications.

Renormalization group and finite size effects in scalar lattice field theories

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bernreuther, W.; Goeckeler, M.

1988-01-01

Binder's phenomenological renormalization group is studied in the context of the O(N)-symmetric euclidean lattice φ 4 theory in dimensions d ≤ 4. By means of the field theoretical formulation of the renormalization group we analyse suitable ratios of Green functions on finite lattices in the limit where the dimensionless lattice length L >> 1 and where the dimensionless bare mass approaches the critical point of the corresponding infinite volume model. If the infrared-stable fixed point which controls this limit is a simple zero of the β-function we are led to formulae which allow the extraction of the critical exponents ν and η. For the gaussian fixed point in four dimensions, discussed as a known example for a multiple zero of the β-function, we derive for these ratios the leading logarithmic corrections to mean field scaling. (orig.)

Renormalization of period doubling in symmetric four-dimensional volume-preserving maps

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mao, J.; Greene, J.M.

1987-01-01

We have determined three maps (truncated at quadratic terms) that are fixed under the renormalization operator of pitchfork period doubling in symmetric four-dimensional volume-preserving maps. Each of these contains the previously known two-dimensional area-preserving map that is fixed under the period-doubling operator. One of these three fixed maps consists of two uncoupled two-dimensional (nonlinear) area-preserving fixed maps. The other two contain also the two-dimensional area-preserving fixed map coupled (in general) with a linear two-dimensional map. The renormalization calculation recovers all numerical results for the pitchfork period doubling in the symmetric four-dimensional volume-preserving maps, reported by Mao and Helleman [Phys. Rev. A 35, 1847 (1987)]. For a large class of nonsymmetric four-dimensional volume-preserving maps, we found that the fixed maps are the same as those for the symmetric maps

On the perturbative renormalization of four-quark operators for new physics

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Papinutto, M. [Roma Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Sezione di Roma (Italy); Pena, C. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Dept. de Fisica Teorica; Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC; Preti, D. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC

2017-06-15

We discuss the renormalization properties of the full set of ΔF = 2 operators involved in BSM processes, including the definition of RGI versions of operators that exhibit mixing under RG transformations. As a first step for a fully non-perturbative determination of the scale-dependent renormalization factors and their runnings, we introduce a family of appropriate Schroedinger Functional schemes, and study them in perturbation theory. This allows, in particular, to determine the NLO anomalous dimensions of all ΔF = 1,2 operators in these schemes. Finally, we discuss the systematic uncertainties related to the use of NLO perturbation theory for the RG running of four-quark operators to scales in the GeV range, in both our SF schemes and standard MS and RI-MOM schemes. Large truncation effects are found for some of the operators considered. (orig.)

Renormalization group summation of Laplace QCD sum rules for scalar gluon currents

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Farrukh Chishtie

2016-03-01

Full Text Available We employ renormalization group (RG summation techniques to obtain portions of Laplace QCD sum rules for scalar gluon currents beyond the order to which they have been explicitly calculated. The first two of these sum rules are considered in some detail, and it is shown that they have significantly less dependence on the renormalization scale parameter μ2 once the RG summation is used to extend the perturbative results. Using the sum rules, we then compute the bound on the scalar glueball mass and demonstrate that the 3 and 4-Loop perturbative results form lower and upper bounds to their RG summed counterparts. We further demonstrate improved convergence of the RG summed expressions with respect to perturbative results.

A density matrix renormalization group study of low-lying excitations ...

Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

Symmetrized density-matrix-renormalization-group calculations have been carried out, within Pariser-Parr-Pople Hamiltonian, to explore the nature of the ground and low-lying excited states of long polythiophene oligomers. We have exploited 2 symmetry and spin parity of the system to obtain excited states of ...

Quantitative determination of spin-dependent quasiparticle renormalization in ferromagnetic 3d metals

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Sanchez-Barriga, Jaime; Varykhalov, Andrei; Fink, Joerg; Rader, Oliver; Duerr, Hermann; Eberhardt, Wolfgang [Bessy GmbH, Berlin (Germany)

2008-07-01

Spin dependent low-energy electronic excitations in 3d ferromagnets are of special interest due to the need of a microscopic understanding of the electronic structure of solids. Low-energy electrons (or holes) become dressed by a cloud of excitations resulting in quasiparticles of a finite lifetime and a different effective mass. These type of excitations have been studied by many theoretical methods, and it has been found that because of many body effects no sharp quasiparticle peaks exist for binding energies larger than 2 eV. Interestingly, it has been shown that strong correlation effects could particularly affect majority spin electrons, leading to a pronounced damping of quasiparticles at binding energies around 2 eV and above. In order to give an experimental corroboration to these findings, we have performed a systematic study of the spin-dependent quasiparticle lifetime and band structure of ferromagnetic 3d transition metal surfaces by means of spin and angle-resolved photoemission spectroscopy. On hcp Co(0001), fcc Ni(111) and bcc Fe(110), we have found a more pronounced renormalization of the majority spin quasiparticle spectral weight going from Ni to Co which are both strong ferromagnets. For Fe, a weak ferromagnet, such a process becomes more prominent in the minority channel.

Introduction to the renormalization group study in relativistic quantum field theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Mignaco, J.A.; Roditi, I.

1985-01-01

An introduction to the renormalization group approach in relativistic quantum field theories is presented, beginning with a little historical about the subject. Further, this problem is discussed from the point of view of the perturbation theory. (L.C.) [pt

Renormalization group flow of entanglement entropy on spheres

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Ben-Ami, Omer; Carmi, Dean [Raymond and Beverly Sackler Faculty of Exact Sciences School of Physics and Astronomy,Tel-Aviv University, Ramat-Aviv 69978 (Israel); Smolkin, Michael [Center for Theoretical Physics and Department of Physics,University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720 (United States)

2015-08-12

We explore entanglement entropy of a cap-like region for a generic quantum field theory residing in the Bunch-Davies vacuum on de Sitter space. Entanglement entropy in our setup is identical with the thermal entropy in the static patch of de Sitter, and we derive a simple relation between the vacuum expectation value of the energy-momentum tensor trace and the RG flow of entanglement entropy. In particular, renormalization of the bare couplings and logarithmic divergence of the entanglement entropy are interrelated in our setup. We confirm our findings by recovering known universal contributions for a free field theory deformed by a mass operator as well as obtain correct universal behaviour at the fixed points. Simple examples of entanglement entropy flows are elaborated in d=2,3,4. In three dimensions we find that while the renormalized entanglement entropy is stationary at the fixed points, it is not monotonic. We provide a computational evidence that the universal ‘area law’ for a conformally coupled scalar is different from the known result in the literature, and argue that this difference survives in the limit of flat space. Finally, we carry out the spectral decomposition of entanglement entropy flow and discuss its application to the F-theorem.

Gauge invariance and holographic renormalization

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Keun-Young Kim

2015-10-01

Full Text Available We study the gauge invariance of physical observables in holographic theories under the local diffeomorphism. We find that gauge invariance is intimately related to the holographic renormalization: the local counter terms defined in the boundary cancel most of gauge dependences of the on-shell action as well as the divergences. There is a mismatch in the degrees of freedom between the bulk theory and the boundary one. We resolve this problem by noticing that there is a residual gauge symmetry (RGS. By extending the RGS such that it satisfies infalling boundary condition at the horizon, we can understand the problem in the context of general holographic embedding of a global symmetry at the boundary into the local gauge symmetry in the bulk.

Class renormalization: islands around islands

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Meiss, J.D.

1986-01-01

An orbit of 'class' is one that rotates about a periodic orbit of one lower class with definite frequency. This contrasts to the 'level' of a periodic orbit which is the number of elements in its continued fraction expansion. Level renormalization is conventionally used to study the structure of quasi-periodic orbits. The scaling structure of periodic orbits encircling other periodic orbits in area preserving maps is discussed here. Fixed points corresponding to the accumulation of p/q bifurcations are found and scaling exponents determined. Fixed points for q > 2 correspond to self-similar islands around islands. Frequencies of the island boundary circles at the fixed points are obtained. Importance of this scaling for the motion of particles in stochastic regions is emphasized. (author)

A short note on dynamic programming in a band.

Science.gov (United States)

Gibrat, Jean-François

2018-06-15

Third generation sequencing technologies generate long reads that exhibit high error rates, in particular for insertions and deletions which are usually the most difficult errors to cope with. The only exact algorithm capable of aligning sequences with insertions and deletions is a dynamic programming algorithm. In this note, for the sake of efficiency, we consider dynamic programming in a band. We show how to choose the band width in function of the long reads' error rates, thus obtaining an [Formula: see text] algorithm in space and time. We also propose a procedure to decide whether this algorithm, when applied to semi-global alignments, provides the optimal score. We suggest that dynamic programming in a band is well suited to the problem of aligning long reads between themselves and can be used as a core component of methods for obtaining a consensus sequence from the long reads alone. The function implementing the dynamic programming algorithm in a band is available, as a standalone program, at: https://forgemia.inra.fr/jean-francois.gibrat/BAND_DYN_PROG.git.

Fabrication and Testing of Pyramidal X- Band Standard Horn Antenna

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Hasan F. Khazaal

2017-11-01

Full Text Available Standard horn antennas are an important device to evaluate many types of antennas, since they are used as a reference to any type of antennas within the microwave frequency bands. In this project the fabrication process and tests of standard horn antenna operating at X-band frequencies have been proposed. The fabricated antenna passed through multi stages of processing of its parts until assembling the final product. These stages are (milling, bending, fitting and welding. The assembled antenna subjected to two types of tests to evaluate its performance. The first one is the test by two port network analyzer to point out S & Z parameters, input resistance, and the voltage standing wave ratio of the horn, while the second test was done using un-echoic chamber to measure the gain, side lobes level and the half power beam width. The results of testing come nearly as a theoretical value of the most important of antenna parameters, like; gain, side lobe level, -3 dB beam width, return loss and voltage standing wave ratio "VSWR", input Impedance.

Photon propagators and the definition and approximation of renormalized stress tensors in curved space-time

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brown, M.R.; Ottewill, A.C.

1986-01-01

We present the symmetric Hadamard representation for scalar and photon Feynman Green's functions. We use these representations to give a simple definition for their associated renormalized stress tensors. We investigate the connection between the accuracy of the WKB approximation and the vanishing of the trace anomaly for these fields. We show that, although for scalars there is a direct connection, this is not true for photons, and we discuss the relevance of these results to the approximation of renormalized stress tensors in static Einstein space-times

Renormalization of loop functions for all loops

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Brandt, R.A.; Neri, F.; Sato, M.

1981-01-01

It is shown that the vacuum expectation values W(C 1 ,xxx, C/sub n/) of products of the traces of the path-ordered phase factors P exp[igcontour-integral/sub C/iA/sub μ/(x)dx/sup μ/] are multiplicatively renormalizable in all orders of perturbation theory. Here A/sub μ/(x) are the vector gauge field matrices in the non-Abelian gauge theory with gauge group U(N) or SU(N), and C/sub i/ are loops (closed paths). When the loops are smooth (i.e., differentiable) and simple (i.e., non-self-intersecting), it has been shown that the generally divergent loop functions W become finite functions W when expressed in terms of the renormalized coupling constant and multiplied by the factors e/sup -K/L(C/sub i/), where K is linearly divergent and L(C/sub i/) is the length of C/sub i/. It is proved here that the loop functions remain multiplicatively renormalizable even if the curves have any finite number of cusps (points of nondifferentiability) or cross points (points of self-intersection). If C/sub γ/ is a loop which is smooth and simple except for a single cusp of angle γ, then W/sub R/(C/sub γ/) = Z(γ)W(C/sub γ/) is finite for a suitable renormalization factor Z(γ) which depends on γ but on no other characteristic of C/sub γ/. This statement is made precise by introducing a regularization, or via a loop-integrand subtraction scheme specified by a normalization condition W/sub R/(C-bar/sub γ/) = 1 for an arbitrary but fixed loop C-bar/sub γ/. Next, if C/sub β/ is a loop which is smooth and simple except for a cross point of angles β, then W(C/sub β/) must be renormalized together with the loop functions of associated sets S/sup i//sub β/ = ]C/sup i/ 1 ,xxx, C/sup i//sub p/i] (i = 2,xxx,I) of loops C/sup i//sub q/ which coincide with certain parts of C/sub β/equivalentC 1 1 . Then W/sub R/(S/sup i//sub β/) = Z/sup i/j(β)W(S/sup j//sub β/) is finite for a suitable matrix Z/sup i/j

Renormalization group decimation technique for disordered binary harmonic chains

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Wiecko, C.; Roman, E.

1983-10-01

The density of states of disordered binary harmonic chains is calculated using the Renormalization Group Decimation technique on the displacements of the masses from their equilibrium positions. The results are compared with numerical simulation data and with those obtained with the current method of Goncalves da Silva and Koiller. The advantage of our procedure over other methods is discussed. (author)

Equation-free dynamic renormalization in a glassy compaction model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Chen, L.; Kevrekidis, I. G.; Kevrekidis, P. G.

2006-01-01

Combining dynamic renormalization with equation-free computational tools, we study the apparently asymptotically self-similar evolution of void distribution dynamics in the diffusion-deposition problem proposed by Stinchcombe and Depken [Phys. Rev. Lett. 88, 125701 (2002)]. We illustrate fixed point and dynamic approaches, forward as well as backward in time; these can be used to accelerate simulators of glassy dynamic phenomena

Equation-free dynamic renormalization in a glassy compaction model

Science.gov (United States)

Chen, L.; Kevrekidis, I. G.; Kevrekidis, P. G.

2006-07-01

Combining dynamic renormalization with equation-free computational tools, we study the apparently asymptotically self-similar evolution of void distribution dynamics in the diffusion-deposition problem proposed by Stinchcombe and Depken [Phys. Rev. Lett. 88, 125701 (2002)]. We illustrate fixed point and dynamic approaches, forward as well as backward in time; these can be used to accelerate simulators of glassy dynamic phenomena.

Non-perturbative renormalization on the lattice

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Koerner, Daniel

2014-01-01

Strongly-interacting theories lie at the heart of elementary particle physics. Their distinct behaviour shapes our world sui generis. We are interested in lattice simulations of supersymmetric models, but every discretization of space-time inevitably breaks supersymmetry and allows renormalization of relevant susy-breaking operators. To understand the role of such operators, we study renormalization group trajectories of the nonlinear O(N) Sigma model (NLSM). Similar to quantum gravity, it is believed to adhere to the asymptotic safety scenario. By combining the demon method with blockspin transformations, we compute the global flow diagram. In two dimensions, we reproduce asymptotic freedom and in three dimensions, asymptotic safety is demonstrated. Essential for these results is the application of a novel optimization scheme to treat truncation errors. We proceed with a lattice simulation of the supersymmetric nonlinear O(3) Sigma model. Using an original discretization that requires to fine tune only a single operator, we argue that the continuum limit successfully leads to the correct continuum physics. Unfortunately, for large lattices, a sign problem challenges the applicability of Monte Carlo methods. Consequently, the last chapter of this thesis is spent on an assessment of the fermion-bag method. We find that sign fluctuations are thereby significantly reduced for the susy NLSM. The proposed discretization finally promises a direct confirmation of supersymmetry restoration in the continuum limit. For a complementary analysis, we study the one-flavor Gross-Neveu model which has a complex phase problem. However, phase fluctuations for Wilson fermions are very small and no conclusion can be drawn regarding the potency of the fermion-bag approach for this model.

Supersymmetric renormalization prescription in N=4 super-Yang-Mills theory

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Baulieu, Laurent; Bossard, Guillaume

2006-01-01

Using the shadow dependent decoupled Slavnov-Taylor identities associated to gauge invariance and supersymmetry, we discuss the renormalization of the N=4 super-Yang-Mills theory and of its coupling to gauge-invariant operators. We specify the method for the determination of non-supersymmetric counterterms that are needed to maintain supersymmetry

Precise predictions within the two-Higgs-doublet model

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Altenkamp, Lukas

2017-01-01

We consider the Two-Higgs-Doublet Model (THDM) where the Standard Model (SM) field content is extended by adding a further Higgs-boson doublet. This results in five Higgs bosons, two CP-even, one CP-odd and a charged Higgs boson and it's anti-particle. In order to provide accurate and reliable predictions within this model, next-to-leading order calculations are necessary. To this end, we perform a renormalization procedure and adopt four new renormalization schemes. The counterterm Feynman rules as well as the renormalization conditions are implemented into an FeynArts model file, yielding the possibility to generate amplitudes and squared matrix elements for arbitrary processes which is a major contribution to the automation of higher-order calculations. As an application we investigate the decay of a light, CP-even, SM-like Higgs boson into four fermions in the THDM. To this end, we extend the program Prophecy4f and compute the partial decay widths for different benchmark scenarios. For all investigated scenarios, we observe that the THDM widths are bounded by the SM widths and that the deviations are larger at higher order. The renormalization group equations have been solved in order to investigate the renormalization scale dependence which gives an estimate of the theoretical uncertainty arising due to the truncation of the perturbation series. By comparing the results of different renormalization schemes we determine for which parameter regions each scheme provides reliable predictions.

Precise predictions within the two-Higgs-doublet model

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Altenkamp, Lukas

2017-02-21

We consider the Two-Higgs-Doublet Model (THDM) where the Standard Model (SM) field content is extended by adding a further Higgs-boson doublet. This results in five Higgs bosons, two CP-even, one CP-odd and a charged Higgs boson and it's anti-particle. In order to provide accurate and reliable predictions within this model, next-to-leading order calculations are necessary. To this end, we perform a renormalization procedure and adopt four new renormalization schemes. The counterterm Feynman rules as well as the renormalization conditions are implemented into an FeynArts model file, yielding the possibility to generate amplitudes and squared matrix elements for arbitrary processes which is a major contribution to the automation of higher-order calculations. As an application we investigate the decay of a light, CP-even, SM-like Higgs boson into four fermions in the THDM. To this end, we extend the program Prophecy4f and compute the partial decay widths for different benchmark scenarios. For all investigated scenarios, we observe that the THDM widths are bounded by the SM widths and that the deviations are larger at higher order. The renormalization group equations have been solved in order to investigate the renormalization scale dependence which gives an estimate of the theoretical uncertainty arising due to the truncation of the perturbation series. By comparing the results of different renormalization schemes we determine for which parameter regions each scheme provides reliable predictions.

Quantum field theory and phase transitions: universality and renormalization group; Theorie quantique des champs et transitions de phase: universalite et groupe de renormalisation

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Zinn-Justin, J

2003-08-01

In the quantum field theory the problem of infinite values has been solved empirically through a method called renormalization, this method is satisfying only in the framework of renormalization group. It is in the domain of statistical physics and continuous phase transitions that these issues are the easiest to discuss. Within the framework of a course in theoretical physics the author introduces the notions of continuous limits and universality in stochastic systems operating with a high number of freedom degrees. It is shown that quasi-Gaussian and mean field approximation are unable to describe phase transitions in a satisfying manner. A new concept is required: it is the notion of renormalization group whose fixed points allow us to understand universality beyond mean field. The renormalization group implies the idea that long distance correlations near the transition temperature might be described by a statistical field theory that is a quantum field in imaginary time. Various forms of renormalization group equations are presented and solved in particular boundary limits, namely for fields with high numbers of components near the dimensions 4 and 2. The particular case of exact renormalization group is also introduced. (A.C.)

Perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization in lattice QCD

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [University of Edinburgh (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Perlt, H. [Leipzig Univ. (DE). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)

2010-03-15

We investigate the perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields (quark-antiquark operators). These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The nonperturbative computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations with two flavors of clover fermions and utilize the Rome-Southampton method also known as the RI-MOM scheme. We compare the results of this approach with various estimates from lattice perturbation theory, in particular with recent two-loop calculations. (orig.)

Non-perturbative renormalization of the static vector current and its O(a)-improvement in quenched QCD

Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

Palombi, F.

2007-06-15

We carry out the renormalization and the Symanzik O(a)-improvement programme for the static vector current in quenched lattice QCD. The scale independent ratio of the renormalization constants of the static vector and axial currents is obtained non-perturbatively from an axial Ward identity with Wilson-type light quarks and various lattice discretizations of the static action. The improvement coefficients c{sub V}{sup stat} and b{sub V}{sup stat} are obtained up to O(g{sub 4}{sup 0})-terms by enforcing improvement conditions respectively on the axial Ward identity and a three-point correlator of the static vector current. A comparison between the non-perturbative estimates and the corresponding one-loop results shows a non-negligible effect of the O(g{sub 4}{sup 0})-terms on the improvement coefficients but a good accuracy of the perturbative description of the ratio of the renormalization constants. (orig.)

Generalized conditions for the distributional zero-mass limit of renormalized Feynman amplitudes in Minkowski space

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Manoukian, E.B.

1986-01-01

Generalized conditions (rules) are set up for the existence of the distributional zero-mass limit of renormalized Feynman amplitudes in Minkowski space. These rules are generalizations of rules that have been set up earlier by us and hence are applicable to a larger class of graphs. The study is very general as the vanishing masses are led to vanish at different rates. All subtractions of renormalization are carried out directly in momentum space, about the origin, with the degree of divergence of a subtraction coinciding with the dimensionality of the corresponding subdiagram

Width and partial widths of unstable particles in the light of the Nielsen identities

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grassi, P.A.; Sirlin, A.; Kniehl, B.A.; Hamburg Univ.

2001-09-01

Fundamental properties of unstable particles, including mass, width, and partial widths, are examined on the basis of the Nielsen identities (NI) that describe the gauge dependence of Green functions. In particular, we prove that the pole residues and associated definitions of branching ratios and partial widths are gauge independent to all orders. A simpler, previously discussed definition of branching ratios and partial widths is found to be gauge independent through next-to-next-to-leading order. It is then explained how it may be modified in order to extend the gauge independence to all orders. We also show that the physical scattering amplitude is the most general combination of self-energy, vertex, and box contributions that is gauge independent for arbitrary s, discuss the analytical properties of the NI functions, and exhibit explicitly their one-loop expressions in the Z-γ sector of the Standard Model. (orig.)

Width and partial widths of unstable particles in the light of the Nielsen identities

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Grassi, Pietro A.; Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

2002-01-01

Fundamental properties of unstable particles, including mass, width, and partial widths, are examined on the basis of the Nielsen identities (NI) that describe the gauge dependence of Green functions. In particular, we prove that the pole residues and associated definitions of branching ratios and partial widths are gauge independent to all orders. A simpler, previously discussed definition of branching ratios and partial widths is found to be gauge independent through next-to-next-to-leading order. It is then explained how it may be modified in order to extend the gauge independence to all orders. We also show that the physical scattering amplitude is the most general combination of self-energy, vertex, and box contributions that is gauge independent for arbitrary s, discuss the analytical properties of the NI functions, and exhibit explicitly their one-loop expressions in the Z-γ sector of the standard model

Regularization and renormalization of quantum field theory in curved space-time

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Bernard, C.; Duncan, A.

1977-01-01

It is proposed that field theories quantized in a curved space-time manifold can be conveniently regularized and renormalized with the aid of Pauli-Villars regulator fields. The method avoids the conceptual difficulties of covariant point-separation approaches, by starting always from a manifestly generally covariant action, and the technical limitations of the dimensional reqularization approach, which requires solution of the theory in arbitrary dimension in order to go beyond a weak-field expansion. An action is constructed which renormalizes the weak-field perturbation theory of a massive scalar field in two space-time dimensions--it is shown that the trace anomaly previously found in dimensional regularization and some point-separation calculations also arises in perturbation theory when the theory is Pauli-Villars regulated. One then studies a specific solvable two-dimensional model of a massive scalar field in a Robertson-Walker asymptotically flat universe. It is shown that the action previously considered leads, in this model, to a well defined finite expectation value for the stress-energy tensor. The particle production (less than 0 in/vertical bar/theta/sup mu nu/(x,t)/vertical bar/0 in greater than for t → + infinity) is computed explicitly. Finally, the validity of weak-field perturbation theory (in the appropriate range of parameters) is checked directly in the solvable model, and the trace anomaly computed in the asymptotic regions t→ +- infinity independently of any weak field approximation. The extension of the model to higher dimensions and the renormalization of interacting (scalar) field theories are briefly discussed

Evaluation of spectral zeta-functions with the renormalization group

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Boettcher, Stefan; Li, Shanshan

2017-01-01

We evaluate spectral zeta-functions of certain network Laplacians that can be treated exactly with the renormalization group. As specific examples we consider a class of Hanoi networks and those hierarchical networks obtained by the Migdal–Kadanoff bond moving scheme from regular lattices. As possible applications of these results we mention quantum search algorithms as well as synchronization, which we discuss in more detail. (paper)

Calculation of Energy Diagram of Asymmetric Graded-Band-Gap Semiconductor Superlattices.

Science.gov (United States)

Monastyrskii, Liubomyr S; Sokolovskii, Bogdan S; Alekseichyk, Mariya P

2017-12-01

The paper theoretically investigates the peculiarities of energy diagram of asymmetric graded-band-gap superlattices with linear coordinate dependences of band gap and electron affinity. For calculating the energy diagram of asymmetric graded-band-gap superlattices, linearized Poisson's equation has been solved for the two layers forming a period of the superlattice. The obtained coordinate dependences of edges of the conduction and valence bands demonstrate substantial transformation of the shape of the energy diagram at changing the period of the lattice and the ratio of width of the adjacent layers. The most marked changes in the energy diagram take place when the period of lattice is comparable with the Debye screening length. In the case when the lattice period is much smaller that the Debye screening length, the energy diagram has the shape of a sawtooth-like pattern.

The correlation between the ultraviolet lambda 220 feature and the diffuse lambda 4430 band

International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

Nandy, K.; Thompson, G.I.

1975-01-01

Observations of the ultraviolet feature which occurs close to 2200 A are presented for over 60 stars for which interstellar lambda 4430 data are available in the literature. Observational material used here is obtained from the ultraviolet spectra taken with the Sky Survey telescope (S2/68) in the ESRO TD1 satellite. The equivalent widths of the lambda 2200 feature have been determined from ultraviolet extinction at 2190 and 2500 A, and the relation between the equivalent width of the ultraviolet feature and the central depth of the lambda 4430 band has been determined. It is found that they are well correlated and the correlation coefficient, including allowance for errors, is greater than 0.9; this indicates that the carriers for the lambda 2200 feature and diffuse band lambda 4430 coexist in the interstellar medium. (author)

The analytic renormalization group

Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

Frank Ferrari

2016-08-01

Full Text Available Finite temperature Euclidean two-point functions in quantum mechanics or quantum field theory are characterized by a discrete set of Fourier coefficients Gk, k∈Z, associated with the Matsubara frequencies νk=2πk/β. We show that analyticity implies that the coefficients Gk must satisfy an infinite number of model-independent linear equations that we write down explicitly. In particular, we construct “Analytic Renormalization Group” linear maps Aμ which, for any choice of cut-off μ, allow to express the low energy Fourier coefficients for |νk|<μ (with the possible exception of the zero mode G0, together with the real-time correlators and spectral functions, in terms of the high energy Fourier coefficients for |νk|≥μ. Operating a simple numerical algorithm, we show that the exact universal linear constraints on Gk can be used to systematically improve any random approximate data set obtained, for example, from Monte-Carlo simulations. Our results are illustrated on several explicit examples.